-------
OBSERVA1
[M* io»ta
1 1t*a* L i
[fiiLinc r '
101 1
10 I
10 I
10 1
10 I
10 10
10 5
ie. *
•SS.
H
ii
4
*
......
** 01
r
IP
IF
TO
lo.
3
rciATUU
~*Xt
1
j
VIHD
S
Ii
I*! I* 25
2M 2*' 24
1% *» 23
111 21
I») 2T
141 1*
1* '1
111 21
11
II
tl
loo;o«i
103i 31)
laa! orl
loo
lo:
*1
1
DAT 04
lot to)
flSt
i|uak
!T '
I4|
•Ii »li
4*1 51
::d
tljOTJ
•AT OT
OfU*t
0 USk
1 US!.
4 OKk
UM
ojun
11
to
to
t
1
10
II
-OJI-O*[ *tS| )•
-C* -01 -U .7
-Ol|-5l!-l5l Tl
O3.j~34 -Ol' 4*
s n:"i r,
^ ll\:ll\ \l
IT
11
2T
21
>I
1
OAT 10
ofu*U to
0 UH 10
0 U*>k 10
1 U-.U 10
4 UM 10
l3 U*l 10
1 ini to
•fUMLj 1O
a "ja
q si
ol 11
3 "
0 VKl
fl UNI.
. 0 UM
0 UM.
1 UM.
I UHl
i!
1
0
0
0
a
0
0
a
1C
-06
-IT
-to
OT
11
tc
0'
-0*1 *1I
-IT -11
-10 -IT
04 01
to 01
01 01
«•! oi
I
5
1
1
>
371
03
oo!
ttl
10
Hi l
OAT-U
II 1
nil
nil
OIV 10
tl
11
I*
• I*
2*
tt
IT
• 21
•15
,-2i
at
04
03
-04
H IT
I* tf
iV, 10
1> 10
IM IB
?»' 14
' *2i **
-II
-It
• 12
01
01
-05
•11
•If
-14
-11
•It
t tt
1 tl
9 .1
3 01
2
51
J»
44
to
07
04
J".
11
;;i{:
13 It
Sfl|22
•AV If
101 4
ie *
to 1%
1C 15
U 14
Ifl It
10
1
it:
i:
4{ 24 24
7 2TJ IT
9
141 ||
2T 21
JS t£\ 1*
111 14 14
IS[ I4l Ct
tool 21
100 24
7t! Jl
ii: 14
v| si
1
1
1
1
OAT II
ol V*IL| ol
» U«k 5
TlUNLl 0
tl 13J ol
M
15
S|
19
14
19
11
14
11
ii
*i
21
10 1
109 111
»« It t
IS 15! It] t
12 SI 11 1
I2J Tl| ll| f
OAT is
10J T
1 UNL
0 UM
0 VKk
0 UKk
« wn
T
IO
10
to
10
Ifl
1C
S
ji
04
14
i3
131 04
04i 07
14 11
It 11
lt\ 14
I0| 01
II 01
4)1 04
dd
•AT to
oj i
5 • !»
i i i>
il 1 ti*
11 1 U*
il |u>
11
15
14
H
10
10
.SI
10
21
2T
>0
10
"
tt
tl
II
It
50
50
51
42| 14
100
100
100
12
11
17
1001 It
too ii
tool ii
1
1
r
10
10
.0
fl
nONS AT 3-HOUR INTERVALS
-VS.
fl
11
11
10- 11
K
lot i
i
1
10
i:
t»
9
0
. Q
0
(
«
7
i:
ie
1!
1C
10
10]
s
T
T
7
7
to
:c
10
i;
Td
m
•AT 4|
!• .
rCKATCU
si
t^
I
1.
WIKP
'
12
IO) IT tl
tl IT| 14
OAT «S
UNkj 1C
tiol to
na
»
to
to
lit 10
i
OAT «•
UNI
U*k
JM.
UK-.
•**k
10
to
to
10
to
1C
1C
11
!:
n
-0*
-
-
-10
s;
::
DAT tt
lecf ol
it ol
14 Ol
13 T
UNl 0
IB oi
IK 7
»>| tol
to
It
1)
11
OAT 14
tel til t
LO; 11 *
if; 11 T
10. 14 1
10' Chll T
|9j bttiU 10
*i Ho) 10
4
4
C
0
e
UNk| 10
UNU 10
14 10
111 T
III 4
ll| 4
t
I
1
S
DAT tt
M
M
-06
-
0*T 10
l|IWl
ICJI50
tc ito
io
to
to
10
I
1
tl
t
11
ie
10
10
to
i
!!"
Ml
.
s
ill! II
1. to
U 11
10 11
lol II
•? 53
ti
ti
ii
ii
ii{
1:
•
7
t
i
14
1*
14
15
14
11
20
M
•i
Tl
1)
tl
01
11
11
11
tl
11
tl
1
!- 41-11
• 7J-14
1- oi -u
21 -OA
7-05
4| -04
j|-07
Tl
47
74
44
•SI
41
51
>0
2t
It
19
2<
24
IS
1
91-91
t 01
4 1»
t 14
41
14
• I
14
7*
4 IT *l
1 14| 41
«1 1*1 44
II
14
IT
IT
17
15
15
t
1
0
4
4
tl
10
06
01
04
04
05
01
-Ob
-05
-01
2
1
07
02
•34
-04
00
-ot
-IS
-11
-tl
00
05
Gt
10
«
11
49
14
)4
13
44 >1
1' 01
• 0 01
5*1 14
II
11
•0
• 0
tl
tl
If
to
21
21
11
24
14
!02
ei
•02
04
14
00
•01
02
01
; it 13
10 10 It
II It
0*T t>
lol 10
27 10
H 10
UMU tO
UN'. 10
ti nojib
tl 10«> 10
•1 110(10
1
10
10
OAV It
UHk
7
UNL
u*u
to
7
1
T
10
7
1
4
i
SVF
«;
!
i:
15
J
1
1
I
14
tl
2*
51
It
1
1
1
10
11
11
to
LI
t
11
11
1
t
t
1
1
11
ft
Si
11
14
Of
0*
Tl
II
55
94
I
If
02
1
5
>
u
04 tl
0* tt
10 ft
if «
ul ot
00
1
*
0
0
11
0
14
11
11
0
*
r
1}
i
•!,
1
...,„.
TPCft1UTU.tt
!*
nro
I
!i
•AT as
101 1
tVUKl
tlUNl
l|Ml
a UNI
!ft no
J
i
F .
F
CF
Mi
n 11
tt it
-MM
U It
f| 11
101 04
J *'
Tl tl
ll »
9 44
3 Tj
i<
ii
10
ii
M
2t
IT
MV •*
19, ^
tlUNl
T 110
»|IJO
41110
14 TO
5J DU
Tl
2
U
10
IB
e
10
U*
tl
14
tl
OS
07
•T
III 01
04l OC
0* "It
041 -tl
0(4 -14
M
IOC
IT
It
41
49
12
tl
11
If
11
to
1*
It
1
NOTES
CEILING GOLUMN-
UNL "lt"1fO Ml ul.ilil.iH t
CKdM«,
I
I
I
1 WEATHER COLUMN-
BAY M i 4E22L—
lOllOOl
» UHl
tol 14
11!
o> uwk
. OjWIl
10
10
4
1
0
0
0
0
1
t
Ot
00
44
41
t:
' 0*
M
00
04
05
S
04
fti
-Ol
-04
00
Ol
01
-01
-01
-01
•4
15
•1
• 1
TO
51
41
14
11
tl
12
11
11
14
M
11
o *ZF
R ' Rjin
i jt K;;1^'™^,.
S Sno*
- K- l«c.>«,i,
BAT It SW SKIM tfiO^n
8J t*
0 21
0 II
0 >0
Oi 44
4l DHL
10 114
lolise
io|
a
!«
11
11
II
21
14
. Ill 14
It] II
1*1 XO
•ttl 11
1*1 If
i»i it
4tl 17
T5 14
TA| 14
ll] IS
Tl 11
T5 U
T* 11
•Mil
BAT IS
0
T
1
t
1
1
0
10
to
to
to
to
10
10
mat 10
il;°
UNLI 10
ills
il
i
2|UNl
4 UMk
' 14
I Wl
tol 210
10J100
10| 4*
10
1
1
1C
la
10
12
11
t
PAT ir
OF
11F
IF
F
IF
t
CAT tl
T
19
10
10
4
tm
it
t
IMl
UNI
1
•
,
,'S
10
10
to
to
ll
1
4
4J
f
Tl
*7|
J
;|
I
• 1
-0
0
-10
!|
tt
14
14
14
-04
•Ol
Ml
•11
-91
01
•04
+10
• 1
- T
- 1
. *
• 3
• 1
-11
III 11
III 13
i ii
24 11
1»| »
II
44
5T
34
IT
11
42
44
loa
100
100
100
»4
100
it
14
1)
14
15
)4
IS
13
11
to
t*
11
11
25
1 F Fof
IF Ice turn
CF C.roundfbt
I 81 J BUn.uti.jwu
B$ BUtvHif mow
D Dw
t
WIND COLUMNS—
DirtTt-iiam vc ihON from
*.lok:h it* *M« btwt, Mi*
cMcd in itftt o( dcirat*
from t RM North; i *„ »
for ti«. 11 lot SouiH. r
for w«i. Enii) of 00 in
tt*4>rcctxw column iMb-
1 "'" """'
t Speed « oprtued ta kAou;
1 muliip1? *r 1-19 to cocnen
t ID ml« per how.
OT
01
S,
II
U
11
to
OT
00
"
»«
0*
01 TT
Oil 11
4?) tf
-Oil 41
-Oil S>
-Ml 51
•Oil 44
ill!
U
"
10
Mil
MT 14
f
5
11
' 11
11
11
11
10
10
11
ii
ot
04
10
ot
OT
OS
•0
4ft
tl
•0
«'
ill
BAJ IT
1
IF
F
f
r
tf
i'
12
It
tt
11
It
to
It
t*
If
11
•1
4
11
1*
IT
11
It
at
tl
•1
100
tl
15
•t
•1
If
to
tl
11
14
)5
tt
10
ADOI1IONAL DATA
O
th*r obMrvationAl da
•Urania, eirroftche.
fv«ll*blllty «nd com
t« cMtilnod In ncortfi m Ctl« c«t b« Cumlirttd «e colt vto
or p*p«r coptii of th« origin*! ncordl. laqulrUi •• ca
•hould b« *ddc«»*4 M! Dlnctor. K*ttOTul CllMtlc Cmtir.
*d«r*l ButtdlnA. AthcvlUc, North Carotin* 1UOI.
ITAT10K. OUIUTN H(KM
TU* « Mnii T» .1
V.S. CiPARIHtNI OF COMMERCE
MIIONAlCtltSAIICCEKIEl)
IIOEtAt BUHOINC
.siiiviiii.iic mm
W.I. CC^AftTMKMt of CO
210
LCD-21-14913-FR
CPA-NATinNAL WATER QUALITY LABORATORY
ATTNl OR PHILLIP COOK
6201 CONGOON BLVD.
DULUTH/ MN . 55804
-
RST CLASS
-------
1
i
10
u
It
11
14
19
16
17
11
19
10
11
11
11
14
13
16
IT
It
19
10
••••
IFMM*.
»a«an
ajcurt.
&J
•saae.Ii
I.
i
i
21
14
12
23
19
11
14
17
13
16
21
II*
- if',0
Kexifr.u.
LOCAL CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA : KfS!.i".S....S,..,,, „«
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE !?'J!:tn?2!i "*'°"
NATIONAl OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION M»"*f« '»'»
(NVIIONMtMTAt DA7A SdVICt
Uutude 46' 50' H Utujilude 91'11'H Elavation 'round' 1421(1. Standard line used: CINTIAI WS«N 114911
Temperature T • *
1
-7
-11
-10
-10
-10
-10
-12
-20.
-11
-3
-13
-4
'U
e
i
10
19
11
17
11
7
11
-1
11
10
11
11
1
0.1
n Teffp
l-*Jh
«> Average
-1
-9
-3
-11*
-10
-1
-7
-9
-1
I
-2
1
-1
10
12
IT
12
19
20
18
11
IT
T
20
21
23
13
li
•20
• -21
-11
-16
-IT
-19
-11
-13
-11
-16
-11
-17
-4
-1
4
6
1
1
6
•4
9
11
14
13
!l
-10
-19
-11
-14
-19
-10
-16
-11
-10
- 1
- 3
- 1
-11
- 1
11
16
11
16
II
11
19
6
11
11
tl
13
11
A...
of cava
• Y'.nimumTemp.
t-NF-HF-
"gSTe?"
7A
36
66
74
TO
Tl
73
II
Tl
T4
66
»T
62
67
61
61
3!
31
41
41
46
4$
31
41
51
43
42
40
40
SO
BUT
027
c
1
7B
0
0
-Wi?
113
Dep.
Weather tycts
on ditts c!
occurrence
• *•* .
I nZ£K«i
Hall
Dui'itorm
ftftlota. Half
6lM*ef ana*
I
1
I •
1 61
1 61
1
1 6
1 6
1 6
1
1
46 9
46 9
Number ol da.
Precipitation
Snou-
ire
Klkrn
or
let1 on
:rounc
•t
86AK
In.
6
4
4
4
3
11
13
S 1.0 inch 6
' nunderstonr.* 0
leavy foil X 1
Hear 6 Paitlv
Precipitation
Wuer
equiva-
lent
In.
10
.01
.1
.0
.0
.0
.01
.01
.11
.02
7
7
7
.11
7
0
7
.11
.19
B*p. *
0.8J
Ice
pcllcli
In.
11
.3
7
0
1.1
.9
0
7
.1
1.
1.
7
7.3
4.0
_&*%£
_£9>£
Avg.
ujtion
pres-
sure
In.
Elev.
fret
m.L
12
1C. 16
11.40
11.71
11.69
11.49
.11.64
26.11
21.61
21.71
21.70
28.69
28.41
16.63
10.71
28.6)
26.91
26.31
28.41
28.17
26.11
28.11
28.11
2B.17
28. »9
28
28
28
.971 29- 3ft
cloudy 1 Clou
.40
.34
.42
.1!
Wind
11
91
11
29
if
11
92
11
21
11
29
20
90
10
21
12
11
11
21
It
11
12
21
10
01
01
n
—
li
4.4
7.3
1.4
iJ:S
6.9
3.9
7.1
3.0
.1
.1
.1
.1
.4
.7
11.1
1.1
T.O
T.O
6.6
*'.•>
1.1
3.4
21.0
11. 1
iA*
2,1
1
It
IS
6.2
7.9
1.6
7.6
11.9
7.2
6.0
7.6
3.0
t'.t
1.2
3.
11.
10.
11.
2.
1.
1.
10.
9.
7!
10.
7.
11.
11.
mon
9-fl
NirLand dates
Snow, ice rclleu
1.91 19-10
" fl i
rutest
„
1C
16
17
19
19
13
12
11
16
17
13
19
17
11
17
23
11
13
19
14
22
13
19
14
It
11
13
43
h:
'45
5 Direction
NW
NW
NW
NU
HH
NW
sw
NW.
W
H
H
H
S
NW
SH
£
Nil
sc
NW
5E
NH
SE
NW
£
HE
NE
~1Q~
Sunshine
IS
18
1.6
0.
7.
0.
0.
1.
1.0
0,0
1.1
1.6
• .6
0.'4
6.9
a. 4
6.6
0.0
0.0
2.6
0.
I.
0.
0.
0.
1.6
0.0
0.0
LtPJai.
T?.»-
Fatxbl*
u Ptlient
" olpouible
10
0
•6
0
0
. 41
11
0
13
100
100
9
81
99
100
0
0
36
0
11
0
0
0
19
0
0
tat
nw«t>
29
Sky cover
Temhl
1 won. „
| oixuuns e.
6
10
2
10
10
1
10
10
1
0
0
10
1
0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
7
B
10
10
10
.Sum
7.6
M Midnight to |
- midnight 1
1
1
10
10 '
10
10
7
7
10
10
u
gum
7,0
Greatest depth on fiound of snow,
in pcflcii or ice and date
i» t 11
I
71
10
11
11
11
13
16
17
11
19
10
H|
21
23
14
23
16
IT
11
29
JJ.
HOURLY PRECIPITATION 'Water eo.ulv.kut in i
1
0
ef
1
4
3
1
T
1
9
10
11.
11
11
14
11
16
IT
11
19.
10
11
t)
14
13
16
IT
11
19
11
1
t
T
T
.01
T
T
T
.01.
.01
}
T
T
7
7
.01
T
7
T
.01
.01
A.
J
7
7
t
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
.01
.01
4
.01
.81
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
.01
.01
i(. Ho
s
• 01
.01
7
t
.01
7
T
.01
.01
.01
r ending at
6
.OJ
T
.01
T
.01
T
.01
.01
.01
7
7
T
7
7
.or
T
.01
.01.
.01
.01
• 9
.01
7
7
7
7
7
.01
T
7
.01
.01
.02
' Gxtrane t*n.pmtur«» forthrmonih. Mayb« the b»l •
•f tnorv llttiv out tvcurrrtwc.
- IWknr uro ti>mp*mur« or iterative departora from
•KMTnaL
t £ 10' at! Ab«fc»« HtvtiaVM.
4 Aha wi •• 9>atli>r a»lt. «r i.lt* t» W mile or Itit.
T In the Hourly rie»-ipiUtion uMv »nd In nluniru
t. 10. •nd U mdn-.trt an in-wjnt trx> (null la
pifamurr.
Th» fti-Mnn (or itgrtr «!•>•« Uc-"« *!th July (or tirallnr
and »ilh Jeinuar* (,»f tmilinr
[>»!• h cAhimiK «. 1?. 13. 11. and U an b*w«d «O $
*>(M.trvailwii* iff tiit it a.tv-uf mii-rtaO.
Whtit itiravtmn* »f» tti—r fi«m vhit-h the •In,* W»n-n.
Rtwiuiu «tmt i< it* tr.t-r .urn at *inA idrt,
||
if;
2S
; t
00' 7-21.41
,0li 6:tl. 41
!06 7,21.41
Oil 1 lt.it
trat M"^* >1ivi.1p.! tn ih, immtwr «f (>b*rrtRt.t'n*. end ACmovpherlc AdnlnlBtreClcn , nnH ,.j | 20.49
Tirut.. r« .!.r.>t,,n, ,,. irr. ..f .Ww* in-m (rur j. roopllod from rocords.on fU« «t ] l»i 8.JI.4T
KtirSm Wh.n^t^^ th» N«",on*» Climatic Cent*.-, Aihc- Ul 7,78.4'
Ten
*
7'
6
3
3
11
11
J-!l
perau
V f>
7
6
t
i
10
12
»
- 't.
re e« -a
~ 5 1 |^ |
\f -1 1 E |
If of j; J- -
~2 IT "7. "to
1 12 >. 76
0 II 1. 19
1 11 1, 10
J 77 10. 21
> 72 1, 10
* It 4.1 27
ultafit
•ind_
If
.1
•
.pwbi It thr / ippr.-.r. in Cwl 17. <
ar» tuff..
Any vrrori dtt.tl.4 •!!! W r*>ifctrd and fhitwi in
aumnuijr diti will bv am.nl.ml In tht annual luminary.
^/OW1
Director, tt.ttlcin.il Climatic Center
USCOH1—NOAA—ASHKV11.LF. ' J50
-------
OBSERVATIONS *t 3-HOUR
4OfMTi<>\4L |1«
OtJU*,«»t*rv*iJJMt 4*t* roAMiw* U tMtrfe.t* 111* «** »e |
•tcrotlta. »t«MfUh«. *r p»p«r l*tl*k ct th* •trlitlMl ttcor«i
«vjll«ttlll(« 4M «**ii (tmild W «*tt«M«i *»U"'
f»di>r«I •UU4I««I A»h«vllt». forlk CV«tliu UMt.
O.S DICARIKIKI OKOKMHCI
HAIIOHAL tllMAHC CllllEi
HDtlAl BUItDIKC
FIRST CLASS
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
REMOTE SENSING STUDY
GREEN WATER IN LAKE SUPERIOR
OCTOBER 1972
National Field Investigations Center
and
EPA National Water Quality Laboratory
Duluth, Minnesota
January 1973
-------
THIS REPORT WAS PREPARED BY:
1). Arthur W. Dybdahl
.Physicist
Remote Sensing Programs
Process Control Branch
National Field Investigations Center-Denver
Environmental Protection Agency
2) Jim V. Rouse
Geologist
Process Control Branch
National Field Investigations Center-Denver
Environmental Protection Agency '.
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter Title Page
I INTRODUCTION . 1
IJ MISSION PURPOSE 1
!I{ BACKGROUND 2
iy CHRONOLOGICAL DATA 3
V AIRCRAFT SENSOR DATA 3
yi CONTROLS ON AERIAL RECONNAISSANCE DATA . 9
VII FLIGHT PARAMETER DATA 11
WEATHER INFORMATION : ...... 11
IX MECHANICS OF AERIAL RECONNAISSANCE DATA
INTERPRETATIONS 13
$ RESULTS OF THE AERIAL RECONNAISSANCE DATA
ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATIONS 16
jq SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 25
REFERENCES ....... 26
APPENDIX A 27
ti
-------
REMOTE SENSING STUDY
GREEN WATER IN LAKE SUPERIOR
October 1972
I. INTRODUCTION
An aerial reconnaissance study of the green water phenomenon
in Lake Superior was conducted on October 19, 1972. This effort
was requested by the Director of the National Water Quality
Laboratory, EPA, Duluth, Minnesota. The sections of Lake Superior
covered during this study are shown in Figure 1.
II. MISSION PURPOSE
The aerial reconnaissance study of the northern shore reaches
of Lake Superior was designed to fulfill the following objectives:
(a) Document the presence of the green-water phenomenon.
(b) Obtain the precise location and lake surface area of the
green water recorded.
(c) Compare, to the extent practicable, the color characteristics
of the green water mass to those recorded in the immediate
vicinity of the Reserve Mining Company's taconite tailing
effluent.
(d) Document the presence of any lake water up-welling along
the Minnesota shore.
-------
-2-
III. BACKGROUND
EPA1 has carried out extensive investigations regarding the
cause or source of the green-water effect. A long term detailed
field sampling program and subsequent laboratory analysis were
initiated in September, 1968. The results, pertinent to this report,
of the study are as follows:
(a) The major cause of the "green-water phenomenon" along
Lake Superior's northern shore (refer to Figure 1) was
taconite tailings suspended in the water.
(b) Taconite tailings were characterized by a mixture of
cummingtonite, grunerite, and quartz.
(c) The taconite tailings, comprising the suspended solids
in the green-water, originated from a launder discharge
within the Reserve Mining Company facility located at
Silver Bay, Minnesota.
(d) Throughout the period of study, the green water was
not observed northeast of the Reserve Mining Company
effluent regardless of the prevailing wind direction.
(e) Water clarity in the green water, caused by the taconite
tailings, was 4 to 10 times less than the clarity in
the clear or background water in Lake Superior.
Patterns2 for the surface currents in Lake Superior have been
documented through detailed long term field studies initiated in 1966.
These patterns indicate that the characteristic surface currents,
along the U. S. section of the northern shore of Lake Superior, are
in a counter-clockwise direction.
-------
It was concluded, from a dr.i El-bottle study performed by
Northern Michigan Unb'er.sity, thu-. the test VK>L c.l.es released in
Lake Superior along Lhv Michigan shoi'e would not (exc.ept under unusual
circumstances) gather OT strand a Long the. Minnesota's northern t>l-uirt:--
line, because of prevailing off-shore winds causing an upwelling
and off-shore drift.
IV. CHRONOLOGICAL DATA
The aerial reconnaissance mission was flown on .October 19,
1972 between the hou ITS of 0917 and 1108 CDT.
V. AIRCRAFT SENSOR DATA
Two high performance aircraft were used to carry out this
remote sensing mission. The sensors, carried on-board each of these
aircraft, were three cameras and an Infrared Line Scanner.
Two of the three cameras were KS-87B Aerial Framing Cameras
with 6-inch (152mm) focal length lens assemblies. They were mounted
in the aircraft in their respective vertical positions.. The
framing cameras were uploaded with different film and optical
filter combinations as follows:
(a) Kodak 2403 with a Wratten HF3/HF5 gelatin'optical filter
combination which effectively eliminates the sunlight
scattering by the lower atmosphere. The resultant photo-
graphic data were 4.5"x4.5" black and white negatives.
This sensor was used for depth penetration..below the surface
of the lake water.
-------
(b) Kodak Aerochrome Infrared Film 2443 with a Wratten 16
gelatin optical filter resulting in a 4.5"x4.5" color
transparency. This filter transmits a portion of the
visible optical spectrum, i.e., deep green, yellow,
orange, red, along with the near infrared energy from
0.7 to 1.0 microns. This film presents a modified color
or false color rendition in the processed transparency
unlike the more familiar true-color films:. It has an
emulsion layer that is sensitive to the near infrared in
addition to the red and green layers, whereas the true-
color ektachrome films have red, green, and blue sensi-
tive layers. (Every color in the visible optical spectrum
is formed in the true color film by various combinations
of red, green and blue dyes similar to the red, green and
blue dots on the front of a color television picture tube.)
The modified or false color rendition comes into play
when the exposed image on the infrared film is processed.
In the finished transparency, the scene objects (trees,
plants) producing infrared exposure, appear .red in color,
while red and green objects produce green and blue images,
respectively. The most important asset of .this film is
its capability of recording the presence of various levels
of chlorophyll in plant growth. The leaves on a healthy
tree will record as a bright red image rather than the
usual green. The orange filter is used to keep all blue
light from reaching the film which would 'cause an unbalance
in the normal red, green, blut color balance.
-------
-5-
The viewing angle of the framing cameras was 41° centered about
the aircraft's nadir as shown below:
AIRCRAFT
ALTITUDE
i
GROUND LEVEL
Viewing Angle of a Framing Camera Configured with a 6-inch Focal Length.
A diagram of a typical framing camera is provided below:
Focal Plane
Film
Guide
Shutter
Lens
Film Advances Frame by Frame
Framing Camera
-------
-6-
The remaining camera of the three mentioned above, was a
high altitude panoramic camera, the KA-55. A typical panoramic
camera is shown in the diagram below:
Slit-
Plane
Scanning
"Stovepipe" :
pivoted at rear
nodal point
Film Advances Frame by Frame
Scanning Lens Panoramic
This camera used a 12" lens assembly, provided twice the image
magnification over that provided by the framing cameras. The lens
assembly scans in a direction perpendicular to the aircraft's line
of flight through an angle of 90° centered about the nadir of the
aircraft as shown below:
i
AIRCRAFT
ALTITUDE
I
GROUND LEVEL
The viewing angle of the lens assembly in the direction
parallel to the aircraft's line of flight was 21.1°.
-------
-7-
The panoramic camera carried a Kodak Aerographic Ektachrome S0-J97
film producing a true color transparency 4.5"xl8 .8". in size. No
special optical filters were used with this film in order to preserve
the true color or rtal world rendition of the area flown.
This camera was used to photograph as much of the green water as
possible in the aircraft's lateral direction while including the
shoreline within each frame. This was required so that the precise
location and surface area of the green water could be established.
An infrared line scanner (1RLS), which records-a thermal map
of an imaged area, completed the array of airborne sensors used
on this mission. The IRLS uses an infrared detector in an electro-
optic system to record on film the amount of infrared energy
detected in the imaged area. The effective focal length of the IRLS
is 1.15 inches and the field of view is 120° perpendicular to the
line of flight.
The three basic units in an infrared reconnaissance set are
scanner optics, a detector, and a recording unit'. The scanner
collects the infrared emissions from the ground and reflects them
to a parabolic mirror. The parabolic mirror focuses the infrared
emissions onto the detector. The detector converts the infrared
energy collected by the scanner into an electrical signal. In
the recording unit the electrical signal is converted to visible
light through a cathode ray tube which is than recorded on ordinary
black and white film. The diagrams below depict the optical
-------
-8-
collection .system and the lateral field of view of the IRLS,
respectively.
Detect oi
Bosk Two-Sided Coaxial Rotating
Mirroi Optical System
• mm
I
AIRCRAFT
ALTITUDE
i
GROUND LEVEL
Field-of-View of the IRIS
The Appendix contains information pertinent to aerial sensors
in respect to: ; •, :.
- Focal length
- Angle of view
- Effects of focal length and altitude on scale
and ground coverage.
-------
-9-
VI. CONTROLS ON AERIAL RECONNAISSANCE DATA
This mission was flown with two high performance reconnaissance
aircraft. The exposure, processing and subsequent interpretation
of the photographic films were under the control of the National
Field Investigations Center - Denver, EPA.
The precise flight lines, shown in Figure 1, the respective
altitudes of each aircraft and the approximate time of flight
were specified to the flight crews. The film and optical filters
were provided by NFIC-Denver. The respective exposure levels for
the film were specified to the personnel installing the film in the
aerial cameras. They were as follows:
(a) Camera Station 1 - Infrared film 2443 has an aerial
exposure index (AEI) of 10 with,a Wratteri 12 yellow
optical filter. Camera was set on AEI of 12 with a
Wratten 16 orange filter (1/3 stop underexposed).
(b) Camera .Station 2 - Tri-X black and white film 2403 has an
AEI of 250. Camera was set on AEI of 150 with HF-3/HF-5
haze cutting optical filters (2/3 stop overexposed).
(c) Camera Station 3 - S0-397 true color film has an AEI of 12.
Camera was set on AEI of 12 with no external optical
filters.
The film was processed in processors manufactured, by Eastman
Kodak Company. The infrared and true-color Ektachrome films were
-------
-10-
processed In the Ektachrome RT Processor, Model 1811, Type M,
Federal Stock Number 6740-109-2987FK, Part Number 460250. This machine
uses Kodak EA-5 chemicals. The temperature of the respective
chemicals in the processor and the film process rate, in feet per
minute, are the important parameters. Their values were specified
as follows:
1) Prehardner 115°F
2) Neutralizer 115°F
3) First Developer 115°F
^
4) First Stop Bath 115°F
5) Color Developer 120°F
6) Second Stop Bath 120°F
7) Bleach 125°F
8) Fixer 120°F
9) Stabilizer 120°F
The film process rate was 9 feet per minute, the nine chemical
baths, mentioned above, comprise the EA-5 process used for the
color films. The temperature and pressure of the fresh water supplied
to the processor was 120°F and 45 pounds per square inch minimum
respectively. The fresh water is used to wash the film immediately
before entering the dryers. : ,.
The black and white film 2403 was processed in a Kodak Versamat
Model 11-CM processor using Kodak 641 chemicals. This process contains
only two chemical baths which are the developer and fixer. During
processing, these were maintained at 85°F with a film process rate
of 12 feet per minute. Fresh water temperature was maintained at
85°F with a pressure greater than 45 pounds per square inch.
-------
-II-
With complete control over the patterns i.'f flight, film type
and exposure, film processing ant! photographic interpretation, the
true color.film.,80-397 is a true and exact representation of the
actual scene recorded by the reconnaissance aircraft on October 1.9, 1.972.
VII. FLIGHT PARAMETER DATA
The flight parameter data consists of the following entities:
(a) direction-of-flight of the aircraft (line-of^flight)
(b) air speed of aircraft
(c) aircraft altitude above ground level (AGL)
(d) time of flight.
The values of these parameters are as follows:
Flight Line 1 Flight Line 2 Flight Lines 3-7
Air Speed 360 Knots 360 Knots 360 Knots
Altitude 16,000 feet AGL 7,500 feet AGL 7,500 feet AGL
The above mentioned flight lines are depicted in Figure 1.
The time of flight for this study was 19 October 1972 at 0917
to 1108 hours £DT.
VIII. WEATHER INFORMATION*
The direction and speed of the wind at Duluth, Minnesota on
October 17 - 19, 1972 were the following: (The wind, .direction
is measured at a particular angle clockwise from true north.)
*This information was provided by EPA National Water Quality Laboratory,
6201 Congdon Boulevard, Duluth, Minnesota 55804.
-------
-12-
Day
Oct. 17
Time
TABLE VII-1
Wind Direction
Oct. 18
Oct. 19
1100
1200 (Noon)
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400 (Mdnt)
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
0800
0900
1000
1100
1200 (Noon)
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400 (Mdnt)
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
0800
0900
1000
1100
1200 (Noon)
290°
290
280
320
280
280
280
320
300
310
320
320
320
300
300°
310
270
280
290
310
300
310
310
330
330
340
340
310
300
280
330
320
300
270
280
290
270
240
250°
250
260
260
260
260
250
220
230
260
210
260
Wind Speed (Knots)
14
14
15
12
11
14
13
11
9
10
13
9
8
6
5
6
6
8
5
6
8
9
11
10
11
11
13
12
11
10
14
11
9
6
7
8
8
6
(gusts to 19)
(gusts to 21)
(gusts to 17)
6
6
5
7
7
8
7
4
6
7,
10,
13!
-------
-13-
The daily amounts of rainfall in the Duluth vicinity, recorded
for the 20 days preceding the flight, are provided below:
TABLE VII-2
Rainfall (inches)
October 1972
Pay
Amount
Oct. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
8
9
10
trace
trace
0.04
0.0
0.04
0.0
0.0
0.01
trace
• 0.29
Day
Amount
Oct. 11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
trace
0.0
0.0
trace
0.0
: trace
0.0
trace
0.0
The last measurable precipitation occurred on October 10, 1972.
There was virtually no rain for eight days preceding the mission,
thus precluding the possibility of land run-off in the Silver Bay
vicinity at the time of flight.
The wind direction as observed by the direction of travel of a
smoke plume, from within the Reserve Mining Company facility, was
measured from the photographic film to be 263°. This area was
photographed at approximately 1000 hours. The wind direction at
Duluth, at this particular time, was 260° as given in the table above.
IX. MECHANICS OF AERIAL RECONNAISSANCE DATA INTERPRETATIONS
In order to document the magnitude of the surface area of Lake
Superior covered by the large green-water mass, the precise location
of the latter was plotted on a series of.USGS 15 Minute (Scale 1:62,500)
maps. Thus, the surface area affected by the green water mass was
-------
-14-
measured and calculated from these maps. The location of the green
water is shown in Figure 2.
There was no ground truth, in the form of water samples,
obtained on October 19, 1972 to correlate the constituency of the
green-water mass in Lake Superior with that of the Reserve Mining
Company's taconite effluent. Consequentially, a detailed color
analysis was conducted on the color films to show that the green-
water mass and the taconite effluent have Identical color character-
istics. The mechanics of this analysis is outlined in the following
paragraphs.
The original photographic transparencies were subjected to
optical tests whereby the light transmittance* through the film
was precisely, measured. Each preselected physical point on a
given transparency (in most cases five points per transparency)
was measured for optical transmlttance with the use of a Macbeth
Corporation TD-203AM transmission densitoneter. This system measures
film transmlttance on a scale from 100% to 0.01%. It also provides
transmittance In terms of film density on a scale from 0.00 to 4.00,
where* 100% transmittance is equivalent to 0 density units, 10%
to 1.0 density units, 1% to 2.0 density units, 0.1% to 3.0 density
units, and 0.01% to 4.0 density units. The transmittance measure-
ments were made through red, green, blue and yellow (visual) optical
*Light transmittance is defined as
Amount of lipht transmitted through an object
Light Transmittance - Amount of light incident upon the object.
-------
-15-
fliters* contained within the densitometer. These filters provide
the optical transmittance or density values only in their respective
colors of the optical spectrum. For example, the blue filter
transmits light colored from violet through the common blue.
It is opaque or does not transmit the deep greens, yellow, orange,
and red. This type and degree of color isolation is required to
analyze the respective color densities in the photographic films.
The term "color analysis" refers to the measurement of the various
film densities, through a particular color filter in the densitometer,
and the subsequent technical interpretation of this data.
The color analysis was, for the most part, performed on the
false color infrared imagery rather than, the true color film for
the following reasons:
(a) The green and background waters are differentiated only
by various shades of green in the true color film.
Through the previously discussed modified color rendition,
> the false color infrared film shows the green water as being
bright blue in color and the background waters as a very
dark grayish-green. The latter provides a significantly
wider color separation between the two types of water for
a precise color analysis than does the true color data.
(b) The affects of high altitude atmospheric haze is not
present in the false color infrared film where as there is o
definite influence upon rendition of the true color film.
The former film eliminates this interference factor i.n the
color analysis.
*These filters were manufactured and calibrated to established specifications
by Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, New York Mb'>0.
-------
-16-
X. RESULTS OF THE AERIAL RECONNAISSANCE DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATIONS
The surface area of Lake Superior affected by the green water is
shown in Figure 2. Two generations or densities of the green water
have been plotted. The first generation is the heaviest concentra-
tion appearing heavy green and the second is comprised of lesser
concentrations appearing lighter green in color. The magnitude of
the total surface area of green water was calculated to be approximately
66 square miles.
No trace of the green water was recorded from a point immediately
north of the Reserve Mining Company launder effluent along shore to
a point near Tpfte, Minnesota.
The true-color photographic data, recorded by a high altitude
panoramic camera, is presented in this report as Figure 3 through
Figure 46. The green water is clearly shown in the prints in
a light milky^green rendition, while the background waters appear
in a darker greenish-blue color. The above mentioned figures are
located in a packet near the back of this report. They can be
trimmed and, beginning with Figure 3, put together in sequence to
form a mosaic of the area from a point near Two Harbors, Minnesota
to that near Silver Bay.
It is seen from the above mentioned prints that the green water
did not form a continuum from the Reserve Mining Company effluent
to the location of the mass near Split Rock, which is approximately
8.9 statute miles southwest of Silver Bay along shore. For this
reason, the detailed color analysis, discussed in Section IX, was
performed on the film for following areas:
-------
-17-
(a) Characteristic color of the blue on background water
northeast of Silver Bay where there was no detectable
levels of. green water.
(b) Characteristic color of the green-water along the effluent
delta at Silver Bay. This is depicted by the bright,
prominent blue areas of Figures 47, 48 and 49.
(c) Characteristic color of the green-water in the large
mass from Beaver Bay to Encampment Island, a distance of
approximately 16.8 miles along shore. This area is shown
in the false color infrared prints labeled Figures 50
through 87.
(d) Characteristic color of the blue or background water in
jr
the areas where sharp or distinctive boundaries exist
between the green and background waters. One such loca-
tion was in the vicinity of Split Rock.
A total of 83 different frames or transparencies were tested
for optical film densities with the densitometer. Each of these
values was graphically plotted to form characteristic curves for
the green water at the Reserve Nining Company effluent delta, the
background or blue water northeast of Silver Bay, the green water
in the 66 square mile mass, the background/green water near Split
Rock, and the typical outflowing river waters. The river vater is
called commonly a "tea" due to the high natural organic waste
content giving rise to a grayish brown characteristic color. The
typical graphic plots for the above are presented in Figures 88 through
93 where the optical film density is along the ordinate or vertical
axis.
-------
1.0
JLK
0.8
o.o
-------
0.0
-------
0.0
-------
2.6r
B1I1
1.1
2.C
1.6
\.t
1.4
1.2
1.0
\
0.8
-------
•i.i
0.8
O.OL
-------
0.0
-------
-18-
It was discussed in Section VIII that the green and blue are
the dominant colors, in the modified rendition, of the two types of
water (background and green) in the false color infrared film. The
smaller the blue optical density value, the more blue there Is
present in the transparency, i.e., the blue transmittance Is greater.
The graphic plots depicted in Figures 89 and 91 are derived from
the imagery recorded over the Lake Superior background on blue water.
The two respective plots have the same general shapes with the blue
optical density in each being greater than the green .optical density.
This is a result of the blue transmittance in the original trans-
parencies being less than that of the green. This curve a^ape is
characteristic of all those generated from the background water
imagery, during the color analysis. The plots depicted in Figures 90
and 92 are obtained from the imagery recorded over two different
locations in the sixty six square mile green-water mass whose posi-
tion is shown in Figure 2. These curves also have the same general
shape. The blue optical density is seen to be significantly less,
in these two figures, than that of the green. This results from the
blue transmittance in the original transparencies being greater
than that of the green. The dominant color in this case, is
the bright blue recalling that the green-water mass records as
blue in the false color infrared film. Likewise, this curve shape is
characteristic of all those generated from the imagery obtained
over the green-water mass. This shape is unique, based on spectral
characteristics, for the taconite tailings present in water.
-------
-19-
Areas in the water of high turbidity caused by land run-off, for
example, would display a different characteristic curve than that
for the green water mass. The former would be yellow-gray or
yellow brown rather than green.
An optical density characteristic curve was plotted from the
original transparencies recorded over the Reserve Mining Company
effluent delta at Silver Bay. It is depicted in Figure 88. Its
shape is nearly identical to those of Figures 90 and 92, characteristic
of the green-water mass. In Figure 92, the green optical density
minus the blue optical density is 0.22 and in Figure 88, it is 0.24.
The difference between these two numbers is quite small, approximately
8%. This further supports the similarity of the two curves. Also,
a characteristic curve was plotted for the river water, in this area,
flowing into Lake Superior called a freshwater tea as mentioned pre-
viously in this section. The curve is shown in Figure 93. Its
shape is completely different from those for the background water,
the green-water mass, and the green water at the Reserve Mining
Company effluent delta. It is concluded that this water source made
no contribution to the observed green water effect.
It is important to mention that there was only one small area,
where plant growth, containing chlorophyl, was detected on the rocks
at water level northeast of Silver Bay. This area was. 7.7 miles
northeast of the Reserve Mining Company effluent delta. But, from a
point along shore, approximately 4,000 feet northeast of the delta
to Two Harbors, Minnesota, there were many areas of plant growth on
the rocks at water level.
-------
-20-
Optical studies were conducted on the properties of taconite
tailings to further explain the green water phenomenon recorded in
the aerial reconnaissance imagery. A wet sample of taconite tailings
was taken, by the EPA National Water Quality Laboratory in Duluth,
from the Reserve Mining Company east launder on October 2, 1972
at 2230 hours CDT. A partial of this sample was subjected to the
optical tests at NFIC-Denver. The wet sample was put through 250
mesh arid 325 mesh U.S.A. Standard Testing Sieves. The sieve set
collected particle sizes of "45 to 63 microns" and "less than 45
microns" respectively (1 micron = one millionth meter) These
particular particle sizes were chosen for testing over the larger
sizes, because they will remain in suspension in water for much
longer periods of time. The instrument used for these tests was a
Beckman DK-2A spectrophotometer with an integrating sphere or
reflectance head attached. This instrument measures the amount of
light reflected from a sample based upon a known amount of incident
light, as a function of wavelength or respective color of the inci-
dent light. The reflective curves, for the above-mentioned taconite
particle sizes, are presented in Figure 94. This curve begins at
0.4 microns which is in the violet region of the optical spectrum,
passes through the visible region (deep blue through deep red to
the human eye) into the near infrared and finally into the inter-
mediate infrared region ending at 3.5 microns for Curve 1 and 2.5
j
microns for Curve 2. The green water effect, seen by average
human observers, is caused only by the light in the 0.45 to 0.68 micron
region in the visible spectrum. (The average human eye cannot see
-------
—21—
the deep blue and deep red colors as easily as the green, yellow
and orange colors). In the region from 0.5 to 0.7 microns (deep
blue green to red respectively) the curves are reasonably flat and
nearly horizontal. In. this area of the visible spectrum the taconite
is called neutral density substance, i.e. it reflects all colors
from blue green through red equally. In the area from 0.4 to 0.49 microns
(violet to deep blue green) the reflectance tends quickly toward zero.
This is referred to as a substance exhibiting minus-blue spectral
characteristics. This is the reason for the smaller taconite
fines appearing yellow-gray in color. If the reflectance in the
blue were equal to that in the yellow, green and red, the fines
would be gray rather than the observed yellow-gray.
With this in mind, the reffectance or scattering of light by
a spherical taconite particle is considered, as shown in Figure 95.
The incident sunlight strikes the particle and is reflected or
scattered off at various angles depicted by the green lines. This
physical interaction is governed by the Law of Reflection in
Geometrical Optics. A particle that is not spherical, such as
having projections and indentations, will produce a scattering effect
far more diffuse than the spherical one selected for simplicity of
explanation.
Now, place the taconite particle in water, as shown in Figure 96.
The incident sunlight strikes the water surface, is bent or
refracted and subsequently strikes the spherical particle as shown by
the green lines. The light is scattered from the particle and portions
of the light again emerge from the water. This is the light viewed
by a human observer or camera. The characteristic of clear, background
-------
INCIDENT SUNLIGHT
SPHERICAL
PARTICLE *
SSAHERia UGHT
SCATTERED LIGHT
* PARTICLE IS ASSUMED AS SPHERICAL FOR SIMPLICITY
OF EXPLANATION OF LIGHT SCATTERING.
Figure 95. Scattering of Sunlight By A Spherical Particle
-------
INCIDENT
SUNLIGHT
SCATTERED
LIGHT
(WATER LEVEL]
SPHERICAL
PARTICLE
Figure 96. Scattering of Sunlight by Spherical
Taconite Particle in Water
-------
-22-
water in Lake Superior is a dark greenish-blue. The bluish color is
caused by the reflection of the light incident upon the lake's sur-
face from the blue sky.) With the presence ,of large numbers of
taconite particles in the water, this background color is lightened
significantly by the scattering process shown in Figure 96. The
dark-green color is brightened and becomes a lighter green. The
water containing taconite does not show as yellow or some other
color because taconite reflects all colors from blue green through
red equally, thus the characteristic green color of the water is
retained, but, appears much lighter.
The origin of the green water effect is explained with the
use of the Infrared Line Scanner data or the so-called "thermal
maps."
x
Figure 97 is a high altitude (16,000 feet AGL) thermal map
of the shore line from Tiro Harbors, Minnesota to a point near
Tofte, Minnesota, from left to right for the reader. The Reserve
Mining Company effluent delta is in the center of this map. Figure
98 is the thermal map, at an altitude of 7,500 feet AGL, of the
shore line from Two Harbors to the above mentioned effluent delta.
Figure 99 is the thermal map, at 7,500 feet AGL, of the shore line
from the delta.to a point near Tofte, Minnesota.
In these maps, the white areas are warm white, while the dark
areas are colder. In Figure 97, notice the dark gray area along
shore, in the Lake, through the full length of the thermal map. The
temperature of the water in this area is cooler than the water temp-
erature, in the white areas near the bottom of the map. These rela-
tive temperature indications are for the surface of the water only.
-------
-23-
Water is opaque or does not transmit infrared energy in the thermal
band from 8 to 14 microns. The maximum penetration beneath the
water's surface is 0.01 cm. With this IRLS imagery and known
facts about Lake Superior circulation, it is possible to explain
the observed areas of green water.
At the time of flight, Lake Superior was in a near-iso.thermal
condition. The entire lake mass was near the temperature of maximum
density for water. Under this isothermal condition, wind-generated
currents have a significant influence on circulation of the entire lake
depth, as graphically portrayed by Hough.5
It is generally accepted (Beeton and Chandler)^ that Lake Superior
currents are quickly responsive to wind changes. As illustrated by
the wind data [Table VII-1], there had been strong offshore winds
for two days prior to the time of flight. Shear along the wind-water
interface resulted in a surface current toward the southeast. The
bearing of this current is to the right of the wind vector caused by
the Ekman effect 6»7 resulting from the Coriolis force. The surface
current moved the surface layer of water toward the Apostle Islands.
This layer was slightly warmer than the underlying water, as a
result of solar heating. This is depicted by the red arrows in Figure 100.
The development of an offshore surface current required the
counter-development of a bottom current in opposition to the surface
current. The bottom current moved to the northwest and surfaced
as an "upwelling" along the northern shore, as indicated by the cooler
water along the shore, in the thermal imagery [Figure 97, 98, 99].
The site of the upwelling was influenced by bottom, topography and the
relative calm in the lee of the northern shore. The vertical
-------
-24-
circulation pattern is depicted in Figure 100. - '.
EPA divers have previously testified to the presence of billowy
"clouds" of fine taconite tailings (brown arrows on Figure 100)
being detached from the main density current. The bottom current
(blue arrows in Figure 100) would move opposite to the density current,
and would override the density layer. This is indicated by the tri-
angular shape of the gray area of surface water in the center of
Figure 97. This results from the bottom current being forced upward
over the density layer.
The bottom current upwe11s along the entire northern shoreline
covered by the flights. "Green water" conditions were present only
from Beaver. Bay to the vicinity of Encampment Island. .This is
because the net movement of suspended tailings solids was a combina-
tion of returning bottom current and the prevalent counter-clockwise
lake circulation. A predominant longshore current.from Silver Bay
toward Duluth is clearly indicated by a geombrphic study of shoreline
features on the imagery and is consistent with published current
studies. 3
The thermal imagery indicates a sharp boundary between the
green and blue water masses, especially along the northeastern
boundary of the green-water mass (east of Split Rock) as seen in
Figures 99 and 101. This is further evidence of a superimposition •
of a counter-clockwise circulation and an upwelling bottom current.
Stereoscopic examination of the boundary area on the film reveals
that the green-water mass underlies blue water for a short distimce
northeast of', this boundary.
-------
-25-
XI. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
The presence of a large mass of green water was recorded along
the Minnesota shore of Lake Superior, between Beaver Bay and Encampment
Island, on 19 October 1972 between the hours of 0917 and 1108 hours
CDT. The mass covered approximately sixty-six square miles of lake
surface area.
The color characteristics of the green-water mass and of the
green water in the immediate area of the Reserve Mining Company
taconite effluent were essentially identical indicating that the
mass was made up of taconite tailings.
The infrared data shows that the green water effect was caused
by wind-induced upwelling along shore, bringing fine suspended
tailings to the surface. The tailings solids cause the green color
due to reflecting and scattering incident sunlight. For two days
prior to flight, the upwelling resulted from strong offshore winds,
together with near-isothermal conditions in the lake.
Numerous small areas of plant growth containing chlorophyl, were
detected on the aerial reconnaissance data from a point near the
Reserve Mining Company effluent delta to Two Harbors, Minnesota
while only one similar spot was found from a point near the delta
to Tofte, Minnesota.
The data and conclusions given in this report, apply only to
the conditions recorded on October 19, 1972.
-------
-26-
REFERENCES
1. Proceedings from the Lake Superior Enforcement Conference,
Second Session, April 29-30, 1970, Volume 1, page 223,
Effects of Taconite on Lake Superior.
2. Proceedings from Lake Superior Enforcement Conference,
Executive Session, May 13-15, 1969, September 30-October 1, 1969,
Volume 1, page 67, An Appraisal of Water Pollution-in the
Lake Superior Basin.
3. Drift - Bottle Study of the Surface Currents of Lake Superior,
J. D. Hughes, J. P. Farrell and E. C. Monahan, Department of
Geography, Northern Michigan University, Marquette, Michigan.
4.. Geology of the Great Lakes, Jack L. Hough, University of Illinois
Press, 1958. Figure 22 on page 51.
5. The St. Lawrence Great Lakes: Limnology in North America,
A. M. Beeton and D. C. Chandler, D. G. Frey, editor, University
of Wisconsin Press 1966, page 539.
6. General Oceanography, Gunter Dietrich, John Wiley and Sons,
Copyright 1963, page 340ff.
7. Elements of Physical Oceanography, Hugh J. McLellan, Pergamon
Press, 1965.
-------
-27-
APPENDIX
Focal Length, Angle of View, and the Effects of Focal Length and Altitude
-------
28
The focal length of the aerial sensors affects the size (or scale)
of the resulting imagery. At any given altitude, the image size
chan'ges in direct proportion to changes in focal length. Also for a
given focal length, the image size is inversely proportional to the
altitude.
The angle of view of a sensor is a function of the focal length
and the image format size. The importance of the angle of view is
its relationship to the amount of target area recorded in the imagery.
Refer to the following diagrams: A. Focal length of a simple lens.
B. Effect of focal length on scale and ground coverage. C. Effect
of altitude on scale and ground coverage.
Point at
Infinity
Reproduction of
point at infinity-
-Parallel light rays from infinite
distance and a single point source.
. Diagram A. Focal Length of a Simple Lens
Focal length is the distance from the lens (A) to the tilm (B).
-------
29
3-Inch Focal Length
20,000
Ft
20,000
Ft
6-Inch Focal Length
30,000 Ft
12-Inch Focal Length !> \\
-H+-
/i i \
K \\
20,000
Ft
20,000
Ft
f7,500 Ft
7,500 Ft
—/ h~ 5,000 Ft
5,000 Ft
18-Inch Focal Length
DIAGRAM B Effect of Focal Length on Scale and Ground Coverage
30,000 Ft
. 22,500 Fl
. 1
_ / 10,000 Ft
5,000 Ft
3-Inch Focol Length
DIAGRAM C Effect of Altitude on Scale and Ground Coverage
-------
Stomach analyses of fourhorn, Myoxocephalus quadricornis
(Linnaeus), and slimy, Cottus cognatus Richardson,
sculpins from areas along the north shore of
Lake Superior
John G. Eaton
United States Environmental Protection Agency
National Water Quality Laboratory
Duluth, Minnesota »55804
-------
Introduction
Previous studies (Skrypeck ejt al. , 1968) have indicated that
the amphipcd Pontoporeia affinis is reduced in numbers in the vicinity
of the Reserve Mining Company's taconite tailings discharge delta.
Therefore, the purpose of the present study was to compare the foods
eaten by sculpins near the plant to those of sculpins living in north
shore areas where relatively small amounts of tailings have been found.
The seulplns were collected with a research vessel (the Siscowet) and
other equipment provided by the Ashland Research Station of the U. S.
Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. Sculpins were selected for
the study because they are sedentary fish which live and feed on the
bottom where amphipods are found and tailings are deposited. Food
analyses were conducted by the Environmental Protection Agency,
National Field Investigations Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
-------
Materials and Methods •
Fish for analysis were collected during two cruises, the first
one July 10 - 14, 197Z, and the second September 25 -28, 1972. Otter
trawls, either 12 or 39 feet between the ends of the wings and with
1/4-inch mesh cod ends, were used to collect sculpins. .Trawl runs
were made at 58 to 116 fathoms, with the majority at about 100 fathoms.
A record for each trawl was made by a recording depth-meter and an
estimated average depth was transcribed in the cruise log book. All
trawls were made, in a northeast or southwest direction, parallel to
shore, in order to stay at the same depth during each one. The duration
of each trawl was either 10 or 15 minutes. For the first cruise, a total
of 9 sampling transects or stations were selected. These were located
2, 8, and 14 miles southwest of the taconite plant and 1. 5, 3. 5, 9, 15. 5,
19. 5 and 27. 5 miles northeast of the plant, with the latter two stations
designated control:-; (Figure 1).
The agenda for the second cruise was influenced by the discovery
after the first cruise that taconite tailings were present in the designated
control area of the first cruise. Fewer sampling stations were selected
for the second cruise to improve the chances of obtaining more fish from
each st£ttion, which in turn permitted greater facility of data analysis.
Four sampling transects or stations were selected for the second cruise,
-------
two of them located offshore from points six miles to either side north-
east and southwest of the town of Beaver Bay, and two of them, considered
control stations, located offshore from points six miles to either side
northeast and southwest of the town of Hovland (Figure 2). Hovland is
located 73 miles northeast from Silver Bay on the shore of Lake Superior.
At the start of each trawl, radar observations were made of the
vessel's location and distance (JX). J'rniles) from shore, and recorded.
Two to 12 trawls were made at each transect, depending on the success of
each one. Two species of sculpins, fourhorn and slimy, were captured in
about equal numbers, although the slimys were generally predominant in
the shallower trawls, and fourhorns more numerous in deeper trawls.
Tables 1 and 2 summarize the results of the trawls made during the first
and second cruises, respectively.
As the fish from each trawl were brought on board, they were
emptied into plastic pans from the net cod end and immediately divided
into subgroups, based on species. Each group of up to 35 fish was
sealed in a buffered formalin-filled bottle, and a self-sticking EPA
Form 7500-2 (10-71) sample identification seal was stuck over the
bottle top. Additional groups offish were placed in acetone-rinsed
vials or sterile plastic bags and put into a freezer for subsequent metals,
PCB, or pesticides tissue residue analysis (not reported in this paper).
-------
At the end of each cruise day, all containers of samples were placed in
a larger plastic bag and an FWQA 4200-1 (8-70) Chain of Custody Record
tag attached. All samples remained on board until they were transported
to the National Water Quality Laboratory, where they remained under lock
and key until sent out for analysis.
For food analysis, stomachs were dissected from each fish, and
the contents measured volumetrically In a conical graduated centrifuge
tube. Volumes less than 0.1 milliliters were considered negligible.
Food organisms were identified using a binocular dissecting microscope.
When the percent of digestion was high, head capsules, eye stocks, and/or
carapaces were used to obtain numerical values of the numbers of food
items eaten. When a numerical value could not be assigned, an X was
used to designate the presence of the food organism. The results are
presented in terms of the percent of occurrence of each type of food at
each sampling station, the mean number of each food item in the fish
at each station, and the mean percent volume that each type of food
made up of the total food eaten for fish at each station, .jygp
.slimy, scu Ipins-.
-------
in stomachs there were no significant differences (P = 0.1) between
Results
alimy and fourhorn sculpins. However, a highly significant (PiO. 01)
caught
iritf froErtetetgoSfo &Ef fr a
every
trawl 1 if t,m a-ven though these organisms are. sma.ll enough to pass, through
Tn'eTiSTi eggs^aten \*ere6me same size (Zmm in*diam€ter) as
^
limy
contents.
Graphic/representation of the results for Myaie and Pontoporeia
in regard to their percentage of occurrence and mean percentage of the
total food volume among fish from each sampling station of cruise two,
are shown in Figures 3 and 4, In regard to Mytls(Figure 3) there is
no indication of a regional difference in stomach content. In the case of
Pontoporeia, however (Figure 4), the least were found in fish from stations
nearest the taconite plant and the most were eaten by fish from stations
farthest away. Numbers of these food items per fish are not shown in
the figures because of the many cases in which the numbers could not be
-------
quantified. Figure 5 depicts the relationship between the mean
percentages off occurrence of Mysis, Pontoporeia. and fish eggs in
stomachs of all fish from stations 1 through 7 combined, as compared
to those of fish from the control stations combined. Here, also, there
is shown a smaller occurence of Pontoporeia in the stomachs of sculpins
living closer to Silver Bay.
Stomach analysis of fish from the second cruise revealed that
at least a few fish from all four stations had recently eaten Pontoporeia
affinis, Mysis relicta, fish eggs and Chironomidae larvae (Table 1).
Leeches were common food items in the stomachs' of both species from
Station 4, but incidental elsewhere. The Chironomidae formed a
negligible portion of the stomach contents of fish at most stations, al-
though about one-half of the slimy sculpins from Station 3 had eaten one
to several of them. Unidentified matter formed rather large proportions
of the total stomach contents of both fish species from Station 2, and of
fourhorn sculpins from Station 1. Small numbers (1 to 5) of fingernail
clams, beetle larvae, and fish larvae were found in the stomachs of a
few fish.
In regard to the Pontoporeia, consistent differences were observed
between the stomach contents offish from Stations 1 and 2 as compared
to those from Stations 3 and 4. By factorial-design analysis of variance,
it was determined that in regard to the percent occurrence of Pontoporeia
-------
8
in stomachs there were no significant differences (P = 0.1) between
alixny and fourhorn sculpine. However, a highly significant (PiO. 01) .
reduction was observed in the occurrence of Pontoporeia in fish caught
in the areas near the taconite plant, as compared to aculpins from the
control areas. The mean numbers of Pontoporeia in stomachs were also
significantly less (P-. 005) in scolpins from stations 1 and 2 as compared
to control stations, although they were more reduced-iii the fourhorn
sculpins as indicated by the significant interaction (P = . 025).
The fish eggs eaten were the same size (2mm in diameter) as
those observed in 'the ovaries of several gravid foarhorns collected and
< are assumed to be primarily fourhorn eggs. ,Fish eggs made up .
especially high mean percentages of the total stomach volumes of slim/
sculpins from Stations 1 and 2 (Table 1). , .
-------
Discussion
Here, as previously, Pontoporeia afflnls and My.sis relicta were
found to predominate in the stomachs of slimy and fourhorh sculpins.
In their study of the food habits of these two fish species collected in
the Duluth-Superior and Apostle Island regions of western Lake Superior
during several months in 1965 through 1968, Anderson and Smith (1971)
found that these two organisms together exceeded all other identifiable
food organisms in percentage frequency of occurrence and percentage of
total food volume in all cases. In regard to the slimy sculpins from, both
regions, Pontoporeia occurred in 65% or more of the fish from the several
groups examined, and made up more than 50% of the total food volume in
all but one (43%) group. Among fourhorn sculpins, the percentages of
occurrence and percentages of total volume were greater than 65 and 40,
respectively, for Pontoporeia, with Mysis being about equally prevalent.
Fish eggs were not an important contribution to the diet of either species
i
as determined by Anderson and Smith (ibid.).
These results agree reasonably well with those from cruise two of
the present study, except that the amounts eaten of the apparently preferred
food, Pontoporeia, were less among both species from Stations 1 and Z
near Beaver Bay. The lack of association between the relative amounts
of Pontoporeia and Mysis eaten argue against a greater availability of
K/lysi s being responsible for the reduced number of Pontoporeia eaten.
-------
10
As fish eggs were not found by Anderson and Smith (ibid. ) to be
highly prevalent in stomachs, and consequently are probably not a
highly preferred tood, the large amounts of them, eaten by the slimy
sculpins at Stations 1 and 2 may have been due to a reduced availability
of Mysis and Pontoporeia. The food habits or distribution of other
endemic species might also be altered by a reduction in numbers of
Pontoporeia.
Skrypek, et al., (1968) observed a reduction in the numbers of
Pontoporeia up to 15 miles southwest of the Silver Bay taconite plant
outlet which they attributed to a physical effect of tailings sedimenta-
tion. This "area of effect" includes the first sampling station of this
study, and helps explain the corresponding stomach content analyses.
In an area only 1. 7 miles northe'ast of the plant outlet, however,
Skrypek, et al. ,(ibid. ) observed relatively higher numbers of
Pontoporeia which were attributed to lesser amounts of tailings. While
a contradiction might seem to exist between their results and those
presented here, subsequent investigations ( , 1972)
have demonstrated the presence of tailings in the area of sampling
Station 2 of this study, Z-l/2 miles northeast of the tailings delta. If
tailings are indeed responsible for the reduced numbers of Pontoporeia
beJow the taconite plant, their presence would probably also explain the
stomach content analyses on fisli from Station 2.
-------
11
The results of stomach anal/sis of fish from the first cruise are
somewhat less Informative because of the fewer numbers of fish collected,
the inability to analyze the results of the two species separately, a
tailings contaminated control area, and a greater dependence of sculpins.
on Mysis as food at this time. However, the results do support the
evidence obtained from analysis of the second cruise sculpins, that there
are fewer Pontoporeia in the area of taconite tailings deposition around
t '
Silver Bay.
Conclusions
1. Sculpins living in the vicinity of the taconite plant at Silver
Bay eat fewer Pontoporeia than sculpins living away from it, indicating a
reduction in Pontoporeia in the areas sampled near the plant,
2, At least at certain times, sculpins living near the taconite
plant eat more fish eggs, perhaps due to a reduced abundance of
Pontoporeia.
3. The results from the first cruise, while less informative,
support the results of the second cruise in regard to the regional
abundances of Pontoporeia.
-------
1Z
literature Cited : •
,' ' •
Alley, W. P. .1968. Ecology of the burrowing amphipod Pontoporeia
•'*.
,.; affinis in Lake Michigan. Great Lakes Div. Univ.. Mich.
Spec. Rep. 36. 131 pp. <
Anderson, E. D., and L. L. Smith, Jr. 1971. A synoptic study of food
habits of 30 fish species from western Lake Superior. Univ. Minn.
Ag. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 279. 199 pp.
Andrew, R. W. In preparation. Distribution of taconite tailings in
Lake Superior in the'vicinity of Silver Bay, Minnesota.
t ' ' ,
Glass, G. E. 1970, The dissolution of taconite'tailings in Lake
Superior. In Effects of Taconite on Lake Superior. Contrlb.
National Water Quality Laboratory, 116pp. .;
'**''•*
Marcolf, G. G. 1963. Substrate relations of the burrowing amphipod,
Pontoporeia affinis. .Ph.D. thesis Univ. Michigan•.•
*
Skrypack, J. P., C. R. Burrow*, X. Bishop, and J. B. Movie. 1968.
Bottom fauna distribution off the Minnesota north, shore of Lake
Superior as related to deposition of taconite tailings and fish
production. Minn. Dept. of Conserv, Spec. Publ, No. 57, 23 pp.
-------
Table 1.
Trawl results from Cruise 1, primarily using a twelve foot net to make ten minute tows.
Station ..
Locations
1.5 miles N.E.
of taconlte
plant _
Beaver Bay
Split Rock '
Gooseberry
Palisades
Between Ilgen
City b Little
Maraia
Pork Bay
Sugar Loaf
,
Tofte
I
Station1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
k
k
1»
li
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
C
C
0
C
C
C
C
C
C
Tov
A
B
C
0
A
B
C
D.
B
F
0
H
I
J
A
B
C
D
E
P
0
H
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
E
T
0
A
B
Depth
of tow
(fathons)
rf
lou .
X
106
10U
105
112
72
80
72
105
85
100
70
106
X
110
60
X
60
7>»
6U
X
102
102
65
106
100
62
100
102
100
102
105
X
110
X l
102
105
X
106
X
116 .
102
100
Slimy
Seulpins
Caught
1
23
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1,3
i|3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
9
2
1
1
k
2
1
ll
7
5
1
0
28
21
Fourhorn
Seulpins fish caught per
Caught. minute per station
2
1.55
5
0
0
0
i
2 : 0.18
5 ' • •
0
7
0
1.U
3' ;'
i
3 0.38
3
2
0
'
18
3 ' 1.2
9
' 7 ' ''
Y» 1.1
3
'11 '
10 1.1
.6
10
9
1.5
16
1
2
1 0.6
5
0.8
'A 39-foot net vas used during tows C, H, I, and J of Station 2 and for both tovs at the
Tofte Control Station-, numbers of fish from these tows were divided by three before use
in calculating catch rate.
20ear malfunction (generally net twicted), oo no finh caught.
3Includc-ii our.1 r.poonhead sculpin.
''Includes one mottled eculpin.
-------
Table 2.
Travl results from Cruise 2, using a 39-foot net to make 15 minute tows.
Station
locations
Split Rock
Palisades
Marr
Island1
Reservation
River1
Station
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
It
li
Tov
A
B
C
D
;A
B
C
D*
A
B
C
A
B
Depth
of tov
( f athcos )
100
100
101
100
100
101
99
102
100
100
to .
81*
81*
Slimy
Sculplns
Caught
9
15
21
17
2fc
0
T*
H
0
19
117
30
75
Tourhorn
Sculpins
Caught
U
5
8
9
5»»
9
90
12
75
132
0
51
75
Pish caught per
minute per station
1.5
5.0
7.6
7.7
'Many additional sculplns vere caught at these stations and returned to vater
because enough of that species had already been secured.
tov lasted 10 minutes Instead of 15-
-------
Table 3
Co-blned stonaeh analysis results from fourhorn and slimy sculpins from the nine sampling stations of cruise'.!.
Pontonoreia affinis
Mysls relicta
.Mean
2 Percent percent Percent
Station N Occurrence^ volume Occurrence
U 11
3 7
2 lli
1 12
5 11
6 7
7 12
C U
C 15
72
57.1
11*
M-.7
8.2
71.5
1*1,7
75
80
29-3
23.3
5
2.8
l.U
6.1.
5-5
1.8.8
2U.5
91
57.1
86
1.1.7
81.8
100
58.3
75
80
Fish CRKS
Mean Mean
percent Percent percent
volune Occurrence volume
53.2
36. U
80.9
3k
6U.5 .
.78.1.
Ui.3
1*6.3
1»1.7
27
0
0
Ul.7
18.2
1*2.8
f 16.7
0 V
33, It
2.5
0
b
29.8
•7.3
5.7
8.U
0
5.0
Other food Unidentified
organisms matter
Mean ' Mean
percent percent
volume volume
5
2.3
7.5
0.1
17.7
3
5
5
12.8
10
38
6.8
38.9
9-1
6.U
39.8 '
0
16
~ - The mean numbers of each organism per fish vere not calculated because the exact numbers could not be deteroln<
2 in a high percentage of cases.
- Excluding 10 fish which had no food or very snail, unidentifiable amounts in their stomachs.
. - The percentage of fish collected in which this food item was Identified.
-------
Table 1*
Stomach analysis results from fourhorn and slimy sculping collected at sampling stations one through four.
Fourhorn sculpins
Por.tOBoreia affinis
j Percent -
Station H Occurrence
!» 26 ICO
3 31 90
Z 23 !»3
1 8 &£
Mysis relicta
Mean Mean Mean
number percent Percent number
per fish volume Occurrence per fish
11.1
11.6
1.9
1.3
1*6
17
k
9
77
9U
70
88
-1.7
U.I5
1.7
2.65
Chironomidae Unidentified
Fish e^(?s larvae Leeches natter
Mean
percent Percent
volune occurrence
16
5".
31
68
27
8U
70
63
Mean Mean Mean Mean
number percent Total percent Total percent
per fish , volume number voluae nunber volume
0.8 U 17 N* Ul 2
5.6 17 7 N 00
3.7 17 6 K 00
0.9 3 3 H 00
Mean
percent
voluse
N
11
1*6
20
Slimy sculpins
k 20 85
3 23 76
2 22 50
1 12 58
3.3
6.5**
2.0
3-5
31
39
12
35
30
61
16
25
0.5
1.6
0.3
0.3
19
•vr
9
18
35
9
86
58
• = negligible
* - Excluding 13 fish vhich had no food or very small, unidentifyable amounts la
- The percentage of fish collected in vhich this food item vas identified.
* - The percentage of the total volune of food examined that this item comprised.
_ - Excluding 2 fish containing unidentifyed numbers Of this food item.
' _ TV*On«M rtrr "\ W c>* f*rtTit-o4r>^ «» «Y1< ^an+4 *Sr»X ntin**hAwf. r\V 4-V4 e 0r\f*A 4+A*n
U.5 19 72 31 23
0.1 N Ul 8 6l
9.2 51 6 N 00
1U.6 U7 3 H 3 N
their stomachs.
5
1*
27
N
-------
Figure I.
Location cf first cruise
sampling stations.
'-
-------
Figure 2.
Location of second cruise
sampling stations.
-------
-------
!/V/£/jA
••if-if;-i
I I.!'•'•'
-------
5. Hean percentages of: occujprehces o:
" " n_ •
.--__..... ^I-T-T,--
if Mysis, Pontoporeia,: and- fish eggs
- "ound in scuipins from combined tacohite area "stations' (l ;-
- : - - i . - - - I : I - j . ; -. •
: consnared to combined control stations:of the first cruise.:
-------
Heterotrophic Bacterial Densities in.
Western Lake Superior and Their Relationship
to Taconite Tailings Discharged Therein
Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Research and Monitoring
Northeast Water Supply Research Laboratory
Narragansett, Rhode Island 02882
December 22, 1972
-------
This report is one of three "being prepared to document
findings obtained betveen July and December, 1972 on the
microbiological portion of Lake Superior Enforcement Study.
The findings reported herein vere obtained at the National
Water Quality Laboratory by Mr. Louis A. Eesi, Mis? Susan
T. Bagley, Dr, Mirdze L. Peterson, and Mr. Robert Becker.
This report was prepared by Dr. Victor J. Cabelli. The
second report vill document the microbiological findings from
the examination of sediment trap, bottom vater, substrate
(pieces of nylon fish net), and Reserve Mining ore, intake water
V
and Launder effluent (tailings discharge) samples. The third
report will present the results of laboratory investigations to
determine if, as reported previously, E. coli and heteYotrophic
bacteria can multiply in taconite tailing's - Lake Superior
vater suspensions held at U° C.
-------
INTRODUCTION
The results of laboratory studies conducted by Herman
(1) in 1971 suggested that Escherichla coll or a species of
^ »
Klebslella could multiply in taconite tailings - Lake Superior
»
water (LSVJ) suspensions held at 4 C provided that the con-
centration of tailings exceeded about 0.1 rag/liter. However,
when the colifonn densities in samples collected from the water
receiving the discharged tailings were examined ( 2), they were
not high enough to suggest either that a significant degree of
coliform multiplication - and hence the possibility of Salmonella
multiplication - does occur or that sufficient numbers of coli-
fonn bacteria are transported by the tailings so as to signific-
antly increase the colifonn densities in the receiving waters.
The absence of data on the tailings concentrations in the water
samples did limit the conclusions which could be drawn since there
was no assurance, that, in the areas from which water samples
were collected, the tailings concentrations reached the con-
. •
centration that Herman found was required for multiplication of
•\
.the organisms.
Herman (1) also reported that the bacterial florai or a
part thereof, normally associated with the tailings as collected
from the Launder effluent lines also was capable of multiplied-
-------
tlon in tailings - LSW suspensions held at A°C. Since intake
water from Lake Superior is used in the processing of the ore,
it is possible that some of the organisms which multiplied in
the tailings - LSW suspensions were aquatic organisms pathogenic
for man or aquatic fauna.
A possibility not considered in the previous studies vas
that the taconite tailings in sufficient concentrations could
directly or indirectly inhibit those bacteria (i.e., those
participating in the carbon, phosphorus, sulfur and nitrogen
cycles) which may be involved in maintaining the trophic state
of Lake Superior.
The studies, whose results are presented herein, were
conducted towards answering some of the questions left unanswered
by the previous year's studies. They represent a part of the
overall bacteriological investigation which included (1) the
examination of sediment trap, substrate (pieces of fish net),
bottom core, Launder effluent and intake (process) water samples
and (2) repetition, insofar as possible, of Herman's (1)
studies.
In addition to the examination of total coliform and total
. heterotrophic bacterial densities as performed the previous year
the water samples were assayed for Pseudomonas aeruginosa,
-------
3
Klebsiella sp. and at times Aerorconas species and for proteolytic,
amylolytic and dentrifylng heterotrophic bacteria. It would have
been highly desirable to examine the water samples for several
— «
other organisms in the carbon, nitrogen, sulfur and-pttosphorus
cycles. However, facile, precise and accurate methods for their
quantification were not available.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Sampling stations
Sampling stations were established in Lake Superior along
six transects, Silver Cliff, Split Rock, Crystal Bay (Shovel
Point), Sugar Loaf, Grand Marais and Guano Rock (Figure 1).
The latter two transects were established midway through the
study. The stations on a given transect were located approxi-
mately 1, 3 and 5 miles offshore. Samples were collected at
approximately one week intervals between July 31, 1972 and
September 5, 1972. During part of this period (7-31 to 8-23),
there was no discharge from the Reserve Mining Launder effluent
lines.
Sampling collection
Two samples were collected at each station, one from a
-------
4
depth of 20 feet and one from a depth of 40 feet. In addition
some deep water samples were collected. The data obtained from
these samples will be presented in another report vhlch deals
with the findings' from the sediment trap samples. '' *
The water samples for bacteriological analysis were collected
with a ZoBell or similar sampler using sterile containers. The
samples were sealed, iced and delivered to the National Water
Quality Laboratory for examination. Preservation and storage
of the bacteriological samples were performed according to
Standard Methods for the Examination of.Water and Wastewaters (3)-
Assay methods, general
The M-Endo and M-FC broths and the MPN media used in total
and fecal coliforra procedures were prepared and used in accord-
ance with Standard Methods for the Examination- of Vater and
Vastpwaters (3). The solid media used in the assay of the
other organisms were autoclaved at 12L C for 15 min. Those media
used in membrane filter (MF) procedures were dispensed in 5 ml
quantities to 50 mm sterile plastic Petri dishes, solidified,
and stored in the refrigerator (4 C). Prepared, sterilized agar
media were stored in French square bottles under refrigeration.
The MF procedures utilized sterile 0.45 u filter membranes,
-------
sterile, metal, filter holder assemblies, and sterile dilution
water (3). Untraviolet light was used to sterilize the filter
funnels between aliquot filtrations of well shaken samples.
The inoculated membrane filters were placed on the different
media, incubated and counted by using a dissection microscope
(15 x magnification) after designated tines and temperatures
of incubation.
Heterotrophic microorganisms
Total viable heterotrophic microbial densities were
estimated from Tryptone-Glucose-Extract (TGE) agar pour plates
incubated at 35 t 0.5°C for 25 ± 2 hr. and at 20 ± 0.5°C for
48 ± 3 hr. Membrane filter procedures were used when the
heterotrophic bacterial densities were low. The filters were
plated on TGE agar plates and incubated at 20 ±.0.5°C for 24,
48, 72 and 96 hr. and/or at 35 ± 0.5°C for 24 hr.
Total colifprms . ^
Membrane filter (MF) for total collform determinations were
placed on pads saturated with 1.8 - 2.0 ml of M-Endo broth;
the filters were incubatad for 22-24 hours at 35 ± 0.5°C. In
the Multiple-Tube fermentation method (MPN>. five tubes of Lauryl
Tryptose broth (LST) were inoculated at each of three decimal
-------
6
dilutions. Presumptive positive tubes were confirmed by trans-
fer to Brilliant Green Bile Lactose broth. The tubes were read
after incubation for 24 ± 2 and 48 ± 3 hours at 35 ± 0.5°C;
gas production indicated a positive test. The MPN re'sults were
determined from the number of positive tubes in three decimal
dilutions.
Fecal coliforms
The membrane filters through which aliquots of the samples
had been passed were placed on pads saturated with 1.8 - 2.0
ml of M-FC medium'and incubated in a water bath at 44.5. ± 0.2°C
for 24 hours. The blue colored colonies were counted;
Fecal coliform KPN estimated were obtained by transferring
the gas positive LSI tubes to corresponding tubes of EC medium
incubated in a water bath at 44.5 ± 0.2°C for 24 hours. The
number of positive (those in which gas was produced) in each of
the three decimal dilution were used to calculate the fecal
•
coliform MPN estimates.
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
P_. aeruginosa densities were estimated using the method of
Le.vin and Cabelli (4). The identity of typical colonies was
confirmed on the milk agar medium of Brown and Scott Foster.
-------
7
Klebsiella species
Estimates of Klebsiella densities were obtained from membrane
filters placed on K medium (5) and incubated at 35°C for 24 hours.
Yellow (lactose positive) colonies were noted. An In'situ urease
test was performed. The urease positive, lactose positive colonies
were picked to Simmon's Citrate agar slants, Ornlthine Decarboxy-
lase medium, and SIM medium. Isolates confirmed as Klebsiella
were nonmotile, did not produce H?S or ornithine decarboxylase
and grew on citrate agar.
Aeromonas sp.
Aeromonas (primarily A_. hydrophila) densities were estimated
using the procedure (6) of Cabelli. Yellow (dextrose positive)
colonies were identified. An in situ oxidase test was performed.
The dextrose positive, oxidase positive (dark purple) colonies
were immediately picked to tubes of dextrose purple broth (Difco)
with gas Cementation inner tubes. Following Incubation at 35 C
for 24 hours, all tubes in which the gas insert tubes were yellow
(fermentative) were recorede as positive, and those cultures that
were aerogenic were noted.
Amylolytic heterotrophic microorganisms
The densities of these organisms were estimated by placing
-------
8
the membrane filters on Starch Agar (7). After incubation of the
filters at 25 C for 72 hours, starch hydrolysis was observed by
discarding the membrane filters and flooding the medium surface
*
with 0.5 ml of Gram's Iodine solution. The medium turned a
brownish color except for the zones of hydrolysis which varied
from colorless to opaque reddish-brown zones. The zones of
hydrolysis, which varied in size, were counted.
Proteolytic heteroCrophic microorganisms
A membrane filter (MF) procedure using Frazier's Gelatin
agar (7) was used to estimate the densities of proteolytic micro-
organisms. After Incubation at 25 C for 72 hours, gelatin
hydrolysis was observed by discarding membrane filters and flooding
the medium surface with a 0.5 ml of HgCl2-HCl solution. After
5-10 minutes, excess solution was carefully decanted;, and the
transparent zones of hydrolysis were counted.
Dentrifytng bacteria ^
A membrane filter (MF) procedures using Nitrate-Sucrose agar
(7) was employed to estimate the densities of bacteria which con-
vert N03 to N0_. After incubation at 25°C for 72 hours, bacterial
reduction of nitrate was observed by discarding the membrane
filter and flooding the medium with nine drops of a Zinc-Iodine-
-------
Starch solution (7) and three drops of IN H2SO . Zones of
blue-black color which appeared in the reagent and the medium
were counted as denitrifying bacteria.
«
. * * *
RESULTS
The recoveries of the various groups of organisms from the
water samples collected at the six transects are presented in
Appendix A. A preliminary examination of these data along with
the data on the total solids and tailings concentrations in the
*
samples (Table 1) revealed that (1) there was little to be
*
gained by further examination of the data from the Grand Marais
and Guano Rock transects, (2) £; aeruginosa and Klebsiella sp.
recoveries from the water samples were sufficiently Infrequent
and of such a low order of magnitude as to render further analysis
of these data useless, (3) the densities of the dentrifying,
proteolytic and amylolytic portions of heterotrophic microbial
population paralleled the total heterotrophic estimates suffi-
ciently (Table 1) so that only the latter data required further
analysis - there was a suggestion that the densities of proteolytic
microorganisms was less subject to variations due to climatic
conditions, (4) the microbial and tailings recoveries from
-------
10
samples collected at the 20 ft. and 40 ft. depths at a given
station were sufficiently similar that the averages could be
used, (5) the impact of climatic and hydrographic conditions,
particularly heavy rainfalls which occurred on Augus"t!20 and
September 20, on the microbial densities tended to obscure
tailings - bacterial relationships, if there were such.
The total heterotrophic and total coliforra densities,
along with the total solids and tailings concentrations, in the
water samples collected from the Silver Cliff, Split Rock,
Crystal Point and Sugar Loaf transects over the period July 31
to September 5 are presented in Table 2. The highest tailings
concentrations generally were obtained from the samples collected
along the Split Rock transect. However- the highest total solids
concentrations and bacterial densities were found in those Silver
Cliff transect samples collected after a rainfall. Following a
rainfall, the total solids concentrations and bacterial densities
at the one-mile sampling station on the Sugar Loaf transect were
higher than the corresponding station on the Crystal Bay transect.
These findings suggest that there was a major source of rainfall
associated "sanitary" pollution in the vicinity of Two Harbors
and a minor one near Taconite Harbor.
The total heterotroph and total coliform densities in the
-------
11
Silver Cliff and Split Rock samples were plotted against the
total solids concentrations. Examination of these plots,(Figures
•2 and 3) suggests that there is a positive correlation,, especially
if the data obtained from the week following a rainfall are con-
^ »
sidered. separately. However, when the same bacterial recovery-
data were plotted against the tailings concentrations (Pigs. U
•and 5), significant positive slopes were not obtained.. In fact,
at Split Rock there is a suggestion that the heterpph recoveries
decreased as the tailings concentration increased, if the high
values due to rainfall are not included.
The cessation.of effluent discharge from .the-Launder lines
during the period July 31 through 25 August presented an oppor-
tunity for the comparison of the bacterial recoveries when tail-
ings were and were not being discharged into the lake. Heavy
rainfalls during both periods made a direct, comparison.of the
recoveries. However, it was observed that, whereas the ratio of
heterotrophic recoveries during discharge (0) and cessation of
discharge'from the Launders (S) (o/s, Table 3) decreased with
offshore distance along the Silver Cliff, Crystal Bay and Sugar
Loaf transects, the "o/s" ratio increased with offshore .distance
along the Split Rock transect.
Some deep water samples were collected and assayed. The
results of these findings will be presented and discussed in the
report concerning the recoveries from the sediment trap samples.
-------
12
DISCUSSION
In considering the data presented herein,, it must be noted
that, relative to the movement of the tailings in the receiving
_. *»
vaters as seen from direct observation using a television camera
submerged into the water column at various locations and depths
and from the concentrations of tailings in the water samples, the
water column to a depth of i*0 feet at the stations sampled con-
tain much lower concentrations of tailings than the bottom water
in the vicinity of the discharge. The recoveries of the two
bacterial pathogens for which assays were performed, £. aeruginosa
and Klebsi.ella sp., vere negligible. The highest colifonn and
heterotroph recoveries can be accounted for by the impact of the
heavy rainfall, the effects of which would obscure subtle in-
fluences of the tailings on the microbial flora of these waters.
There is no direct evidence from these data that coliform
bacteria multiply in the receiving waters in association with the
tailings. However, the results from the comparison of*the hetero-
troph recoveries when tailings were • and w-»re not being discharged
• into the lake could be interpreted as inhibition of the organisms
near the source of the discharge and multiplication of the organisms
"in association with the particles during transit to the 5 mile sam-
pling station.
-------
1
Table 1. Recovery of coliforins and heterotrophic bacteria from Lake Superior water samples.
Area
SC
SR
SP
SL
TCC
9.8
5.5
0.06
1.1
1 mile
Heterotrophs
Total Proteo
50.0
31,2
10.2
16.2
8.5
3.1
1.7
.42
Mean
per ml
Amylo
5.1
2.2
.41
1.5
bacterial
TC
ml
3.9
2.1
0.06
0.08
recovery at offshore dia
• 3 mile
Heterotrophs per ml
Total Proteo Amylo
24.3
7.6
10.4
8.8
4.5 2.9
.84 .66
.87 .53
1.1 .29
tance of
TC
ml
1.8
4.8f
<0.06
<0.06
5 mile
Heterotrophs
Total Proteo
18.8
15.6
7.6
4.3
3.2
2.3
0.52
0.51
per ml
Amylo
1.2
1.1
.27
.40
SC - Silver Cliff; SR - Split Rock; SP - Shovel Point; SL - Sugar Loaf.
SMean of 4-8 values from samples collected between 8/7 and 10/4 at depths of 20 and 40 feet.
:Total coliforms per 100 ml.
Proteolytic.
* •
Amylolytic.
Value due to a single high recovery.
-------
TablA 2. Recoveries of heterotrophlc bacteria and coliforca froa wcter
Dateb
1 mile
7/31
8/7
8/16,
8/23g
8/23
9/3
9/228
9/28
10/3
3 --ties
7/31
8/7
8/16B
B/238
8/28
9/8
9/22*
9/28
10/3
5 nllea
7731
8/7
8/16
8/23*
8/28
9/8
9/22*
9/28
10/3
Silver Cliff Transect .
Solldac Tall0 Hetero6 Collf1
ng/llter . per ml per
100 ml
1.8
1.1
1.2
1.5 =
1 3 /
0.1 '
1.8
0.7
0.8
1.0
0.7
O.B
• 0.6
0.9
0.5
1.7
0.6
0.6
1.0
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.6
0.5
1.3
0.6
0.4
0.6
0.4
0.05
0.2
-------
Table 2. Recoveries of heterotrophlc bacteria and collfoma from water samples* - COHTIKUED
"values given ere averages of results from samples collected at depths of 20 and 40 ft; plant shut down. 7/31 - 8/28.
Collections nade within 3 days following day shown. Total coliforms from nEndo membrane filter method.
C1otal suspended solids. ^Heavy rainfall.
Callings based on cunnlngtonite assay. VNot detectable by assay method.
eTotal heterocrophic bacteria as counted (Materials and Methods. ^""coliforms/100 ml.
-------
Table 3. Effect of plant operation on heterotrophlc bacterial recoveries in the
receiving waters
Offshore Launder
Distance effluent
(miles) discharge
a
Shut
3 Oper
Shut
5 Oper
Shut
Total Oper
Shut
Heterotrophic
Silver Cliff
Rec*C o/sd
137.
28.2
4.9
34.8
11.4
3.1
18.2
13.0
1.4
44.3
16.1
2.8
Bacterial recoveries per ml
Split Rock Crystal Bay
Rec o/s Rec o/s
35.3"
17.2
2~:i
15.6
2.4.9
6.3
34.3
3,9 -
8.8
27.4
5.5
5.0
21.3
2.99
7.1
13.2
5.79
2.3
1.61
4. 19
0.38
•5-. 60
4.18
1.3
at transect
Sugar Loaf
Rec o/s
45.4
A. 7
11.2
5.3
7.64
2.56
15.7.
4.01
9.7
2.1
3.0
3.8
Discharge of tailings effluent from Launder exists (o).
No discharge of tailings effluent from Launder exists (s).
"Heterotrophic microbial recoveries.
Ratio oi recoveries during effluent discharge to shut down.
-------
Figure 1. SaBpllng array for rater aanplea collected in Lake Superior.
RAND HARAIS
u).\F cove
roixt
PUT ROCK
1LVER CLIFT
-------
TABLE 1
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY •
DULUTI1, MINNESOTA, JULY - OCTOBF.K 1972
Silver Cliff Trcr.sccii—1 mile-point
t'nif
iv»-«c uiii'.n
DATE SAMPLE DEPTH TOTAL BACTERIA TOTAL PSEUDO- KLEB- NITRATE STARCH GELATIN
NUMBER MF/100 ml. COL1FORM KONAS STELLA MF/100 ml. MF/100 ml. KF/100 ml
20°C Ml'/lOO ml. MF/100 ml. MF/100 ml. 25°C-72 hr. 25°C-72 hr. 25*C-72 1:
48 lir. 72 hr. 35°C-24 hr. 4l.5°C-48 hr . 358C-24 lir.
7/31/72 LL00037 40'
LL00033 20'
8/ 7/72 LLJU097 40'
LL00098 20'
8/16/72 LI.00157 40'
LL00158 20'
8/25/72 LI.00263b 40'
1.L00264& 20'
8/23/72 LLG0270 40'
l.!X02/9 iO'
9/14/72 L1.00U2 40'
LL'JO«13 20'
9/22/72 UCOiJSb 40'
LL00439^ 20'
9/30/72 LLU0534 40'
LL00535 20'
10/ 3/72 LLUOyyj W*
LL00540 20'
a — 95 hour incubation
1,600
4.000
470
400
200
140
13,700
13,500
5,400
5,000
2,500
4,900
18,400
21,400
3,:.oo
3,yoo
3,500
2,600
period
5.700*
9,600
940
1.900
260
470
15,700
15,500
9,100
8,600
5.700
6,700
23.400
25,600
7, COO
6,400
6,700
3,700
*
Plant Shut Down
20 <1 <1
31 1 <1
/I ^1 /I
-------
TABLE 2 M-T" ••-,.,
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY On "°";'" 01 (l'a
DULUTIt,. MINNESOTA, JULY - OCTOBER 1972 |
Silver Cliff Trar^oet— 3 mile-point
BATE SAMPLE DLPTH TOTAL BACTERIA TOTAL PSEUDO- KLEB-
.NTMBER XF/100 ml'. COUrOKM X.ONAS SIELLA
20'C JT/100 ml. MF/lOO ml. KF/100 ml.
48 hr. 72 hr. 35°C-24 hr. 41.5"C-48 hr. 35°C-24 hr.
7/31/72 Li.00042 40'
LL00043 20'
8/ 7/72 1.L00102 40'
' :.!.•'•.?;;'.''} "O1
8/16/72' LL001.02 VO'
!.LOoltJ'J :'.0'
8/25/72 LLOC:'o*h 40'
LLuOilC* t 20'
8/23/72 LL00283 40'
•i.!.C>:..)2tf4 /U1
9/14/72 Ll.OOil/ 40'
Ll.00413 20*
9/22/72 Ll/J3*4*b 40*
U.r"-'.'i4b 20'
9/30/7^ L1.6C5M 4v'
l.LUOJiO 20'
10/ 3/72 LI.00544 40'
LI.00545 20'
220
290
110
40
60
7,100
1,130
3,200
4,900
200
120
28,600
21,000
2.CQO
2,2M
950
l.OUO
560°
840a
400
1,000
160
J30
10,700
1,610
6,400
8,700
2'JCl
250
31.200
3!),4l,J
":>.iod
3,000
1,530
2,100
,
i
2
1
^ 1
14
i
12
. 4
1. 1
4 1
19
6
4,1
2
1
1
Plant Shut Down .
41 *1
41 <1
*1 41
41 1
<1 41
Plant In Operation •
41 C-72 f
(c)"
(c)
700 ;
600
500 '
500
100
100
(d)
(d)
400
600
500
500 ;
1
a — • *)6 hour incubation period •' "
•0 — after heavy rainfall
c — ovocgrouT. fcy inouius
d — uncountable due to 'overlapping
e — spreader
zones
i
i
r
-------
TABLE 3 (_•;/
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY on
DULUTH. MINNESOTA. J'JLY - OCTOBER 1972
Silver Cliff f r£r.::.Jet— ~5 *ile-pnint
i/5
U.033-.9
U.00550
40'
20"
40"
20'
An'
20'
^C" - 1
2~J ' 3
40'
2G*
-0'
2t>'
4U' 20
20* 23
40'
20'
40'
201
60
60
340
36il"
^0
110
,('?0
!*K,
220
SO
240
go
.300
,200
850
750
730
700
2
3
1
"6
26
40
i
1
1
5
Plant Shut Oovn
340a ^1 <1 <1
380a •'I 1 < 1
2S-J il Cl tl
,4i,a 10
-------
V
1
t
\
TABLE 4 l;n;'. J M- •' '
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY . . on fccfalf 07 JflJ i
DULUTH, MINNESOTA, JULY - OCTOBER 1972 ' '" •'':i'
3plit ilcck Lt. Ti'KiJCtct — 1 Kile.— j i/int
s
\DATE SAMPLE DEPTH TOTAL BACTERIA
\ NUMBER Mr/100 :ni.
20° C
* 48 lir. 72 hr.
7/31/72 LLODOD2 40'
LL00053 20'
8/ 7/72 LI. JO) 12 40'
8/16/72 I.L.V.J172" 40*
11"'!! 71 2:V
8/25/72 i.LGu^g* JO'
i.LO:V.AS* 20'
3/28/72 1.1.00303 40'
L!.0^3''/J 20*
9/13/72 !.:oef?7 '
9/22/72 LLOr.^63b 60 '
L:.0c464^ 2i/'
9/20/72. I.I.GU51B i'J'
Li.'iOiiy 20'
10/ 5/72 ' 1.1.00534 40*
LL00585 20'
a — 9(5 hour incubation
240
360
320
230
20
13U
11..VJO
11.000
3,700
4.3CO
260
130
15,900
22,600
2.2iO
2,100*
1,700
1,100
period
. *
701'A.'. - PSEUDO- KLEB- NITRATE.' STARCH GELATIN
Coi.liOIC! MONAS SIELLA KF/100 nl.' - MF/100 ml. MF/100 ral
XT/ 100 mi. MF/100 ml. MF/100 ral. 25°C-72 hr. 25'C-72 hr. 25°C-72 hi
35°C-24 hr. 41.5°C-/.8 hr. 35°C-24 hr.
Plant Shut Down
800a 3 <1 <1
840a 7 "<1 <1
yoo
"\4o
t,f>0
26,'jiA)
31,000
Z.COO
j.yoo
2, 'iOO
2,500
0
<1 <1 <1
20 <1 1
18 <1 <1
Plant In Operation
1 <1 < 1
10 <1 <1
<1 <1 <1
*1 <1 t I
19 <1 ' 1
12 <1 2
4 U < 1
3 <1 < 1
,
* '
.;
400
200
100
*;-
30
(d)
(d) !'.
(d) !
(d) k
400 .
400
1-
b — after heav>- rainfall
C — ovorijrcvn by sou Ids
d — 'jr.countnb.lc due to
i — cpre.ider
overlapping zones ' |.
>
-------
".:• .•t.T.cr: .••;•':.*••::. .•••s-'.-.-~"-»i -T~-S ..::...-r
TABLE 5
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY '
DULUTH, MIXSESOTA, JULY.- OCTOBER 1972
Split Rock Lt,. Trr.nsocl*— 3 f.ile-pc.ir.t
L'Liui! :; -..
BATE
7/31/72
8/ 7/72
8/16/72
8/25/72
B/2*:/72
9/13/72
9/22/72
9/29/72
10/ 5/72
SAMPLE DEPTH TOTAL BACTERIA TOTAL PSEUDO- KLED- KITRATE STARCH
HL'MBER MF/100 nl. COMFORM NONAS S1CLLA MF/100 nl. MF/100 r.l.
20°C KF/100 ml. KT/100 ml! MF/100 nl. 25*C-72 hr. 25°C-72 hr.
48 hr. 72 hr. 35°C-24 hr. 41.5°C-48 hr. 35°C-24 hr.
Ll.00057
LLOOOS8
I.LP0117
' Li.ooi i a
LLCOl/7
L!.;>0178
LL00253
LL002S4
Lt.CC2')8
LLO'J2V9
I.JOC402
LLOU40J
|.t*0o4 S$
i»L 1.0 $ 5*3
I.LOO>13
LL005U
I.L00589
LL00590
40'
20'
4?'
»U"
40'
2t'
40*
20'
40'
20'
iO'
20'
4,0'
20'
4U*
20'
40'
20'
a — 96 hour Incubation
c — • overgrown by coultls
d — uncountable duo
c — spr
eadcr
Co
90
50
40
60
40
200
40
30
100
730
'JO
150
790
620
2,000
2,500
700
1,000
period
overlapping
Plant Shut Doun
310a <1
-------
TABLE 6
'\-\ •••
LAKE SUPERIOR EXFORCEMl-ST STUDY flfl JjaV'7 ri J '.:».-•*
DULUTH, H1X-XESOTA, JULY - OCTOBER 1972 ^ '-^ --. . --i ^i.^j •/• "
Split Heck Li. Tranrc-ct — 5 »>«ile-ptiint
DATE SAMPLE DEPTH TOTAL BACTERIA TOTAL PSEODO- KLEB-
XUMEER HF/100 al. COLIFOKM HOHAS ' SI ELLA
2O'C MF/1OO Eil. KF/100 al. MF/100 al.
48 hr. 72 hr. 35°C-24 hr. 41.5*C-4S hr. 35°C-2i hr.
7/31/72 LLOC062 40*
LLOJ063 20'
8/7/72 LLi'0122 40'
- LL00123 20*
8/1G/72 L3.0C182 40'
LLC0133 20'
8/25/72 LL00258 40 '
LL00259 20'
8/23/72 LL00293 40'
!.!C0294 20'
9/13/72 L:.:)yj97 40"
M.00398 20*
9/22/72 l-LOCiiib I.Q' 33
|.:.£«;4i'.b 20' 27
9/29/72 I.!.Cu5C;; 40' 4
:.LCC50Sf 20' 4
i 10/ 5/72 L-.ar.5C4 40' 1
L1CJ5-J5 20' 1
a — 94 hour incubation period
^ — sfter hc-vy rair.foll
.. j c — overdrawn i,y nculds
30
40
60
10
<10
UO
30
70
50
90
90
90
,000
.900
,200
.500
.-'•«)0
,jUO
': d — uncountable due to ovorlapj.iac
e — spreatcr
"Plant Shut Down
180a O.
-------
TABLE 7 i|..
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY ;. 0),
DULUT1I, MINNESOTA, JULY - CCTOIJEU 1972
Shovel roir.t Transect—1 wilo-poir.t
'•.::! of
••
U'" l'1
DATE
8/ 1/72
8/10/72
8/17/72
6/23/72
8/25/72
9/12/72
9/23/72
9/28/72
10/4 /72
SAMPLE
SVMBEK
LL00067
• LL00063
LLC0127
•-LL00123
L1.00187
LI.U01S8
L1.00243
LL00244
LL00333
LLOOIJ 34
L1.00332
1.1.00383
U.OC468
r.LCO'(09
LU00498
LI.004V9
1.1.00509
-LL00570
DEPTH
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20*
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
TOTAL BACTERIA TOTAL PSEUDO- KLEB- NITRATE STARCH
' KF/IOO nl.. COLIFORM MONAS SlfLLA MF/100 ml. MF/100 nl.
20"C Ml-ViOO nl. . MF/100 nl. MF/100 nl. 25eC-72 hr. 25eC-72 hr
48 hr. 72 hr. 35°C-24 hr. 41.5*0-48 hr. 35°l>24 hr.
70
90
10
20
270
. 5/.0
460
330
6, '.00
2, (.30
bO
50
CIO
b/.O
1.A20
1,220
5,400.
5,600
240* *1
290a < 1
30 <1
110 <1
570 <1
9ao
-------
TABLE 8
LAKF. SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY
DULUTI-, MINNESOTA. il':.Y'- OCTOBER 1972
Si'.cvel Joint Trar^ccv—3 ::ilo-^i '.:.t
DATE SAMPLE DEPTH TOTAL BACTERIA TOTAL PSEUDO- KLEB-
SUSBER KK/100 ml. COLIFORM MONAS SltLLA
20°C MK/100 ml. MF/100 ml. MF/ioO ml.
48 hr. 72 hr. 35BC-24 hr. 41.5°C-48 hr. 35°C-24 hr
8/ 1/72 LL00072
LL00073
8/10/72 LL00132
• LI.00133
3/17/72 LL00192
LL00193
8/23/72 LL00233
LL00239
8/29/72 LL00323
LLC05J9
9/12/72 1.L00337
• Ll.00383
9/23/72 LLC0473
LI.00474
9/28/72 LLOC503
LL00504
10/4/72 LL00574
U.0057S
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
40'
20'
a — 96 hour incubation.
110
30
10
<10
2,400
360
_370
400
520
1,300
60
30
UO
30
1.510
1,230
1.200
2,21)0
period
Plant Shut Down
n
350 <1 <1 <1
320 *• 1 <1 < 1
70 <1 - <1
60 a -
-------
•
r-
TABLE 9 •' .:i'
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY Ofl '
DUT.UTH, MINNESOTA, JULY - OCTOBER 1972 j
S?ic-vai ?cint Tro.-.LX'ji— 5 :-.ilc-poii.Ji
DATE SAMPLE DEPTH TOTAL BACTERIA TOTAL PSEUDO- KLEB-
XUMBER
8/ 1/72 LT.00077
LLOC078
8/10/72 U.C0137
. Ll.COJ 35
S/i7/72 LL001V7
;.LOOL9i
a/23/72 " u.owij
LT.U02 J-'
8/29/72 1.L00323
LL00324
9/12/72 U.C03J2
Ll'jQWJ
9/23/72 uc^rs
Li.00^79
10/ './72 '..1.30570
Li-CCjoC
40'
20'
40'
20'
/.u1
,,-. i
40'
20*
40'
20'
CO1
20'
40'
20.'
4,f)'
2o'
a — 94 hour incubation
c — overgrown by moulds
d — uncountable due
c — spreader
to
M?/1QO
20"C
-'.8 hr.
30
30
<10
10
110
620
610
260
— ••. oo
1/.0
40
50
f-Q
50 .
320
330
period
overlapping
ml, COLTFORH HONAS S1ELLA
M/100 tnl. HF/100 nl. MF/100 ml.
72 hr. 35"C-2'. hr. 41.5°C-48 hr. 35°C-24 hr.
Plant Shut Down
160°
i;
i
i-
r
-------
TABLE 10
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY .
DULUTH, MINNESOTA, JULY - OCTOBER 1972
Sugar Loaf Covo Transect—1 mile-point
DATE SAMPLE DEPTH TOTAL BACTERIA TOTAL PSEUDO- KLEfi- NITRATE STARCH CELAT
NUMBER MF/100 r.l. COLTFOl'-M KONAS SIELLA. MF/100 ml. . MF/1CO ml. KF/100
20»C KK/100 nl. MF/100 ml. MF/100 ml. 25"C-72 hr. ' 25"C-72 hr . 25»C-7
48 hr. 72 hr. 35°C-24 hr. 41.5eC-48 hr. 35"C-24 hr. :
8/ 1/72 :.Lt'-0'J2
11 c-;.oi;3
8/10/72 U.OOU2
-.LI.00143
8/17/72 Li.OU202
L«C'02C/3
8/23/72 LLCOZlc
LL002I-5
B/29/72 LI.00303
LL0030')
9/23/72 LI.00493
1.LC049A
10/ A/72 , U.OC554
" ' -MlOC*. 15 "
40'
•J.O'
40'
20'
/•O'
10'
40'
to'
40'
20'
40*
20'
40'
20'
a — V6 haur incubation
30
20
10
10
130
VO
44.800
13^00"
2,880
2.ZGO
6,109
4*200
. 2,200
" 1,100
•
periou
c — overgrown by moulds
«! -- uncountable Juc
c ~ spreader
to
overlapping
Plant Shut Down
220a *1 ' <1 <1
240a -ci • <1 <1
100 <1 - <1
70 <1 - % <1
620 <1 <1 <1
440 *1 . ; . 30
t
.. \ ;
• ••
' 2
4
(c
•' 'i
-------
DATE
8/ 1/72
3/10/72
8/17/72
8/23/72
8/29/72
9/23/72
10/4 /72
•*
SAMPLE
KUM3SR
LLOOOG7
1.1.00147
• LL00143
LLCCJ07
LLOOJUJ
1.5.00223
LiOO^i
I.L00313
J.I.003K
Li.ooAaa
1.LOG48')
I.I.CCV';9
• .LI.t'05tO
!« "'
a — '}& hour incu'u
c — ovcrgrowi by
i
• • :'.. .'.: : . , .
TABLE 11 (j.-fjitj
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY fln i... . 'f •'...'
DULfTH, MINNESOTA, JULY - OCTOBER 1972 J''l't"":« °' »'.-' -
Sur.ar Loaf Cove Trar.soct — 3 mile-point '.
DEPTH TOTAL BACTERIA TOIAL "PSEUDO- KLEB- KITRATE
40'
20*
40'
ro1
40'
20'
40'
W
40*
20'
40'
20*
4C'
2C '
moulds
d ~ uncountable due to
MF/ioo
20*C
48 hr.
00
10
<10
10
50
70
500
230
40
3,100
liU
70
500
-. .660
porJ.v>C-72 hr.
72 hr. jj:.'.--24 !:r. 4l.5cC-/.8 hr . 35*0-24 hr.
flant Shut Down
2'JOa <1 ^1 <1 <10
200° <1 <1 cl <10
300 <1 - - <1 <10
10 <1 - <1 < 10
430 <1 *1 , <1 40
't'tO <1 Cl <1 4
1,600 . <1 <1 <1 <10
7,700 1 . . 41 <1 <10
Plant In Operation
750 <1 <1 <1 < 10
4,30'C <1 <1 <1 <10
3dO *1 <.! . <1 < 10
230 <1 <1 <1 - ^10
2.400 <:! <1 <1 40
1,000 .. <1 r „. <1 .,.. . <1 ., . 40\
..
•
i
zones t
:• .' , ;; ^.^
• .*! .''
STARCH
• HF/100 nl.
25°C-72 hr
_
20
10 '
1GO
.(c)
60
70
50
20
50
50
< 10
20
e ~ spreader
; .
. ••
••i fit * '
A
Company •
i
GELATI
xr/ioo
. 25°C-72
! ,
,
3C'
1C
3C
•iC
30C
6Ci
6(
'• 'i *(
10;
7:
5CC
5C(
1
-------
1
TARI.P. IJ ': .=
....».- ^
.
•:.:iff-;r !:.;;' ••:::!;' f^carcof
„ . „ .... ..... .. . .. -j ouiiij/jny
t:i.0obii of tiiilj .j :;:. -^i Division" ' *v
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFORCEMENT STUDY ~ .-»-"'«>«».
DULUTH, MINXrsOTA, JULY - OCTOBER 1972... '
Su,~yr Lo:..!' 'Jove Trar:coct— $ nilo-pci^t_
DATE SAMPLE DEPTH TOTAL BACTERIA TOTAL PSEUDO- KLEB-
N'UMSKR
8/ 1/72 LL00092
LL'J0093
8/10/72 I.LOU52
' 1.L-.--153
3/17/72 1.1.00212
'11002:3
8/23/72 ;:,.'J^22C6
I.LOOI'29
8/29/72 1.1.00313
1. 1.0031 9
9/23/72 l.l.C«4S3
L1.0C484
10/ -«/7S hour, iucuiution
.c — overgrovn by moulds
d — uncountable due
e -- spreader
to
period
overlapping
cones *
NITRATE STARCH
MF/100 nil.. KF/100 nl.
25°C-72. hr. 25°C-72 hr.
<10
<10 . ' -
*io
-------
"":-!!»••: t r 17::--
- TABLE 13 "' ' '• '•'• "•'- : "'. '.'.
LAKE SUPERIOR ENFDKCCXKT STUDY « :l '.:;.:2i i.. 4: •• .-
!. MISXHSOTA, JULY - OCTOBER J972 ,
Graral Karaia TrnniMcc «
:: *-,!,.{•
S1ELLA MF/100 ol. XF/100 ir.l. KF/100 n
HP/100 ad. 25'C-72 I*. . 25°C-72 l.r. 25°C-72 1
35*C-2« hr. _ _ _ . _
1C/ 5/72 LL01026 40' 2.700 3.500 *1
ja.le Point 1
<1
30
9/22/73
10/ 5/72
ZO'
20'
40 360
< iU - 40
1.5CO 2.QUO
2.000 3.500
Hile Point 3.
30
20
10
20
20
10!.
20.'
W).
600'
10/ 5/72 U.0i''21 AO*
U0102Z to'
3,000 4.100
4.700 5.500
Mile Point 5
30
40
•*~
-------
TABLE 14 »••. rr,-,...v| 'fif I:--:- •'.,
LAKE SUPERIOR EKFOKCEMENf STUDY . , .-,.-•
DULUTU. MINNESOTA, JULY - OCT03KK. 1972"'1 ""' •••'•'•-' '-••
Guano Rock Trr-i.ncct
DAVE SAMPLE DEPTH TOTAL BACTKKIA TOTAL PSEUDO- KI.EB- NITRATE
KUNitER
9/22/72 ILC0431CM
UGvOftZCM
1C/5 /72 -U.01C11
LLOJOU
9/22/72 I.LOOA35HM
LL00436GM
10/ 5/72 U.01C06
LLOJOC7
+ *>•>*• •• vS! *'»>•*•<. <
9/22/72 L1004ZSGM
tL00427S^
,10/ 5/72 i.t.01001
LL01002
(d) uncountable due
MJVlOO
20fC
48 hr.
40' 1.070
20' 99U
- ^ •»/*«.. .'•.-;». »-Vfl^. 3. \t-,
210 ,<.!• <1 ' • '
. . ..: i.'..iw.-;n. :
STA!;CK CELATIM'
MF/100 ml.
259C-72 hr.
3.00-
<1100
50
60
30
40
30
10
». • '-. +•••••»
20
20 .
•20
40
M?/100 n
25°C-72
800
500
(d> 1
(d) i
i
t
!
200 '
40 :
(d> ;
(d) |
i
>» t f
40V
200 ;
(d)
W)
to overlapping zones
• '
-------
FIGURES
Figure 1 - Location of sampling stations.
Figure 2 - Relationship of total heterotrophlc microblal densities
to total solids concentrations in water samples collected
from Silver Cliff and Split Rock transects.
Figure 3 - Relationship of total collform densities to total solids
concentrations in water samples collected from Silver Cliff
and Split Rock transects.
Figure. 4 - Relationship of heterotrophic microblal densities to
tailings concentrations in water samples collected from
Silver Cliff and Split Rock transects.
Figure 5 - Relationship of total coliform densities to tailings
concentrations In water samples collected from Silver Cliff
and Split Rock transects.
-------
-------
-
I&Q
:
o
o
S
<3
"J 1..
FIGURE'S
¥
X i
t,!
1 -
D y
4
4^i
^a-
J3-
_^1_0b_
TTS^I ^
-------
-------
— .....
'
-------
REFERENCES
1. Herman, 1971. Effect of taconite on bacterial growth.
Supplement. Internal report to the National Marine Water
Quality Laboratory, E.P.A., Duluth, Minnesota.
- •.
2, Resi, Louis A., 1971. Lake Superior Enforcement Study,
Bacteria, August through September, 1971, Duluth r- Silver
"Bay, Minnesota.
3. Anon, 1971. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water
and Wastewater, Am. Public Health Assoc., Am. Water Works
Assoc., Water Pollution Control Federation, 13th Ed.
4. Levin, M.A. and Cabelli, V.J., 1971. Membrane filter
technique for the enumeration of Pseudomonas aeruginosa,
Appl. Microbiol., Vol. 24, December (in press).
5. Dufour, A.P., Cabelli, V.J. and Levin, M.A. Occurrence of
Klcbslella species in wastes from a textile finishing
plant, abstract submitted for publication in Bacteriological
Proceedings.
6. Cabelli, V.J., The occurrence of aeromonads in recreational
waters, abstract submitted for publication In Bacteriological
Proceedings.
-------
7. Rodina, A.G., 1972. . Methods in aquatic microbiology,
University Park Press, Baltimore, Md., p.
-------
MULTIPLICATION OF BACTERIA IN
LAKE SUPERIOR WATER CONTAINING
TACONITE TAILINGS: LABORATORY STUDIES
Jeffrey Fischer, Cynthia Thomas
Morris A. Levin and Victor J. Cabelli
Northeast Water Supply Research Laboratory
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Narragansett, Rhode Island
Department of Microbiology and Biophysics
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, Rhode Island
-------
INTRODUCTION
Laboratory studies conducted by Herman (2)
Indicated that taconite tailings obtained from the
Reserve Mining Company Launder effluent lines, when
suspended in Lake Superior water, stimulated the
multiplication of the bacterial flora associated
with the tailings and E_; coll added thereto. The
purpose of che present study was to repeat Herman's
(2) experiments and, as required, extend his
observations.
-------
flora was prepared as follows: An aliquot from a recently received
east and west Launder effluent composite received from Duluth was
centrifuged for 20 min at 750 xg to remove the larger particles.
The supernatant was then centrifuged for 20 min at .4340 xg to bring
down the bacteria. The pellet was resuspended in phosphate buffered.
saline (PBS,,(D) diluted, and spread plated on Plate Count agar
(1). After incubation for 48 hr at room temperature, the growth
was washed from the plates into 100 ml of PBS. This suspension was
counted microscopically in a Petroff-Hauser bacterial counting
chamber, and the bacterial density was adjusted to .approximately,
2 x 10 cells par ml. One ml portions of the adjusted suspension
were passed through each of two sterile membrane filters (0.45u),
and each filter was washed with 100 ml of PBS. The bacteria from
one filter ware resuspended in 300 ml of PBS; the other in 300 ml
of sterile Lake water. These suspensions were used in the experi-
ment.
Pour plates (Trypticase Soy agar; Difco, Detroit, Mich.) ,
incubated at 20°C for 72 hr were used to estimate, the heterotrophic
flora. Assays for £. eo^l and other conforms were performed on
Eosin-Methylene Blue agar (Difco, Detroit, Mich.) spread plates
incubated at 35°C and read after 24 and 48 hr. All assays were
performed in duplicate or triplicate.
-------
The powdered ore particles were prepared as follows: Pieces
of taconite ore, aseptlcally collected from the conveyor belt
between the crusher and the rod mill, were immersed in 95% ethanol,
flamed, and crushed aseptically with a clean sterilized hammer and
anvil. The powdered product was assayed for bacterial contamination
and found to be sterile.
In order to reduce the possibility of nutrient contamination,
all glassware was soaked in a phosphoric acid bath and then rinsed
in tap and distilled water.
RESULTS
In the initial experiment, the sized taconite tailings were
filtered, washed with distilled water, and resuspended in Lake
Superior water to yield final tailings concentrations of 2.0 and
and 20 mg/liter. One-hundred ml quantities of each suspension
were aseptically dispensed Into 4, 125 ml flasks. A suspension
of E. coll (NWQL BBDZB94 b) was added to two of the four flasks in
each group. The flasks were placed on a gyrotary shaker at 150
rpm/min. The E^. coli strain was isolated from Lake Superior. It
satisfied the criteria for E^. coli in that it was Gram-negative,
fermented lactose with the production of gas, was motile, did not
produce H,.S, was MR positive and VP negative and did not grow with
-------
citrate as the. sole source of carbon. It produced a sheen on
Eoaln-Methylene Blue agar and was "EC gas positive."
The results presented in Table 1 clearly demonstrate that,
over a period of 5 days, both the strain of E_. coli used in the
experiment and the bacterial flora associated with the tailings
would not multiply at A°C in Lake Superior water to which 2-20 rag
of taconlte tailings were added. To the contrary, by the 3rd day,
when the first asBay was performed, the coliform and heterotrophic
bacterial densities in all the flasks were below the detectable
level.
A spurious toxicity of the water sample for the organisms
could have accounted for the results obtained. This possibility
was examined by comparing the survival at 4 C of the tailings
bacteria in Lake Superior water, phosphate buffered saline and
distilled water to which tailings were added. Flasks containing
washed suspensions of taconite tailings at two concentrations were
incubated at 4°+0,5°C and growth was measured over a 5-day period.
As can be seen from Table 2, the "tailings flora" did not, multiply
during Che five day interval in the lake water, buffer, or distilled
water to which taconite tailings were added. These results mini-
mized the possibility that bacterial death was due to toxicity of
the sample of Lake Superior water used in the present study. Since
-------
tive 100 ml portions of buffer. In this experiment, suspension
of Klebsiella, prepared as were those of IS. coli, were added to
half, the flasks in each group. The strain of Klebsiella. received
as No. 234, was identified as such because, in addition to exhib-
iting the usual characteristics of the coliform group, it was H^S
negative, ornithine decarboxylase negative, lysine decarboxylase
positive, urease positive and citrate negative. The test suspen-
sions were dispensed in 50 ml quantities to 125 ml Erlenmeyer
flasks which were incubated at 13±0.5°C in a Gyrotary shaker at
150 rpm. From the data in Table 5, it can be seen that both washed
and unwashed tailings particles failed to stimulate the growth of
Klebsiella 234 at 13°C. These organisms "died"' as rapidly in both
tailings-Lake water suspensions as they did in Lake water alone.
The tailings flora multiplied equally well in the presence of
washed or unwashed tailings particles.
An additional experiment was performed to determine if ore
particles would also stimulate the growth of the tailings flora.
i
The pieces of ore from which the particles were prepared (see
"Materials and Methods") were obtained from a conveyor belt between
the crusher and rod mill; hence, they had not come in contact with
the intake (process) water as had the tailings particles obtained
from the Launder effluents. The nature of this experiment did not
-------
8
permit the examination of the organisms 'already on the tailings
particles as was the case in previous experiments. Therefore, a
suspension of bacteria grown from the tailings particles was
prepared as described in "Materials and Methods". This suspension
was washed with buffer and divided into two equal portions. One
portion was resuspended in buffer, the other in filter-sterilized
Lake water. Each portion was then distributed into six flasks, two
of which remained intact as particle-free controls, two of which
received sterile crushed ore particles (30 mg/liter), and two of
which received taconite tailings from the east-west Launder com-
posite (30 mg/liter). The twelve flasks were incubated in a shaker-
water bath at 10°±0.5°C. Cell multiplication was examined at inter-
vals over a 14-day period.
The results are shown in Figures 1 and 2. For each point on
the graphs, the bacterial recoveries from the two replicate flasks
and their average are shown. In cases where no maxima or minima
are shown, the cells numbers in the replicate flasks were approxi-
mately the same. In all flasks, inoculation was followed by a
period of population decline until the second or third day. Then,
there was a period of logarithic growth which eventually tapered
off-in short, a growth curve typical of bacteria growing in static
as opposed, to continuous culture. Technical difficulties invalidated
-------
9
the data from 7th and 8th day readings from those flasks containing
Lake water (Fig. 2). From the 3rd day readings and the nature of
the growth, curves in Fig. 1. it would be expected that the relatively
rapid exponential growth rate already evident by the 3rd day in-
those, flasks containing the ore and Launder particles would continue
and .that the growth rate of the bacteria in the Lake Superior water
alone would be slower. The most rapid growth was observed in the
flasks containing Lake water and ore or Launder particles, however,
the final cell density in all the flasks was approximately the same.
In both the Lake water and buffer systems, the most rapid growth
occurred when either particle type was present, detnonstrating that
both crushed ore and taconite tailings particles stimulate the
growth of a portion of the bacterial flora associated with the
tailings.
DISCUSSION
The data clearly demonstrate (a) that a portion of the'
microbial flora associated with taconite tailings as obtained from
the Launder effluent lines can multiply .in Lake Superior water at
1.0 C and (b) that die tailings in concentrations of 2-30 rag/liter
stimulate the multiplication of the organisms. Furthermore, the
stimulatory effect of the tailings can not be accounted for by
-------
10
nutrients carried in with the process water since stimulation
also was observed when powdered ore particles was substituted
for the tailings. These findings would suggest .that the tailings
do, in fact, act as platforms for the growth of the bacteria.
Growth of "tailings organisms" was not obtained at 4°C, over
the 5-day examination period. However, in view of the protracted
delay before multiplication as seen in Figures 1 and 2, the possi-
bility that multiplication of "tailings bacteria" does occur at
4 C some time after 5 days can not be excluded. In fact, Venues
(4) did observe multiplication of that portion of the microbial
population recoverable on Tryptlcase Soy agar when suspensions
of tailings, sediments and glass particles in Lake Superior water
were incubated at'about 5°C.
Neither the E. coll nor Klebsjella strains, used in these
experiments were observed to multiply at 4 C or 10'-13 C under
the experimental conditions of the trials.
-------
REFERENCES
1. Fisher, J., C. Thomas, M.A. Levin and V.J. Cabelli. (1973)
Heterotrophic bacterial densities in western Lake Superior
and their relationship to taconite tailings discharged there-
in: Examination of net, sediment trap, bottom core, Launder
effluent and ore samples.
Report to Legal Support Division, Environmental Protection
Agency, Washington, D.C.
2. Herman, Donald L. (1971). Effect of taconite on bacterial
growth.
Supplement. Internal report to National Water Quality
Laboratory, EPA, Duluth, Minnesota.
3. Lemke, Artnond E. (1972). Characterization of the North
Shore Surface Waters of Lake Superior.
Internal report to the National Water Quality Laboratory,
EPA, Duluth, Minnesota.
A. Vennes, John W. (1973) Effect of bottom sediments, tailings
and glass particles on microbial populations of Lake. Superior
wa t e r.
Report to Reserve Mining Company.
-------
Table 1. Recovery of E_. coll and "tailings bacteria" from filtered Lake
Superior water-tailings suspensions seeded with JS. coli and
incubated at 4 C.
Time
(days)
0
3
5
Replicate
'1
2
1
2
1 .
2
Bacterial recovery
20 mg/liter .
E. coli Hetero
33004
3500
<
t
<
650
450
<
<
<
per ml at tailings c
2.0 ml/liter
E. coli Hetero
3100
2500
<
<
<
60 '
65
<
"
oncent ration' of
Control
E. coli Hetero
2900
2700
<
<
<
<5
<
<
<
<
Particle size <2y.
No tailings added.
Determined from flasks to which E. coli was not added.
Heterotrophic microorganisms as determined from Trypticase Soy agar
pour plates.
Less than 5 organisms/ml,
-------
Table 2. Comparative survival at 4 C of "tailings bacteria" in Lake Superior
water, phosphate buffered saline and distilled water containing
Launder effluent tailings.
No. of
days
0
2
5
Replicate
1 '
2
1
2
1
2
Hetero bacteria per.ml a
3 mg/liter tailings in
Distilled Buffered /Lake
Water Saline /Water
55 '
52
300
530.
750
2020
1740
191
310
278
As determined from Trypticase Soy agar pour plates. .
Particle size, <2u.
No data.
-------
Table 3. The effect of Incubation temperature on the growth of "tailings
bacteria" In Lake Superior water phosphate buffered saline and
distilled water containing Launder effluent tailings: Temp. 4°C.
No. of
days
0
. • 1
2
• 3
Replicate
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 ' '
2
Hetero bacteria per. ml at
3 mg/ltter tailings In
Distilled Buffered -/Lake
Water Saline /Water
5
7
50
28
59
44
6
14
15
11
35
19
64
52
6
18
5
9
47
53'
86
67
8
11
tailings .concentration of
30 mg/llter tailings in
Distilled Buffered /Lake
Water Saline /Water
6 .
5
340
270 ;
63' .
45
9
4
730
890
197
230
229
203
200
189
940 •
460
46
71
65
48
34
26
I
As determined from Trypticase Soy agar pour plates.
Partirle size, v.2vi.
-------
Table 4. The effect of incubation temperature on the growth of ''tailings
bacteria" in Lake Superior water phosphate buffered saline and
distilled water containing Launder effluent tailings: Temp.
10°C.
No. of
days
0
I
2
3
Replicate
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Hetero bacteria per. ml at
3 mg/liter tailings in
Distilled Buffered /Lake
Water Saline /Water
1
1
4
1
1
<\
5
15
23
22
18
20
69
91
2000
1850
26
38
12
12
81
82
400
420
2
tailings concentration of
30 ing/liter tailings in
Distilled Buffered /Lake
Water Saline /Water
13
26
57
69
5
8
7
6.
800
720
2900
4100
6.0xl04
2.5xl06
600
570
7.6x10^
1.0x10
5.8x10*
5.5x10*
2.3x10^
2.6x10
As determined from Trypticase Soy agar pour plates.
Particle size, <2g.
-------
Table 5. Recovery of added Klebsiella 234 from washed and unwashed suspen-
sions of Launder effluent tailings in Lake Superior water held at
13°C.
No. of
days
0
1
2
3
6
Replicate.
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Recovery of KLebs
Control
1.4xlOA
7600
280
72
4
iella per ml when
' Washed
1.2x10*
1.6x10
3220
<10
430
880
20
140
13
15 ' •
2
tailings were
Unwashed
1.2xlof
1.7x10
30
<10
320
790
250
95
10
22
As determined on Eosin-Methylene Blue agar spread plates.
Tailings concentration in water, 2 mg/1; particle size,
-------
Table. 6. Growth of "tailings bacteria" in washed and unwashed suspensions
of Launder effluent tailings in Lake Superior water held at 13 C.
No. of
days
0
1
2
3
6
Replicate
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Bacterial recc
Control
"
1920
"
150
300
30
1200
1400
>3xl04
1.2x10®
0.7xl08
i tailings were
Unwashed
69
72
3300
1750
ND3
ND
>3xl04
9.6x10^
1.7x10
Heterotrophic microorganisms as determined from Trypticase Soy agar
pour plates.
Particle size, <2y.
No data.
-------
Figure 1.
The multiplication of "tailings bacteria" in phosphate
buffered saline suspensions of Launder tailings and ore particles:
Particles were added in a concentration of 30 rag/liter.
Bacterial and particle suspensions were prepared as described
in Materials and Methods and Results. For each point, the
bacterial recoveries from the two replicate flasks and their
average are shown.
-------
.01
Fig. I.
particles
C 1 2 3 456 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Incubation time (days) . .
-------
Figure 2.
The multiplication of "tailings bacteria" In Lake Superior
water suspensions of Launder tailings and ore particles:
See Figure 1.
-------
r-
I
4
water only
ore
launder particles
I
tt
•-4
v
u
1 .
Fig. Z
56789
Incubation time (days)
10
11
12
13
14
-------
HETEROTROPHIC BACTERIAL DENSITIES IN
WESTERN LAKE SUPERIOR AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP
TO TACONITE TAILINGS DISCHARGED THEREIN:
EXAMINATION OF NET, SEDIMENT TRAP,
BOTTOM CORE, LAUNDER EFFLUENT AND ORE SAMPLES
by
Jeffrey Fischer, Cynthia Thomas
Morris A, Levin and Victor J, Cabelli
Northeast Water Supply Research Laboratory
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
National Environmental Research Center
Narragansett, Rhode Island
-------
INTRODUCTION
The discharge of large quantities of taconite tailings
from the Reserve Mining Launder discharge lines into Lake
Superior could alter the microbial flora of the receiving
waters and, hence, its quality in several ways. If the
particles do act as adsorbing surfaces for nutrients and
"platforms" for the organisms, the possibility exists that
pathogenic bacteria present in the receiving waters or the
process water removed from the lake water could multiply
on these particles to sufficient densities as to present a
health hazard. Secondly, in large enough concentrations,
the tailings could be toxic to the normal flora of receiving
water. It also is possible the growth of bacteria in
association with the particles, if it does occur to a suffi-
cient degree, could upset the microbial balance in the
receiving waters and, possibly, other aspects of the ecosystem
influenced by the microbial flora.
The first possibility was examined in laboratory and
field studies conducted at various private, State and Federal
laboratories. The only evidence suggesting that bacteria do
multiply in Lake Superior water when in association with the
taconite tailings was obtained by Herman from some laboratory
-------
experiments (1). He reported that a strain of "12. colt",
when added to suspensions of Launder effluent tailings
(mean size <2u) in Lake Sueprior water did multiply at
temperatures as low as 5 C. He also reported that the
bacterial flora associated with tailings as discharged from
the Launders also multiplied under these same conditons.
Data obtained from the examination of coliform densities
in water samples collected from Lake Superior in the "dis-
charge area" do not appear to support Herman's laboratory
findings. That is, the coliform densities in these samples
were not "excessive" even when collected from areas in the
immediate vicinity of the Launder effluent outfalls. However,
the laboratory and field results are not necessarily contra-
dictory if one considers that (a) Herman found that appre-
ciable increases in cell density did not occur for about
three days and (b) much of the tailings - especially the
larger particles - would have remained near the bottom or
settled out by that time. Thus, sedimented tailings collected
from traps emplaced near the bottom could be the. most appro-
priate types of samples to examine for confirmation of Herman's
laboratory findings.
The second and third possibilities, toxicity of taconite
-------
tailings to the normal flora of Lake Superior or the conse-
quences of the growth of aquatic bacteria in association
with the tailings, have received no attention. To a large
degree this is due to the absence of good quantitative
methods for the enumeration of many of the bacteria which
could be significant in the ecosystems of Lake Superior,
i.e., those which play roles in the carbon, nitrogen,
sulfur and phosphorus cycles. This limitation restricted
the scope of the present study.
The present study had two major objectives: 1. Insofar
as possible, to repeat Herman's (1) laboratory experiments
towards determining whether E^. coli as well as the "tailings
flora" will multiply in tailings - Lake Superior water
suspensions maintained at 5 C. 2. To examine the levels
of coliforms, Klebsiella, 7_. aeruglnosa, aeromonads "total
heterotrophic bacteria, proteolytic bacteria, amylolytic
bacteria, yeasts and molds in receiving water, sediment trap,
"net", bottom core, Launder effluent and process water samples
towards determining if there is a correlation (positive or
negative) of the densities of these organisms to the concen-
tion of taconite tailings in the samples or to the specific
areas from which the samples were collected.
-------
The findings from the laboratory investigations are
presented In a separate report (2) as are the results from
the collection and assay of environmental water samples (3),
Data from the latter report will be presented herein only
when.used in comparison with the data obtained from the
laboratory investigations or from other types of samples
examinedi
MATERIALS AND METHODS , ' ...
Collection of Samples
Sediment Trap Samples , , • • •
Sediment aamples were collected in plastic buckets.
'Three buckets were emplaced at each sampling site, A descrip-
tion of the sediment traps, the manner in which they were
deployed and retrieved, the sampling sites and the intervals
over which they ware emplaced in the water is given.in the
report prepared by Dr, Donald Baumgartner, This report also
describes the manner in which the subsamples for bacceriologi-
A ' '
cal examination were obtained from the sediment traps.. In
essence, once the upper half of the water was decanted off,
a sterile 10 mm by 1 meter long glass rod, connected to a
500 ml Bterile evacuated bottle, was moved along half the
-------
bottom surface of the bucket to remove the sediment which has
settled thereupon. The samples thusly collected in. the bottles
were maintained in an ice chest with wet ice until returned to
the laboratory. Three aliquots were prepared from this sub-
sample, one .for tailings analysis, one for other chemical and
physical determinations and the third for microbiological
analysis. The aliquot for microbiological analysis consisted
of 200 ml delivered into a clean, sterile 250 ml polypropylene
bottle. These bottles were placed in an ice chest with suffi-
cient wet ice (ice packs) for shipment by air express to the
EPA laboratory in Narragansett, Rhode Island. The interval
between retrieval of the samples and the arrival of the micro-
biological samples (aliquots) in the EPA laboratory did not
exceed 48 hours..
Net Samples
Pieces of nylon netting, whose primary purpose was
as a "substrate" for the collection of phytoplankton, were
also assayed for their microbial content. The nature of the
net samples (substrates), the manner and in which and sites
at which they were emplaced, and the times at which they were
deployed and retrieved are given in the report prepared by
Mr. Jack Arthur. That report also describes the manner in
-------
which the pieces of netting designated for bacterial analysis
were treated, The nets designated for micrpbial analysis
were cut in two equal pieces. One piece was delivered into
a sterile, screw-cap test tube which was placed in an ice
chest with sufficient wet ice for shipment to the EPA labora-
tory In Narragansett, Rhode Island via air express. The
remaining half-net was frozen and shipped in dry ice for
examination with the scanning Electron Microscope (SEM).
The interval between collection and arrival at the EPA
laboratory did not exceed 48 hours. The data from examination
with the SEM are not Included.
Bottom Core Samples
The core samples were collected as described In the
report by Mr. Jack Arthur, Upon removal from the water, the
core liners were capped at both ends with sterile rubber
stoppers. They were held for periods up to one week at
refrigerator temperatures so that they could be "hand carried"
from Duluth to the Narragansett laboratory. This was necessary
to prevent the disruption of the samples in transit,
Laund_er_ Effluent Samples
Equal volumes of the effluents collected from the
-------
East and West Launder effluent Lines were composited into a
single samples of 200 ml in a sterile 250 ml polypropylene
bottle. The samples were maintained in vet ice during their
return to the Duluth laboratory and during shipment to the
Narragansett EPA laboratory.
Ore Samples
These samples were collected from the conveyor
belt between the crusher and the rod mill. The individual
used sterile gloves to collect the samples which were placed
in sterile 200 ml polypropylene bottles. Since the ore samples
were shipped with the Launder effluent samples, they too were
maintained in wet ice during shipment.
Process (intake) Water Samples
Process water samples were collected from the
Reserve Mining water intake lines. They were delivered into
sterile, 250 ml polypropylene bottles which were maintained
in wet ice until the samples were assayed. The early samples
were assayed at the Duluth EPA laboratory using methods as
described in the report on the examination of the water samples,
The samples collected later in the study were shipped in wet
ice to the EPA laboratory in Narragansett, Rhode Island. All
-------
samples were assayed with 48 hours of collection.
General Procedures
All samples were assigned a laboratory number and
stored in a locked refrigerator or freezer. Assays were con-
ducted within 24 hours of receipt of the samples. Formulae
for the various media used in the assay procedure (Fig. 1) are
included in Appendix 1. .
Launder, Core and Sediment Trap Samples
The procedure outlined in Figure 1 was followed for
Launder, core and sediment trap samples. Unless specified to
the contrary two allquots, one to be assayed immediately with-
out further treatment and one to be "treated", were removed
' i '
from each sample. Following the addition of Tween-80 to a
final concentration of 0.01X, the untreated aliquot was, agitated
vigorously for 1 minute and then immersed for 5 seconds in a
•onic bath operating at 28 KHz/sec. This procedure has been
shown to remove 98% of the organisms from particlei (Appendix
II) and thus permit a more accurate estimate of tho total
number of bacteria present. Other experiments demonstrated
that there was little if any effect of the removal and separa-
tion procedures (Fig, 1) on the survival of the bacterial
-------
populations (Appendix II) .
The "treated" aliquot was layered over a sterile 20%
sucrose solution and then centrifuged for 3 min at 40 x g In
a swinging bucket rotor at 6°C (steps ST-2 and ST-3, Fig. 1).
This effectively separated the aliquot into a sediment frac-
tion which contained 64% of all the particles with a diameter
greater than 2.0 microns (Appendix II). Bacteria which were
.not attached to a particle were infrequently able to penetrate
the sucrose gradient (Appendix II). The sediment then was
resuspended in Tween-80 buffered saline; the resulting sus-
pension was shaken and sonicated (step ST-4) and then assayed.
The results from these assays were defined as the "particle-
associated" recoveries.
In some situations, the sediment was concentrated by
decreasing the volume in which it was resuspended.
Net Samples
Ten ml of Tween-80 buffer and 6-8 sterile glass
beads were added to each tube containing the half-net sample.
The samples then were shaken and assayed as per step SU-2,
Fig. 1. These samples were held at 4-6 C and assayed within
24 hours of receipt.
-------
10
RESULTS
Launder effluents and intake (process) water
The results from the examination of the Launder effluent
and intake water samples in general (Table 1) confirm those of
previous investigators, who found no significant Increase in the
coliform density in the Launder effluents over that in the Intake
(process) water. This was also true of the Klebsiella, Aeroaonas
and I?, aeruginosa levels. However, the total heterotroph recover-
ies were greater from the Launder effluents than from the intake
water (Table 2). This could be due to a bacterial load contributed
by the ore Itself or by the multiplication of some portion of the
heterotrophic population carried in with the intake water during
the processing of the ore. The Increase In heterotrophs does not
appear to be particle associated as defined herein nor does it
appear to be particle associated as defined herein nor does it
appear to be reflected in the amylolytlc or proteolytic portions
of the heterotrophic population.
Crushed ore samples
Neither colifortns, Klebsiella sp. aeromonads nor P. aerugi-
nosa were recovered from the ore samples aseptically removed from
the conveyor belts between the crushers and the rod mills and
-------
11
treated as described In "Materials and Methods". The heterotrophic
bacterial densities varied considerably from day to day but were
rather consistant among ore samples collected from the different
conveyor belts on the same day (Table 3). More than 90% of the
organisms recovered from the samples collected on 10/g could be
accounted for by two Gram-negative, oxidase positive, non-spore
forming, rod-shaped bacteria. One type did not attack dextrose
and the other attacked dextrose oxidatively and was motile. The
latter organism probably was a species of Pseudomonas.
Net samples
Submerged net (substrate) samples, collected during the
first (7/27 - 8/12) and second (8/9 - 8/26) collection periods
when tailings were not being dishcarged into the lake and the
third period (9/8 - 9/30) when tailings were being discharged,
were examined for their bacterial, yeast and mold content. The
microbial densities along with total inorganic solids and tailings
recoveries per net are presented in Tables 4,5 and 6. Inspection
of these data reveals no correlation between the concentration of
tailings and the microbial recoveries. However, it appeared that,
in general, relatively low bacterial recoveries were obtained when
the inorganic solids concentrations were less than 4.3 mg/net
(Fig. 2). These findings are consistant with the effect of rainfall
-------
12
as described in the report dealing with the recoveries from the
water samples. The relatively low bacterial densities observed
in the limited number of net samples available from the first
collection period (7/27 - 8/12), during which time there was no
appreciable rainfall, support this explanation.
The recoveries from the net samples also were examined In
terms of the stations from which the samples were collected
(Table 7). From the assays performed on the nets emplaced during
the periods 9/24 - 10/13 and 7/27 - 8/12, It appears that, in
general, tailings concentrations were' highest at the one mile
station on the Split Rock transect. In consonance with the results
obtained from the water samples, (1) the highest microbial
recoveries were obtained from the nets taken from the Silver Cliff
transect and (2) the eoliform, aeromonas and heterotroph densities
in the one mile - Split Rock samples were disproportionately low
relative to the tailings concentrations in the nets. Unlike the
results obtained from the water samples, the heterotroph and con-
form recoveries from the nets at the Shovel Point (Crystal Bay)
transect were high relative to those from the Sugar Loaf transect.
There is a suggestion that high tailings concentrations do inhibit
the multiplication of some of the bacteria and that lower concen-
trations stimulate the growth of others during the transport of
-------
13
Sediment trap samples
The recoveries of coilforms, Klebsiella sp and aeromonads from
the first series of sediment trap samples are presented in Table 8.
During most of the interval when the samplers were emplaced in the
water, there was no discharge from the Reserve Mining Launder
effluent lines. It can be seen that the coliform and Klebsiella
recoveries were sporadic, particularly those from the "treated"
portion of the sample. This suggested that most of these organisms
recovered were not "particle associated" as defined by the treatment
procedure. It should be noted that the values are given per ml of
sample rather than per 100 ml, as coliform data are usually presented.
If, as suggested by Hermann's (1) laboratory .findings, coliform bacteria
could multiply using the taconite tailings as platforms and concentrators
of nutrients, reasonably consistent recoveries well in excess of 1 per
100 ml of sample were to be expected. With the samples from the second
collection period, when the plant was in operation, the "treatment"
procedure was modified to effect a 3 to 20 fold concentration of the
organisms. Assays were not performed on the untreated sample. It can be
seen from Table 9, that total coliform and especially fecal coliform
recoveries remained sporadic. When coliforms were recovered, the number
of colonies per membrane filter did not exceed two. The same can be
said of the Klebsiella densities although recoveries were obtained more
frequently. Four of the five instances in which more than four typical,
urease positive colonies per filter were obtained occurred at stations
(K and M) relatively distant from the effluent sources. The disparity
-------
14 ;'
between the coliform and Klebslella recoveries - one would have expected
total coliform recoveries whenever Klebsiella recoveries were obtained - ,
was probably due to the use of different recovery methods. The Aeromonas
recoveries from the sediment trap samples were more consistent, suggesting
that these organisms may, in fact, multiply in association with the sediments.
The distribution of aeromonad biotypes recovered from the second sampling
trip is given in Table 10. Twenty-one of the isolates were further
i
identified as biotypes of A. hydrophila. More than half were hemolytlc .,,
on blood agar. Eight of these isolates came from station C, and 2 of
15 strains tested were pathogenic for mice when about 107 organisms were !
injected intraperitoneally. Mo correlation was obtained between the
coliform, Klebsiella and Aeromonas densities and' the concentration of '
tailings in the samples. £. aeruginosa was not recovered from any of .
the samples. ' , •
The "total," proteolytic and amylolytic, heterotrophic bacterial
densities in the sediment trap samples from the first and second
collection periods are presented in Tables 11 and 12. The values given
are the mean recoveries per ml of sample for each station. The average, '
heterotrophic bacterial density In the Launder effluents are included
i
for comparison. A positive correlation of the heterotroph recoveries
to the tailings concentrations in the samples was obtained (Figure 3).
There was a suggestion that, at both high and low taconite concentrations,
the amylolytic microbial densities were relatively low.
That the hotarofirophic baeeurial densities in the sediment trap
samples were high relative to thono in the water column can be aeon from
-------
15
comparing the recoveries shown in Tables 11 and 12 with those obtained from
the water samples (2). This might be expected since the water samples
were collected at depths of 20 and 40 feet. However, it can be seen
from Table 13 that the heterotrophic bacterial densities in the samples
collected at depths up to 200 - 250 meters did not exceed but, in fact,
were less than those obtained from the water samples collected at
depths of 20 and 40 feet.
Bottom core samples
Bottom cores were taken in the vicinity of the delta formed by
the discharge of the tailings from the "Launders" and at various
points southwest and northeast along the shoreline from the delta
(RM). Coliform densities as obtained by the m-Endo membrane filter and
the standard MPN methods were below the detectable limit except at
Silver Cliff (Table 14). This result was not unexpected in view of the
other findings reported from this study.
The highest total heterotrophic bacterial densities were obtained
from the cores taken at the Silver Cliff and Grand Marais sampling
sites (Table 14). In general, the recoveries decreased as the proximity
of the sampling site to the delta increased. This relationship was much
less pronounced, if operative at all, for the portion of population
recovered anaerobically from the samples collected between Silver Cliff
and the delta (RM). At the delta, the total heterotrophic microbial
population, as well as the amylolytic portion thereof, were relatively
large, whereas the proteolytic and saccharolytic-oxidase positive
-------
16
portions were low relative to those found at the sampling locations
distal to the RM station. The notable exception to the observed trend
was the relatively high heterotrophic bacterial recovery from sample
711 (RM). This result, but not the explanation for it, becomes •
understandable upon examination of the tailings concentrations in the
samples (Table 15). The high bacterial recoveries from sample 711 are
consistent with tailings concentrations below the detectable limit.
We have no good explanation as to why a core sample collected from this
area (RM) should be devoid of detectable taconite tailings. The higher
recoveries from the Shovel Point station relative to those from Sugar
Loaf parallel the findings observed with the net samples. These results
give a further indication that high tailings densities inhibit the growth
of a portion of the heterotrophic microbial flora in the lake and that
intermediate and low tailings concentrations stimulate the growth of
the organisms.
The recoveries from the cores (Table 14) per gram of sediment were
•i
several orders of magnitude higher than those obtained per ml of surface
(see the "water" report) or bottom waters (Table 13) and comparable to
those obtained from the sediment trap samples (Tables 11 and 12).
It can be seen (Table 15) from the chemical analysis performed
on the suspensions prepared from the bottom cores that high NH3
and N(>3 values were obtained from those samples in which tailings were
undotectable by the method used. The suspension prepared from the core
removed from the Pellet Island Station (#713) - the first station
southwest of the dcslta - also had relatively high NOs and N02 densities
along with a high concentration of tailings.
-------
17
The heterotrophic bacterial recoveries from the net (substrate),
sediment trap, bottom core, water and Launder effluent relative to the
tailings concentrations in the samples are presented in Table 16. The
bacterial recoveries per tog of tailings generally were lowest at the
Split Rock Station.
-------
18
DISCUSSION
There is no evidence from 'the, aspects of the overall micro-
biological study covered in this report that co'liform bacteria or
Pseudomonas aeruginosa multiply in association with taconite tailings
either during the processing of the ore samples or after the discharge
of the tailings into the receiving waters of Lake Superior. The
higher and more consistent Aeromonas densities relative to those
of the California and P.. aeruginosa do raise the question of whether
this group of organisms does multiply in association with the tailings
particles. The biochemical characteristics of many of the Aeromonas
isolates obtained,from the Launder effluent, net and sediment trap
samples were consistent with those reported by Gilardi (2) and
Von Gravnitz (4) for A. hydrophila isolates from cases of human
disease. Five of the present isolates were pathogenic for mice when
106 - 107 organisms were injected intraperitoneally. Nevertheless
the data from this study are insufficient to examine the correlation
of Aeromonas densities to tailings.concentrations in the net, sediment
trap or core samples.
The increase in the total heterotrophic bacterial densities in
•the Launder effluents over that in the intake (process) water is
well established, This increase could be due to the heterotrophic
bacterial load contributed by the ore samples, and/or' to multiplication
of a part of th@ microbial flora carried in with the intake water or
the or©.
There are three approaches and combinations thereof towards
examining'the microbial recoveries. They are to qxaninc the recoveries
-------
19
relative (1) to the concentration of tailings in the samples (2) to
the effective proximity of the sampling site to the discharge points
(Launders) and (3) to "plant operation." With some types of samples,
the heavy rainfalls which occurred, particularly those during the period
when the plant was in operation, most assuredly complicated the
interpretation of the findings by all three of the approaches noted above.
The effect was primarily in increasing the "noise" (influx of runoff
materials and microorganisms) relative to "signal" (effect of Launder
effluents on the microbial populations in the receiving waters).
The first approach, an examination of the relationship of microbial
densities fo tailings concentrations in the samples assumes that the
measurement of tailings particulates as performed in this study
describes the effluent from the Launder discharge lines in terms of the
range of possible biological effects which could be produced in the
receiving waters. Two such correlations were obtained: in the
sediment trap samples collected during the first sampling period,
it was observed that the heterotrophic bacterial densities increased
with the concentration of tailings; and in the suspensions prepared
from the bottom core samples, bacterial recoveries decreased with
increasing tailings concentrations. However, during the second sediment
trap collection period, when the plant vas "in operation," no significant
correlation was obtained, although the trend of the data from the
"treated" samples was towards decreased bacterial recoveries with
increasing concentrations of tailings in the samples.
The heterotrophic bacterial recoveries generally were lowest
in the Pellet Island and Split Rock areas, which are to the southwest
-------
20
of the Launder outfall, and Increased markedly at Silver Cliff area.
There is no doubt that the high bacterial densities in the water samples
collected from the Silver Cliff area were largely due to the effects of
run-off following the rainfalls on August 20-21 and September 20. This,
would act to create the Illusion that there was inhibition of the
heterotrophic bacteria as the distance northeast to the Launder outfall
decreased. The effect of rainfall notwithstanding, the lower bacterial
densities at Split Rock relative to Shovel Point and the increased
bacterial recoveries at Split Rock as the off shore distance/increased
would argue that, in the area adjacent to and southwest of the Launder
discharge sites, there was a true inhibition of a portion of the heterotrophic
microbial flora.
When the heterotrophic bacterial recoveries from net, sediment
trap, bottom core, water and Launder samples were adjusted to the
concentration of tailings in the samples and the resulting data
were examined relative to location and where possible, "plant operation,"
the data beame more amenable to analysis. The bacterial densities ,
in the Launder effluents were at least one order of magnitude less
than in any of the samples collected from the Lake. This would suggest
that, as observed in the laboratory studies, there was bacterial multi-
plication in association with the tailings subsequent to their discharge
from the Launder effluent lines or that the bacteria came from other
sources or both.
There is no doubt that, relative to the microbial flora of the
Lake, the tailings discharged from the Launder effluent lines into
the receiving waters of Lake Superior are not biologically inert.
-------
That is, they do influence the levels of a part of the heterotrophic
bacterial population. The best explanation for the data obtained
is that near the Launder outfalls and extending offshore and to the
southwest where the concentration of Launder effluent material is high,
there is an inhibition of the growth of the bacteria. Extending
outward from this area, there is a zone of stimulation for bacterial
growth followed by a zone of "no detectable effect." This being so,
then why were so few correlations obtained between bacterial recoveries
-and tailings concentrations in the various types of samples? One
explanation is a high "noise" (the effect of rainfall) to signal
(effect of tailings) ratio at some stations which obscured a real
relationship between tailings and bacterial recoveries. A. second
possibility is that, with reference to the relatively low bacterial
recoveries obtained at the Split Rock one mile station, the
concentration of tailings as determined from cutmningtonite analysis of
particulate material does not reflect the entire potential of the
Launder effluents to inhibit the growth of some bacteria in the
receiving waters.
No effect of taconite tailings on the levels of coliform bacteria
or P. aeruginosa was observed.
-------
References
1. Herman, D. L. 1971. Effect of taconite on bacterial growth, Supplement.
Internal report to National Water Quality Laboratory, Environmental
Protection Agency, Duluth, Minnesota.
2. GilarcU, G. L. 196?. Morphological and biochemical characteristics of
Aeromonas punetata (hydrophila. liquefaciens) isolated from human
sources. Appl. Microbiol. 15: 1*17-^21.
3. Cabelli, V. J. 1972. Heterotrophic bacterial densities in1Western Lake
Superior and their relationship to taconite tailings discharged
therein. Report to Legal Support Division, Environmental Protection
Agency, Washington, D. C.
14. Von Graevnitz, A. and L. Zinterhofer. 1970. The detection .of Aeromonas
hydrophila in stool specimens. Health Lab. Sci. 7- 1214-127.
-------
Table 1. Recovery of colifonns , Klebsiella sp. and aeromonads from Launder
effluents and intake (process) water samples.
Date
10/9/72
10/10
10/11
10/12
10/13
10/14
10/24
10/30
11/6
11/13
11/27
Conforms per
Launder effl. ,
Untr. Treat.
<1. <,35
<1. .35
<1. .70
<1 .35
<1. <.35
<1. <.35
<1. <.80
<1 . < . 80
< 1 . < . 80
<1. <.80
1 . < . 80
mi-
Intake
Water
2.30
1.30
.70
.60
<.10
1.80
1.90
.30
1.00
0.20
2. 10
Klebsiella per
Launder effl.
Untr. Treat.
1 .35
1 <.35
1 <.35
<1 <.35
<1 <.35
-------
Table 2. Recovery of heterotrophlc bacteria from Launder effluent and
intake (process) water samples.
Date
10/12/72
10/13
10/24
10/13
11/6
11/13
11/27
Ave,
Total
Launder
Untr.
2.3
1.6
5.5
!•*
11,0
20.
1.7
6.2
Heterotroph
heterotrophs (
Effl.a Intake
Tr. Water
0.82 0.56
0.54 0.27
0 . 80 2.4
ND 4.6
ND 1.2
0.62 1.3
2.0 3.7
0.96 2.0
ic bacteria recovered per
Amylolytic
Launder Intake
Untr. Water
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.01
0.01
0.05
0.03
ml x 10 from
Proteolytic
Launder Intake
Untr. Water
0.10
0.05
0.11
1.2
0.05 0.14
0.45 0.97
Composite of equal quantities from East and West Launder discharge lines.
Treated as described in Materials and Methods to remove non-particle associated
bacteria.
-------
Table 3. Heterotrophlc bacteria recovered from crushed
ore samples .
Date
collected
10/9
10/25
10/38
Sample
No.
04
09
15
21
27
33
34
35
36
37
38
42
43
44
45
46
47
Heterotrophs
3
per gm x 10
1700.
1500.
1600.
1400.
1500.
1.4
1.1
1.7
1.6
1.6
1.6
3.6
1.8
3.0
0..65
1.8.
1.4
No recoveries of coliforms, Klebsiella sp, aeromonads
or P. aeruglnosa.
Multiple samples collected on a glve.n day were taken
from different conveyor belts (lines) between crusher
and rod in I 11.
-------
Table 4. Recovery of heterotrophic bacteria, yeasts and molds trom suomerged net suuatra»,ca,
Sample
No.
326
174
302
182
190
278
230
246
342
198
238
166
222
158
286
Sta.
SC
SL
SR
SL
SL
SR
SP
SP
SC
SL
SP
SL
SP
SL
SR
-Dist.
3
3
5
3
5
3
~3
5
5
5
5
1
3
1
3
-Depth3
20
20
40
40
20
20
40
40
40
40
20
40
20
20
40
Dateb
Emp.-Ret.
8/13-8/26
8/9-8/23
8/12-8/25
8/9-8/23
8/9-8/23
8/12-8/25
8/11-8/24
8/11-8/24
8/13-8/26
8/9-8/23
8/11-8/24
8/9-8/23
8/11-8/24
8/9-8/23
8/12-8/25
Tailings
mg
per net
0.01
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.08
0.09
ND
0.10
o.u
0.13
0.16
Total
solids
mg
per net
1.2
1-4
2.6
1.0
2.8
4.4
7.
6.4
5.7
1.7
3.7
6.4
9.2
4.5
5.6
Recovery of microorganisms per net
Heterotrophic bacteria Yeasts
Total Proteo Amylo
54000
200
19000
200
460
1500
3800
960
22000
4800
ND
ND
46000
1080
1400
NDC
ND
5.0
1.0
>3000
>3.0
16.
7800
1600
170
400
ND
1100
40000 >3000
1400
ND
740
1.0
<0.2
90
10.
2.0
500
30
2400
80
ND
14
1200
20
1.2
0.10
1.0
1.8
0.94
2.0
200
3.6
2.0
0.26
0.6
6.0
2.0
0.80
x 103
Molds
28
14.
3.6.
12.0
10
30
32
<0.02
18.
20.
2.0
20
10
10
30.
-------
Table 4.
206
294
334
214
318
080
072
254
096
270
088
310
262
CONTINUED
SP
SR
SC
SP
SC
SR
SR
SR
SR
SR
SR
SC
SR
1
5
3
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
5
1
1
20
20
40
40
40
40
20
20
40
40
20
20
20
8/11-8/24
8/12-8/25
8/13-8/26
8/11-8/24
8/13-8/26
7/28-8/11
7/28-8/11
8/12-8/25
7/28-8/11
8/12-8/25
7/28-8/11
8/13-8/26
7/28-8/25
0.22
0.23
0.36
0.42
0.61
ND
0.94
2.33
2.87
3.13
3.92
4.15
12.65
23.7
5.0
6.7
24.7
16.5
ND
4.3
24.1
5.1
17,5
7.1
47.8
31.5
40000
3000
220000
36000
60000
1100
1000
7000
5200
>3000
5200
1 10000
ND
3400
ND
>60
10000
2400
240
>3000
ND
1.0
>300
0.4
4000
3000
3200
460
700
2800
1800
<2.0
<2.0
420
<2.0
680
<2.0
>300
140.
12.0
0.80
8.0
8.0
20.
ND
ND
34
ND
ND
ND
8.0
10.
20
16.
22.0
26.
20
1.3
0.40
ND
0.12
ND
<0.02
30.
8.0
Stations: SC - Silver Cliff, SR - Split Rock, SP - Shovel Point, SL - Sugar Loaf, Dist.
in miles; Depth - depth in feet below the surface of the water.
- offshore distance
Dates the samplers were emplaced and retrieved.
-------
Table 5. Recovery of coliforms, Klebsiella and saccharolytic oxidase positive bacteria from submerged net
substrates.
Sample
N'o.
326-
174
302
182
\ 190
278
230
246
342
198
238
166
222
158
286
Sta.
SC
SL
SR
SL
SL
SR
SP
SP
SC
SL
SP.
SL
SP
SL
SR
-Dist
3
3
5
3
5
3
3
5
5
5
5
1
3
1
3
.-Depth3
20
20
40
40
20
20
40
40
40
40
20
40
20
20
40
Date5
Emp.-Ret.
8/13-8/26
8/9-8/23
8/12-8/25
8/9-8/23
8/9-8/23
8/12-8/25
8/11-8/24
8/11-U/24
8/13-8/26
8/9-8/23
8/11-8/24
8/9-8/23
8/11-8/24
8/9-8/23
8/12-8/25
Tailings
mg
per net
0.01
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.08
0.09
ND
0.10
0.11
0.13
0.16
Total
solids
mg
per net
1.2
1.4
2.6
1.0
2.8
4.4
7.
6.4
5.7
1.7
3.7
6.4
9.2
4.5
5.6
Recovery per net of
Total Klebsiella Sacch-
Colif.C
360 100
<10 <100
200 20
<10 <10
<10 <10
<10 <100
30 <100
10 <100
1300 <100
10 <10
<10 1500
400 >3000
30 <100
2300 <100
60 <10
Oxidase
e
pos. •
3000
200
1400
<10
<10
ND
2400
<100
5000
<10
<100
3000
1700
<100
4500
-------
Table 5.
206
294
334
214
318
080
072
254
096
270
088
310
262
CONTINUED
SP
SR
sc
SP
sc
SR
SR
SR
SR
SR
SR
sc.
SR
1
5
3
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
5
1
1
20
20
40
40
40
40
20,
20
40
40
20
20
20
8/11-8/24
8/12-8/25
8/13-8/26
8/11-8/24
8/13-8/26
7/28-8/11
7/28-8/11
8/12-8/25
7/28-8/11
8/12-8/25
7/28-8/11
8/13-8/26
7/28-8/25
0.22
0.23
0.36
0.42
0.61
ND
0.94
2.33
2.87
3.13
3.92
4.15
12.65
23.7
5.0
6.7
24.7
16.5
ND
4.3
24.1
5.1
17.5
7.1
A7.8
31.5
2800
100
1600
3700
340
50
<10
700
ND
3900
<10
2300
1500
1
<100
<10
<100
<100
<100
<10
50
<100
<10
2000
<10
<100
<100
<100
6300
> 30000
620
> 30000
650
280
> 30000
60
> 30000
<10
> 30000
4000
Stations: SC - Sliver Cliff, SR - Split Rock, SP - .Shovel Point, SL - Sugar Loaf; Dist. - offshore distance in
miles; Depth - depth in feet below the surface of the water.
Dates the samplers were emplaced and retrieved.
urease positive by "c" procedure.
CAs measured by m-Endo method (not confirmed).
Saccharolytic bacteria which are oxidase positive
(includes aeroinonads).
-------
Table 6. Recovery of coltforme, aeromemedo, IP. aerufitnoae and
ealmonellae .from net samples entp laced 9/8 - 9/30. '
0 :shore
dist.
(-lies)
1
3
5
1
" 3
5
1
'1
5
depth
(ft)
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20 '
40
20
40
10
40
20
40
20
40
SC SR
Tailings in
43,6
1.21
2.12 1.50
1.64
Transects
SP SI GM GR
mg/net at above tranaects
,21 ,01
,04 ,01
1,8
1.4 .01 ,0l
.01
.08 .01
Confirmed eoliforas/net at transects
<200
602 200
200
20
>3000
', ' <130 150
,aooo
2002 «209
UO2
I802
<20
440 i§6
200 <29
<200
20 -'20 <20
.n ; '.«•
! §€i silver
SR( Spiifc R@@k|^ §?, ghev§l F§ini}; §L8 Sugg; teaf t
1
Densities In all asmplea <20 per
Fecsl eolifoems equal ee leeel
-------
Table 7. Bacterial and tailings recoveries from net samples by sampling
location.
Offshore Depth Tailings and
Dist. (feet) Silver Cliff
(miles)
1 20
40
3 20
40
5 20
40
1 20
40
3 20
40
5 20
40
Tail.
(mg)
4.2
.61
.01
.36
.08
Heterob
Total
110000
60000
54000
220000
22000
Colif.3
2300
.340
360
1600
1300
x 103
SacC
^•30
30
3.0
>30
5.0
bacterial recoveries per net at transect
Split Rock Shovel Point Sugar Loaf
Tail.
(mg)
2.3
3.1
.04
.16
.23
.03
Hetero
Total
7000
>3000
1500
40000
3000
19000
Colif.
700
3900
<10
60
100
200
x 103
SacC
>30.
>30.
ND
4.5
6.3
1.4
Tail.
(mg)
.22
.42
.11
.06
.08
Hetero
Total
40000
36000
46000
3800
ND
960
Colif .
2800
3700
30
30
<10
10
x 103
Sac
<.10
.62
1.7
2.4
<.10
<. 10
Tail. Colif.
(mg)
.13 2300
. 10 400
.03 <10
.03 <10
.03 <10
.09 10
Hetero x 103
Total Sacc
1080 <.10
ND 3.0
200 . 20
200 <.01
460 <.01
4800 <.01
Total coliforms as determined from m-Endo, not confirmed.
Heterotrophs.
Saccharolytic (dextrose utilizers) which are oxidase positive (includes aeromonads)
-------
Table 8. Recovery of coliforms, aerompnads and P_. aerugihosa from
trap samples: First collection period.
Station
A
B
C
C(30)f
C(60)
E
F
K
L
0
Bucket
05
06
07
11
12
13
17
18
19
11
12
13
14
15
16
11
12
13
11
12
13
11
12
13
11
12
13
11
12
13
Recovery of organisms per ml of .sediment trap sample
Coliforms0 Klebsiella Aeromonas
Untr. Tr.e Untr. Tr. Untr.
L ND8 2 ND 7
-------
Table 8. CONTINUED
$ 11
12
13
S
< S
< S
< S
< s
<•• s
< s
< s
< s
Z.' aeruginosa densities
-------
a
Table 9. Recovery nf coliforms, aeromonads and £. aeruginosa from
"Treated" sediment trap samples: Second collection period .
Station
B
C
C(30)
C(60)
D
E
F
K
L
M
$
Bucket
01
02
03
26
27
28
20
21
22
23
24
25
01
02
14
15
16
01
02
03
01
02
03
04
05
06
01
02
03
01
02
03
Recovery/ml of sediment trap
Goliforms Klebsiella
sample
Aeromonas
Total Fecal
-------
Table 9.
P
N
Q
Rf
R
f
Tr
f
U
CONTINUED
14
15
16
14
15
16
14
15
16
01
02
01
01
02
01
02
<. <. <.
ND < . < .
<. <. <.
2.8 2.8 3.2 <.
< . < . ND
<. «. ND
<. <. ND
<. <. <.
<. <. ND
3.0 < 10.
< < 1.0
<
< < <
< < <
< < <
< < <
Z- aeruginosa densities <0.1 per ml.
Aliquots of samples treated to remove particle-unassociated bacteria.
See footnotes to Table 8.
<0.05 organisms per ml.
<0.35 organisms per ml.
Assays performed on "untreated" samples
-------
Table 10. Distribution of aeromonad types from sediment trap samples:
Second, sampling trip.
Station
B
C
C(30)d
C(60)
D
E
F
L
M
4>
Bucket
01
02
03
26
27
28
20
21
22
23
24
25
01
02
14
15
16
01
02
03
04
05
06
01
02
03
01
02
03
Total
-------
Table 10. CONTINUED
From "treated" sample.
Hemolytic.
Non-hemolytic.
Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates depth in meters off the bottom;
remaining stations located 3 meters off the bottom.
n
<0.05 organisms/ml.
<0.35 organisms/ml.
8 No data.
-------
Table 11. Total, proteolytic and amylolytic heterotrophic bacterial densities in
idii
Station .
A
a
C
C(30)C
C(60)
C
F
. K
I "
o
. d
Launder'
Effluent
Tailings
Bg/liter*
824
2128
577
1057
629
1652
3606
219
.480
" HD
_ " - "
Heterotrophic bacterial density per ml x 10
Total . .Proteolytic Amylolytic
Ohtr Treat Ontr Treat Ontr Treat.
150
170
130
240
93
250
170
52
230
12
62
8.4
31.
12.
18.
44
310
60
3.7
29
9.6
4.7
6.5
9.1
15.
6.8
6.0
7.3
1.3
6.9
<0.71 .
•
1.1
1.5
3.5
<0.55
1.4
1.1
5.4
!-l
1.6
. 1-2
12.
2.8
6.3
12.
10.
3.3
1.0
0.48
4.8
0.82
-
1.6
<0.28
0.54
<0.22
0.33
0.47
0.98
<0. 12
0,63
<0.10 •"-. ^ '
Average from three buckets at station; only approximates tailings in buckets due to method
of saople removal. .
Aliquot of sample treated to remove partlcle-unassociated bacteria (see Materials and Methods).
-------
Table 11. CONTINUED
*i
Number in parenthesis ( ) denotes depth of station in meters from the bottom. Remaining
stations located 3 meters from the bottom.
Composite of East and West Launder samples.
-------
Table 12. Heterqtrophlc bacterial densities in sediment trap samples:
Second.collection period.
Station
A
B
C
C(30)c
C(60)
D
E
F
K
L
M
$
0
P
N
0
Launder
Effluent
Tailings
mg/liter
e
3701
19000
471
NDf '
772
933
3830
143
182
778
2188
32
6
29
2
Heterotrophs per ml x 10
Untr. Treatb
350
360
3600
69
87
980
700
1200
1200
450
540
1500
710
830
450
62
61 '
230
40
6.0
>300
87
250
170
1100
1200
33 .
150
440
150
9,6.
Average from three buekees at a Cation; only approximates tailings in
bucket due to method of sample removal,
Aliquot of sample treated to remove partiele-unasaoeiated baeterla
(see Materials and Methods),
-------
Table 12. CONTINUED
c Number in parenthesis ( j denotes depth of station in meters from
the bottom. Remaining stations Located 3 meters from the bottom.
Composite of East and West Launder samples.
No sediment in sample.
f No data.
-------
Table 13. Comparison of heterotrophic bacterial densities in sediment trap and water samples.
Station no. for Depth in Offshore dist. Heterotrophic bacterial
water - trap sed. meters (miles) In sed. traps In water
Untr. Treat. 1 ml
SCb 0.57f
A 225 4.1 150. 8.4
B 238 2.6 .170. 31.
SRC ' 0.45*
0.17°
0.183
C 275 2.5 130. 12.
C 245 2.5 240. 18.
C 215 2.5 93. 44.
E 280 6.9 250 310.
SPd 0.09f
Average 172 71
2
densities per ml x 10
at offshore distance of
3 ml 5 ml Trap station
0.30f 0.13f
0.06&
0.06
0.05^
0.07*
0.12
0.36
0.02f 0.03f
0.058
0.15f 0.04f
. -09e
a Sediment traps; collection period 7/25 - 8/23.
-------
Table 13. CONTINUED
b Silver Cliff.
C Split Rock.
Shovel Point.
Average of trap, 3 and 5 mile samples.
Depth 12 meters (40 ft) ; average from 4 samples collected 8/8 - 8/24.
? Depth 5-20 meters; average from 1-4 samples 8/1 - 9/1.
8 Depth 20-50 meters; average from 1-4 samples 8/1 - 9/1.
1 Depth 50-100 meters; average from 1-4 samples 8/1 - 9/1.
•* Depth 100-150 meters; average from 1-4 samples 8/1 - 9/1.
v
Depth 150-200 meters; average from 1-4 samples 8/1 - 9/1.
Depth 200-250 meters; average from 1-4 samples 8/1 - 9/1.
-------
Table 14. Bacteria molds and yeasts recovered from core saoples.
Sample Area
no.
715 SC
719 CD
717 SR
713 PI
711 RH
710 SP
706 SL
701 CM
703 CR
Determined by
Distance froo
SM shore
(siles) (niles)
21.5 SV
14.5
8.0
3.5
6.0 BE
20.5
54.0
60.0
3
3
3
3
0.1 .
3
3
3
3
suspending the top
b SC - Silver Cliff; CD -
CM - Grand Marais ; CR -
Colifoms per ml Oxldase Pos, fieterotrophlc bacteria per 2! x 10 Yeasts Molds
M?X oEndo Sacch per ml .Total Proteolytic Anylolytic C per ml per ml
total Aeromonas Aer Anaere Aer Anaer Aer Anaer perfrlng.
.20£
<.20
<-20
<.20
<.20
<.20
<.20
<.20
<.20
0.7 cm of the
<1 16
<1 6
<1 * 2
<1 <2
<1 <2
<1 4
<1 2
<1 2
<1 4
sediment in a
Castle Danger; SR - Split Rock; PI -
Guano Rock.
C Yellow oxidase positive colonies
Neither cellalytlc anaerobes nor
on "A" aediua.
t. aeruglnosa
Incubated
obtained.
<0.5
<0.5
<0.5
<0.5
<0.5
<0.5
<0.5
<0.5
<0.5
650
150
40
37
1500
150
110
910
760
34 mm core in
Pellet
aerobl<
Island
rally.
0.015
>0.075
0.15
0.19
1.8
KD
0.065
0.040
0.18
about 170
83.
11.
0.95
14.
0.75
43.
6.5
140.
0.65
ml of
0.015 <0.5
0.075 <0.05
0.007 0.75
0.030
0.005
<0.005
0.005 0.003 <0.005
ND 8.5
0.008 0.10
<0.005 0.02
<0.005 ND
0.010 0.75
0.10
0.003
0.010
-------
Table 15. Chemical analysis of bottom core samples.
Station
SC
CD
SR
PI
RM
SP
SL
GM
GR
Tailings Nitrogen Compounds, mg/Kg of Tailings
mg/ml Total Organic NH NO NO. Dissolved
N+NH Org & Inorg
5700 1.74
14000 1.25
28700 .98
12600 2.18
>14.6
7800 2.36
3000 11.7
< >17.2
>20.5
.88
.68
NDb
.0087
ND
.051
ND
>1.0
>21.3
.037 .014
.016 .011
.009 .0045
.025 .037
>.55 >.37
.035 .028
.050 .040
,.49 >.41
>.40 >.47
.00047
.00050
.00017
.0022
>.030
.00077
.0017
,.012
>.007
.81
ND
.24
.47
>5.6
.69
ND
ND
>5.7
Carbon mo/Kg Tailings
Total Dissolved Dissolved
Organic Organic Inorganic
1.8
2.9
8.4
13.5
>89.9
15.3
69.2
>30.3
>60.0
.51
.44
.72
.47
>5.6
.88
5.1
>4.0
>10.0
2.2
.86
.45
.87
INDd
1.28
4.00
IND
>12.0
See table 14.
No data.
Below sensitivity of assay.
Dissolved inorganic carbon below sensitivity of assay.
-------
Table 16. Recovery of heterotronlc bacteria per mg tailings In net,
sediment trap, bottom core, water, and Launder effluent samples,
Sample Station or
type transect
Sediment A
B
C '
g oo)
C (60)
D
E
F
K
L
M
P
N
0
*
Launder effl.
Lake Water
No. effluent Discharge
Untreat . Treat
1.8 .10
.80 .15
2.2 .21
2.3 .17
1.5 .71
1.5 1.9
.48 .17
2.4 .17
4.8 .60
l"
No. Effluent Discharge
Offshore Dist. (Mi.)
1 3 5
Effluent Discharge
Untreat Treat
.97 .16
1.9 .12
1.5 .85
13. >3.9
7.5 .93
3.1 .65
84. .12
25. 61.
7.0 15.
220. 47.
1400. 730.
150. 50.
•
6.8 .15
.041 .006
Effluent Discharge
Offshore Dist. (Mi)
1 3 5
-------
Table 16. CONTINUED
Net Substrate SCe
SR
CB
SL
Bottom Core SCS
CD
SR
PI
KM
SP
SL
GM
GR
3500. 7600. 28000.
300. 2080. 8500.
12000. 49000. 1200.
980. 666. 4300.
114.
11.
1.4
3.0
>1500.
19.
37.
>910.
>760.
3 x 104.
See tables 11 and 12.
See tables 14 and 15.
See tables 2 and 3 "Heterotrophlc Bacterial Densities in Western Lake Superior
and Their Relationship to Taconite".
See table 4.
-------
SAMPLE |
t
SHAKE GENTLY TO SUSPEND SEDIMENT (S-l)
REMOVE
ALIQUOTS
"untreated
i
"treated"
f
t
ADD TWEEN2, SHAKE (SU-2)
VIGOROUSLY, SONICATE
5 SEC3
1 .... , „ ,.,
T t
ASSAY IMMEDIATELY USING:
1. Plate count agar
2. Gelatin agar
3. Starch agar
4. mEndo (mf)
5. mPA (mf)
6. C (mf)
7. Malt (mf)
8. A (mf)
9. Tetrathionate (broth)
V
[ SEDIMENT
t
RESUSPEND
IN BUFFER
- + TWEEN
SHAKE AND
SONICATE
LAYER 10 ml OF SAMPLE (ST-2)
OVER 20 ml OF STERILE
20% SUCROSE .
1
t
CENTRIFUGE (ST-3)
40xg, 3 min, 6°C
SWINGING BUCKET
*
. ?
SUPERNATE]
1
4 (ST-4) [ DISCARD]
When required, sediment was concentrated 10 fold by a preliminary centri-
fugation through a 20% sucrose layer and resuspension in buffer.
2
Tween-80, final concentration 0.01%.
3
Operating frequency 28 KHz/sec.
4
In some cases, the volume used to resuspend was varied in order to provide
a greater concentration of microorganisms.
FIGURE I. Assay protocol
-------
Figures
Figure 2. Conform and heterotrophic bacterial recoveries as a
function of the concentration of total solids. Data
plotted from the 7/27 - 8/12 (A.o) and 8/9 -.8/26 (A,o)
collections, A vertical arrow (>/) indicated that the
heterotroph recoveries were less than 10 per net or
the conforms were less than 10 per net.
Figure 3. Recovery of heterotrophic bacteria in sediment trap
samples during first collection period as a function
, of the concentration of tailings in the sample,
-------
O
M
O
*
r-l
« 7
I
Coliforms
Heterotrophs
1 A A
A • A
• A
Total inorganic solids, mg/net
1
-------
103"
• Uncreated samples
A Treated samples
3
«
•H
U
01
4J
O
«
J3
y
IOH-
A
S
o>
10
3'u
10
2 _.
10
0,1
1.0
10 ioo 1000
, Tailings In mg/liter •
10000
-------
APPENDIX I
-------
PLATE COUNT AGAR1 (total heterotrophs)
2
Ingredients g/1
Tryptone 5.0
Yeast extract 2. 5
Dextrose 1,0
Agar 15.0
Autoclave 15 min (at 121°C). Incubate plates for 72 hrs
at 22°C. Spread plates were incubated for 48-72 hrs at
22°C.
Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Waetewater.
2
Available as prepared media, Difco, Detroit, Michigan.
-------
STARCH AGAR (amylolytic heterotrophs)
Ingredients
Indicator
M
Starch
Yeast extract
Agar
Distilled HO
^^••^^
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.2
10.0
1.0
15.0
1000 ml
Iodine 5 g
KI 10 g
H,0 100
2
Dilute 1.5 with distilled
water for use.
Adjust pH to 7.0. Autoclave 15 mln at 121 C. Spread plates are incubated
at 22°C for 72 hrs and then flooded with indicator. The medium turns a
deep purple color with a clear or reddish brown zone appearing around
amylolytic colonies.
-------
FRAZIER GELATIN MEDIUM (proteolytlc heterotrophlc bacteria)
Ingredients
NaCl
Gelatin
Dextrose
Peptone
Beef extract
Agar
Distilled water
3.0
1.5
0.5
4.0
0.05
0.1
5.0
15.0
1000 ml
Reagent
H8C12 15 g
HC1 (cone) 10 ml
Distilled water 100 ml
Prepare salt solution (NaCl, K2HP04, KHjPO,) in 100 ml distilled water.
Dissolve gelatin in 400 ml distilled water. Add to it the dextrose, peptone,
and beef extract. Mix the two solutions and boll for several minutes. Dissolve
the agar in 500 ml distilled water* mix with above solutions, adjust pH to 7.0
and autoclave (121°C, 15 minutes).
Spread plates are incubated at 22°C for 72 hrs and then flooded with reagent.
Transparent zones appear around proteolytic colonies within 5-10 minutes.
Methods in Aquatic Microbiology, A. Rodina, University Park Press.
-------
CELLULOSE MEDIUM1 (cellulolytic, anaerobic bacteria)
Ingredients gm/liter
S04 1.0
.7H20 0.1
NaCl • 2.0
CaCl2 . ..... 0.1
K2HP04 6.0
KH2POA 3.5
Cellulose 4.0
Cysteine, HC1 0.5
Rezazurin 0.001
Yeast extract 1.0
Agar " 15.0
Distilled water 1000 ml
Autoclave 121°C for 10 min (rapid exhaust). Cool rapidly
under N2; adjust pH to 7.0 if necessary. Four thin plates
(10 ml/plate) on cold surface and place in anaerobic jar
for storage. Spread plates were Incubated at 22°C for 72
hrs anaerobically in an atmosphere of 5% CO. in nitrogen.
Methods in Aquatic Microbiology, A.S. Rodina, University
Park Press.
-------
CLOSTRIDIUM MEDIUM1 (c. perfrlngens)
Ingredients g/1
Nutrient troth 100 ml
Agar 1.5 g
Lactose 1.0 g
Netural red 0.3 ml
of a 1% solution
Distilled water 100 ml
Autoclave 121°C - 15 minutes, cool to 55°C, add 4 ml egg yolk
suspension (1:1 egg yolk in sterile physiological saline).
Add 11.74 mg neomycin sulfate. Pour 15 ml/plate. Store
anaerobically. Spread plates were Incubated anaeroblcally in
an atmosphere of 5% CX>2 in N« for 72 hrs at 22°C.
Isolation of Anaerobes, edited by D.A. Shapton and R.G.
Board, Academic Press, 1971.
-------
tn-Endo MEDIUM (total coliforms)
Twenty-four gm dehydrated material (Baltimore Biological Labs) is added
to 500 ml of distilled water containing 10 ml ethanol. Fourteen gm agar
2
are added and.the mixture boiled and dispensed (4 ml) to MF plates.
Plates were stored no longer than 4 days. Membrane filters were placed
on the plates and incubated at 35°C for 24 hrs. In some instances,
colonies were confirmed by transfer to Lactose broth and EC broth tubes
with inserts (Difco, Detroit, Michigan). Lactose was Incubated at 35 C
for 48 hrs and EC at 44.5°C for 24 hrs. Positive cultures are those
which produce gas.
Standard Methods for examination of Water and Wastewater, 13th edition,
APHA.
2
Membrane filter plates; 12 mm x 50 mm.
-------
YEAST AND MOLD MEDIUM1
Ingredients
Malt extract 30
Agar 15
Distilled water 100 ml
Autoclave 15 rain at 121°C and adjust pH to 5.5. After
the membrane filters are placed on the plates, they are
incubated at 22 C for 72 hours. Only pink and yellow
pigtnented yeast colonies were counted.
Standard Methods for Examination of Dairy Products.
-------
C MEDIUM (with in aitu urease teat, for Klebsiella sp.)
Ingredients
gins/100 ml
Inhibitors
1-glutamic acid
1-cysteine HC1
1-proline
Yeast extract
NH^Cl
Agar
NaCl
KC1
K,HPO,
fc ^
KH-PO,
2 4
MgSO,.7H 0
*T Cm
Brora thymol blue
Lactose
Distilled H.O
0.5
0.05
0.04
0.05
0.2
1.5
0.1
0.4
0.15
0.05
0.01
0.008
0.75
100 ml
mg/100 ml
Sodium desoxycholate 50.0
Erythriomycin sulfate 1.0
Indicator Solution
g/100 ml
Ferric ammonium citrate 4.0
Sodium thiosulfate 34.0
Distilled water 100 ml
Urease Reagent
g/100 ml
Phenol red .01
Urease 2-0
Distilled water 100 ml
Adjust pH to 5.5 and filter
sterilized; use 1 ml/100ml of
medium.
Adjust pH of medium to 7.5 with 10 n NaOH. Autoclave at 121 C for 10 min;
cool to 55°C. Add inhibitors (in powder form) and indicator solution (2 ml/
100 ml of medium). Plates to which filters have been applied are incubated
nt 35°C for 24 hours, The number of yellow colonies on each filter are
-------
C MEDIUM - (continued)
counted and Identified, after which the filter is transferred to a filter
pad which has been saturated with urease reagent. After 10 min the yellow
colonies which are urease positive (greenish purple) are counted.
-------
A MEDIUM (aerombnads)
Ingredients
NaCl
NH4C1
MgS04.7H20
FeNH. citrate
4
Brom thymol blue
Arginine HC1
Lysine HC1
Cysteine HC1
Tryptophane
Yeast extract
Dextrose
Agar
Distilled H00
g/100 ml
0.15
0.21
0.50
0.01
0.001
0.008
0.015
0.10
0.05
0.01
0.05
0.30
1.50
100 ml
Inhibitors
Sodium desoxycholate 50.0
Novobiacin sulfate .05
Oxidase Reagent
Tetramethyl - p - 0.1 g
phenylenediamine
Distilled H^O 100 ml
Adjust pH of medium to 7.4 and autoclave at 121°C for 10 tnin. Cool to 55°C
and add inhibitors (powder form). Re-adjust pH to 7.2 Plates to which fil-
ters have been applied are incubated for 24 hrs at 35 C .and large yellow
colonies are counted. The filter is then transferred to a filter pad saturated
with oxidase reagent and those yellow colonies which are oxidase positive
(purple) are presumed r.o be aeromonads. Confirmation of colonies was accom-
plished by transferring isolates to Purple broth dextrose fermentation tubes
-------
A MEDIUM (continued)
containing gas insert tubes. Tubes which are acid (yellow) in the gas
insert tube were transferred to Blood Agar plates for observation of
hemolysis.
-------
PSEUDQMONAS MEDIUM1 (P. aeruginosa)
Ingredients g/100 ml
1-lysine HC1 0,5
Nad 0.5
Yeast extract . 0.2
Sodium thiosulfate 0.68
Sucrose 0.125
Lactose 0.125
Agar 1.5
Phenol red 0.008
Ferric ammonium citrate 0.08
Inhibitors
Sulfapyridine
Kanamycin sulfate
Nalidixic acid
Actidione
mg/100 ml
17.6
0.85
3.7
15.0
Autoclave 15 rain at 121 C. Add antibiotics as dry powders to medium after
cooling to 55°C. Adjust pH to 7.1. Plates to which filters were applied
are incubated at 41.5°C for 48 hrs.
Applied Microbiology, December 1972,
General Biochemicals, Incorporated, Chagrin Falls, Ohio.
-------
TETRATHIONITE BROTH1 (Salmonella sp.)
Ingredients . g/1 Iodine Solution
Polypeptone peptone 5 Iodine 6 g
Calcium carbonate 10 KI 5 g
Bila salts 1 Water 20 ml
Sodium thioaulfate 30
Distilled water . 1000 ml
After boiling, cool to 45°C and add iodine solution (20 ml/1). Tubes con-
taining 10 ml of the broth were Inoculated with 1 ml of sample and incubated
for 96 hrs. Streak plates (XLD agar, Difco, Detroit, Michigan) were inoculated
at 24, 48, 72 and 96 hours.
Microbiological Examination of Foods, APHA, Incorporated, New York,
-------
BUFFER
Ingredients g/1
NaH2P04 0.58
Na2HP04 2.50
NaCl 8.50
Distilled water 1000 ml
pH 7.4.
-------
APPENDIX II
The validity of the "treatment" procedure for determining
particle-associated bacteria was established by four types of
experiments. These experiments were designed to determine (1)
the survival of the bacteria in the 20% sucrose solution used
in the separation procedure, (2) the efficiency of the shaking
and sonication procedure in disassociating the bacteria from
the particles and the effect of these procedures on the survival
of the organisms, (3) the penetration of free bacteria through
the sucrose gradient - only particle associated bacteria were
expected to penetrate the gradient and deposit on the bottom
of the tube - and (4) the size distribution of sediment trap
particles which remain In the supemate and those which are
deposited on the bottom of the tube following centrifugatlon of
samples layered on the 20% sucrose solution. The experiments
and the results obtained are as follows:
1. Survival of heterotrophic bacteria during "treatment".
Sediment samples were centrifuged as indicated in Fig.
1 ("treated samples"). The supernate was removed, nixed and
assayed for the total bacterial count immediately (PGA plates.
Appendix I) and after intervals of 1,4,5 and 10 minutes at room
-------
2b
temperature. Ten minutes was selected as the maximum holding
interval since, in actual practice, the samples remained in the
sucrose no more than 10 minutes after centrifugation. Table 1
presents the average recoveries from three such experiments.
2. Removal of bacteria from particles.
A sediment sample (BBLT01) was filtered through a
series of membrane filters to obtain particles in the 5 to 8
micron range. The particles were gently suspended in 10 ml of
Tween-80 phosphate buffered saline (TPS). The number of par-
ticles per ml of this suspension ("1") was determined in a
Petroff-Hauser chamber (a). The suspension was then shaken
vigorously for 1 min and sonicated for 5 sec as indicated in
steps SU-2 and ST-4 of Fig. 1. The sample then was layered on
a sucrose gradient and centrifuged (steps ST-2 and ST-3, Fig. 1) .
The supernate was resuspended in 9 ml TPS. This suspension ("2")
was shaken and sonicated, assayed for bacteria (c) and particles
(a1) and then layered and centrifuged as above. The supernate
from suspension "2" was assayed for bacteria (b') , the sediment
was resuspended in 9 ml of TPS. The suspension ("3") was shaken
and sonicated and assayed for bacteria (c').
The results of this experiment are given in Table 2. It
can be seen that, in each of two consecutive treatment cycles,
-------
3b
98% of the bacteria were removed. Furthermore, after the first
treatment cycle, the particle to bacterial recovery in the
sediment was 100 to 1; and after the second cycle, it was 500
to 1. This suggests that there is a low probability that,
following treatment, the sedimented particles are populated
with more than one bacteria cell. Finally, the recovery of
80% of the organisms following a treatment cycle agrees rather
well with the survival of bacteria in 20% sucrose for 10 min
(Table 1), thereby confirming that the shaking and sonlcation
do not significantly affect the survival of the bacteria in
the samples.
3. Penetration of the sucrose layer by "free" bacterial
cells.
The number of cells which could penetrate through the
sucrose layer was determined in the following experiment. A
bacterial suspension was prepared by washing the growth from
the surface of a PGA spread plate (Appendix I) into phosphate
buffer diluent. The plate had been inoculated with an aliquot
from a sediment trap sample and incubated at room temperature
(25 C) for 72 hrs. The number of cells/ml in the suspension
was determined; than a 10 ml portion of the suspension was
layered over 20 ml of 20% sucrose and centrifuged as indicated
-------
4b
in Figure 1. Penetration was estimated by comparing the number
of bacteria recovered in the bottom 3 ml of the sucrose layer
to the number deposited on the sucrose gradient. The numbers
of cells in the 10 ml of the bacterial suspension layered on
the gradient and in the bottom 3 ml of the gradient as determined
8 6
from 3 replicate plates were 6.4 x 10 and 3.0 x 10 respectively.
Thus, it can be seen that less than 1% of the free cells penetrated
the gradient.
4. Particle size distribution of sediment trap particles
after sucrose gradient centrifugation.
Five sediment trap samples (numbers BBCCT17, BBLLT12,
BBELTll, BBFLT13, and BBNLT14) were centrlfuged as indicated in
Figure 1. The particle size distribution.of both the super-
natant and the pellet fractions were determined using a Model
B Coulter Counter. The particles were arbitrarily divided into
14 groups based on particle size due to the operating character-
istics of the Instrument. The average percent of particles in
each group for the supernate and pellet fractions of each sample
was determined. Data from the supernate fractions from all five
sediment samples was averaged and is presented in Figure 2, (open
column), as is data from the pellet fractions (thatched columns).
Accumulating the percentages from 42.0 - 3.0 microns indicates
that 63.8% of these particles are in the pellet fraction and only
28.8% are in the supernate.
-------
Table 1. The survival of heterotrophic bacteria from sediment
trap samples in. 20% sucrose solutions.
Holding
interval
(min)
0
1
4
5
10
% survival
-
100
100
86
83
Average of 3 trials.
-------
Table 2. Efficiency of shaking and sonication for the removal of bacteria
from "sediment trap particles".
Assay Type
code
a Particulate
b Bacterial
c Bacterial
Fraction Assayed
source Volume
(ml)
suspension "1" 10 ml
super from "1" 29 ml
suspension "2" 10 ml
(sediment from
"1")
Recovery of bacteria
or particles x 10
per ml Total
11.2 110.0
2.2 63.8
0.13 1.25
b + c total bact. in suspension "1" 65.1
b/b + c % bact. removed 63.8/65.1
c/a ave. # bact/particle 1.25/110
a' Particulate
b' Bacterial
c' Bacterial
b1 + c1
b'/bf + c/
c/a'
suspension "2" 10 ml
super from "2" 29 ml
suspension "3" 10 ml
(sediment from
"2")
13.5 135.0
0.035 1.02
0.0021 0.021
total bact in suspension "2" 1.04
% bact removed 1.02/1.04
ave. // bact/particle 0.021/135
c' + b'/c recov. of bact through "treatment" 1.04/1.25
Recovery
ratio
98%
.0.01
98%
0.0002
80%
-------
Figure 2.
Particle size distribution after sucrose
gradient treatment of sediment samples.
-------
40J
[ j Supernate
^§ Pellet
30 j-
n
10!
0 -
42 35 27 21
17 13 10 8 6.1 5.0
Average particle size (microns)
3.4 3.0 2.4
1.9
-------
Analysis and Laboratory Experiments
With Taconite Tailings
Data Report
April 1973
Gary E. Glesc, Ph.D.
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
National Water Quality Laboratory
Duluth, Minnesota 5580U
-------
Introduction
In an effort to determine the chemical characteristics of Taconite
Tailings, a number of laboratory experiments were conducted. Taconit«;
tailings were obtained from the Reserve Mining Company,, Silver Say,
Minnesota several times from 1968-1972.
The complete range of tailings particle sizes were studied in
some experiments so that the complete impact on the Lake could be
approximated. Other experiments utilized only the smaller size
fractions of the tailings, which are more reactive, so that the
laboratory results could be used in a predictive fashion with shortened
times required to observe a trend. The results of early experiments
are reported in the April 1970 report by the National Water Quality
Laboratory, "Effects of Taconite Tailings on Lake Superior." Additional
experiments have been conducted since that time and the results are
reported here.
Chemical -Analysis of Taconite Tailings.
Early analyses of Taconite Tailings are reported in the December
1968, U.S. Dept. of the Interior Report, Basic Studies on the Environ-
mental Impacts of Taconite Waste Disposal in Lake Superior, Part II-
The samples of tailings which were used by the NWQL staff in 1968-70
were of the less than two micron size fraction. Samples analyzed by
the Analytical Quality Control Laboratory, USDI, FWPCA, Cincinnati,
Ohio, are given in Table 1. Metals were determined by atomic absorption
and emission spectrop,raph and arsenic using silver diethyldithiocarbamalF
reagent.
-------
The tailings size fraction which was used for the majority of
the studies in 1972 is five micron and smaller. Samples of this size
fraction were sent to W. T. Donaldson, Chief, Contaminates Characterization
Research Laboratory, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Southeast
i
Environmental Research Laboratories, Athens, Georgia and to L. A. Haskin,
!
Department of Chemistry, University of Wisconsin at Madison, for analysis
by spark source mass spectrometry and neutron activation. Table II
shows the results of the analysis by SEERL for tailings and water sepa-
rated by centrifugation for the taconite tailings composite sample.
The tailings sample analyzed at the University of Wisconsin was
activated and then leached with 1:9 H.SO. :HNO,.. The results of this
24 3
analysis are shown in Table III.
Because of the environmental hazard mercury poses, taconite tailings
samples were collected by Dr. Donald Baumgartner for mercury analysis
during the fall, 1971.
One sample was analyzed extensively at the NWQL. The results
indicated a mercury content of 0.1 micrograms/gram of taconite tailings.
To further document the presence of mercury in the tailings, a sample
i
was subjected to mass spectral analysis. The qualitative presence of
i
mercury was confirmed by isotopic distribution.
i
Laboratory Experiments with Taconite Tailings
I The effect of organic compounds deposited with tailings in the Lake
is one of the most difficult systems to model. The complexing or
etiolating organic compounds are known to stabilize metal ions in
aqueous solution. The results of the first experiments with a synthetic
chelator are given in Table 4. The organic compound used was nitrilo-
triacetate (NTA). The results indicate that tailings do interact
-------
with dissolved organic compound's, resulting in greater metals release.
In order to more fully characterize taconite tailings several
different techniques were used. Figure 2 shows electron micrographs
of a less than two micron diameter size fraction ased in laboratory
studies, NWQL, April 1970. These micrographs were obtained on a RCA
EMU-4A Transmission Electron Microscope by James H» Tucker, National
Water Quality Laboratory. The full range of sizes and shapes of
tailings are easily seen in Figure 1.
X-ray diffraction techniques were used to characterize the miner >-
]ogy of taconite tailings. Figure 3 shows three_X-ray diffraction
patterns. The less than five micron composite sample collected
July, 1972 is shown in Figure 2a with the smallest composited parti-
cles in 2b. Figure 2c shows a sample of cumningtonite, less than two
micron size fraction. These-patterns were obtained by Robert W. Andrew,
National Water Quality Laboratory, 1972 using a Picker Difractometer
and copper K a radiation. These patterns are characteristic of
taconite tailings and are used to identify tailings in the water and
on the sediments of Lake Superior.
The remaining solids from the July, 1972 collection and a. preparation
of a less than five micron composite sample were kept cold and dark
and allowed to settle. The overlying water was poured 'off and the
slurry was poured into 6.3 cm diameter, one meter long plastic cyl-
inders. After 6h days, the water over the sediment was siphoned and
analyzed. The results are shown in Table V, sample 99A. The same
procedure was followed for a one day composite and ,111 addition( the
sediment: was sectioned as a function of depth and the interstitial water
removed and nnalyx.crl. The results are given in Table V sample 101 A, B.
-------
Portions of the tailings composite samples were extracted with
hexane and the resulting residues analyzed by gas chromatographic and
mass spectrometric techniques at the NWQL. Figure 1 shows a mass
spectrum of the residue from tb.2 July 1972 tailings composite sample.
Approximately 120 wg of yellow residue/gram of extracted taconite
tailings composite was found and appears to be largely hydrocarbon oils.
Figure 2 shows the same sample made 0.01% in Aroclor^ 1254 could have
been detected if present at 0.0001% or greater.
Samples of dry crushed ore and tailings were extracted with hexane
and the residues perchlorinated with SbCl,. to increase sensitivity for
PCB analysis. These analyses showed that C 7C1 was formed at con-
centrations equivalent to 2-10 nanograms per gram of extracted sample.
The results are consistent with the presence with hydrocarbon oils
containing small amounts of PCB in those samples.
The 'analysis of oil samples obtained are not completed. Preliminary
results show PCBs to be less than 0.001 percent.
-------
Summary
The chemical characteristics of taconite tailings are complex
and vary with the physical characteristics of the sample, such as
p'.rricle size distribution, as well as chemical conditions. Tailings
have "been shown "by spark source mass spectroitietry, neutron activation,
and atomic absorption and emission spectroscopic techniques, to contain
a large number of the elements. Many of these metals can also be found
in water associated with tailings and in larger concentrations in acid
leachates from tailings. Among these elements are Hg, Cu, Mn, As, Zn,
Mg,, Se, and Co. The presence of an organic complexing agent gives the
predictable increase in dissolution of tailings due to the stabilization
of metal ions going into solution. Such complex formation is known to
influence metals concentrations in natural waters.
Analysis of the overlying and interstitial vaters from 6^4-day-old
settled tailings samples, kept cold and dark, shovs large increased in
concentrations of SiOg, Ca, Mg, Ha, K. f!n , Mn, and Fe from the original
lake water values. These increases are also evident in measurements of
the water just over the sediment interface, indicating the transport of
j
these dissolved elements into the water column. A large increase in
specific conductance is observed as the interface is approached and
oxygen levels are depressed.
Gas chromatographic and mass spectrometric analysis of
organic residues extracted from composite tailings samples indicates
the presence of hydrocarbon oils associated vith the tailings particles.
-------
Table 1. Analysis of Taconite Tailings Composite
Sample. 1959 (52jj)
Metal
Zinc
Cadmium
Arsenic
Iron
Molybdenum
Manganese
Aluminum
Beryllium
Copper
Silver
Nickel
Cobalt
Lead
Chromium
Vanadium
Micrograms/gram of sample
200
6
20
106,000
less than Uo
i*,Uoo
3,800
less than 1
50
less than 2
less than 20
less than 20
280
13
less than ko
-------
Table II. Analysis of Taconite Tailings Composi.ce Sample 7-72
(<5u) by Spark Source Mass Spectrometry (SEERL)
Solids (weight %) ( gm/gra) (.Ug/gm)
Fe
Mg
Ca
Mn
K
Al
P
Si*
Cl*
S*
Na*
10
4
2
0.8
0.3
0.3
0.2
10
0.02
0.03
0.67
S
Ba
Ti
Zn
Zr
Ce
Y
Co
Er
Nd
45
40.
14
11
8
6
5
5
3
3
Sc
La
Sm
Cu
V
Pb
Nd
Rb
As
Pr
Cs
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
0.5
* Estimates of minimum
Water (associated with solids (vg/".!)
Mg 20 Al 7 S* 2
P 16 Pb 0.6 Na* 0.5
Ca 10 Cu 0.6
K 9 Zn 0.5
Fe 7 Mn 0.3
Sr 0.2
* Estimates of Minimum
-------
Table III. Analysis of H SO rHNO. Leachate of Neutron Activated
Taconite Tailings Composite Sample 7-72 (<5y), Department
of Chemistry, University of Wisconsin.*
Element
Hg
Se
Cu
As
Sb
Zn
Ga
Co
Sc
Hf
La
Ce
I
Nd
Sm
Eu
Tb
Ho
Yb
Lu
Concentration (yg/gn>)
0.033±0.008
0.20±0.03
9.9±1.8
19±0.5
2.2±0.2
18±1.2
2.4±0.3
6.1±0.5
0.53±10.10
0.91±0.09
12.3±0.9
24±2
10.4±0.7
1.95±0.12.
0.50±0.04
0.26±0.03
C.36±0.03
0.62±0.08
0.083±0.005
* Taken from Haskin, L. A., Henzler, T. E., Korda, R. J., Larsen, E. M.,
Anderson, M. R., and Jimenez, M. M. Preliminary Report on Analysis
of Sculpin Tissues and Taconite Tailings. Department of Chemistry,
University of Wisconsin-Madison, April 12, 1973.
-------
5-tie ^. Water Analysis of Taconite Tailings (<2u) KTA Suspensions.
Analysis
Sample
Lake Water
•Jaconite Tailings,
1.5 gm/1
KTA, 0,01 gm/1
HTA, 0.10 gm/1
Taconite Tailings,
1.5 gm/1 NTA, 0.01
Taconite Tailings,
1.5 gm/1 KTA, 0.10
PH
7.7
8.0
7.7
8.1
8.0
gm/1
8.7
gm/1
Fe»
<50
<50
<50
<50
70
300
Ma*
0.2
5.0
0.2
0.3
13
39
Zn»
3
2
i.
li
3
2
Cd* Co*
<0.3 <0.5
<0.3 2
<0.3 U
<0.3 <0.5
<0.3 2
<0.3 <0.5
Ni* Cu»
<0.3 l.U
3 0.8
1» 1.8
<0.3 1.3
1 2.2
<0.3 2.6
CaQ»
13.5
H.3
13.6
13.6
U> -3
15.2
Mg«*
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.0
3.1
2.9
Water Samples filtered, 0.1 micron membrane filter metals determined by atomic absorption.
°Micrograms metal/liter; ^Milligrams metal/liter
-------
'TABLE V. Analysis of Water in Contact with Taconite Tailings Composite Samples Mtf.r 64 Paya.
WATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centimeters)
(99A) 19
11
3.6
(101B) 57
3.8
a°u, "
27
3.8
-1.9
-lit
-3U
Si02
»g/l
9.1.
9-3
10.3
11.3
13.0
7.1
7.1
d1 30
d2 39
d1 2lt
d2 37
d1 Ik
d2 37
Ca
«..
1U.8
17.2
12.8
17.2
11.2
16.8
1*2.9
33.lt
33.0
39.2
30.9
3U. 2
Mg
mg/1
l«.7
It. 9
6.0
lt.0
5. it
li.lt
6.2
17.2
13.2
12.9
1U.7
9.8
13.1
Na
mg/1
2.0
2.2
2.2
2.1
2.3
2.1
2.5
8.1
6.1
5.8
6.3
6.6
6.5
K Cu
mg/1 pg/1
2.9
3.1 1.1*
3.U
2.9 K A
108.8
171*. 7
Colorlraetrlc procedure
Satnole hanrtlino.: d1" -centrifuge filtration; d2-d±lution filtration
-------
73031
!•- •' v
-------
SO-,
10-
30-
20-
10-
N WQL 73034
ll>!
Wkillm
JU^i
ilrilllillll ,il|''M fel,
no
340
SPEC* 56 ut o.otx a issvioo ua QJL. n^n ussato-Jl STG? nass> 10, j/s/s- u
Figure 2. Mass spectrum of hexane extracted residue from taconite.tailings composite sample
made 0.01% Aroclor 1254.
-------
•V -'.£>" . — W
* • -v < \
V- ' '
A
* ^ - '*.» S^.'* >
Figure 3. Electron Micrographs of Taconite Tailitiga.
-------
Figure 3. Electron Micrographs of Taconite Tailings.
-------
f
^ £
Figure 3. Electron Micrographs of Taconite Tailings.
-------
•V. .
V."
.,,-.—^
Figure 3. Electron Micrographs of Taconite Tailings.
-------
'•••{ JT \ \
•~V" t \ 1 *
VV"** —W %tf;
A -. '
^ e— *
Figure 3. Electron Micrographs of Taconite Tailings.
-------
*&
Figure 3. Electron Micrographs of Taconite Tailings.
-------
Figure 3. Electron Micrographs of Taconite Tailings.
-------
•• 'x~ ^ ,.j {
-»t --.**• • * i' :\ ^
"l X^" ^- •''>
• v*r ^s^--- >
x,-* ^::>
Figure 3. Electron Micrographs of Taconite Tailings.
-------
I •'•-* <• I V
\t--' gj \
••> ? . fsb.1-^
•V
••-'••», r^
/*
f i'lif'
. rk£
/ /
'^ ^ n
•''¥}'•». ^^v
js.-^ T.'-r^'o
x \ ^ •%
4
f;
'^
b
/ /
xj
.-^
SJ.^
•^'^a'' / / ,.— r • - k
* . -*// / \V ^-^^--. <*:
-^^^/^ - ••) '^v. > ^/. *•-;
' • .*r^™ ..-•¥ ^ '^/ '
r"' * /^ ,^; ^ t '.. ^ 'C ^ > ,,:,
w
"Vi
,^ .'
c* X
- >»- .
(L_j
Figure 3. Electron Micrographs of Taconite Tailings.
-------
Figure 4. X-ray Diffraction Patterns of Taconlte TaUlnga.
«•»'•• • !•• f
,.._, I
— L-
I I
:t
_^ i
I
"F
f-
UK
rj v-
tQlL
r~"
!• I(*mJ.rJ, OK •!
ka
•I1
i
ill "J
' P
J?1,
/I!
Itt
'1
P.
LJiliJ IU-L.JL
I
j.
1"
i-
±
Jl
T"
1
RTfTF
,-++
-/p-r-r-
:,'|L P/r^rr
n: enu=u*- [, ' \ "- 1_
uiin ' *""
i" i/r
-if.' i /1
/1\ i*«--.
-nViv-:
^
•j
n.._.
~r
.LJ
"i
i i
1 1
ITT
i I
!' '•
^LLLliiLi
i
iiiiii^Luiij
TRI
,M,
1 — L 4-!
ii'if,1 T'
a
iii
f I
i'
-H
-------
Residue Analysis of Lake Superior Sculpins
Data Analysis Report
April, 1973
G. E. Glass, Ph.D.
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency-
National Water Quality Laboratory-
6201 Congdon Boulevard
Duluth, Minnesota 55804
-------
Background
Lake Superior sculpins were collected for residue analysis.
They were obtained "by trawling along the north shore of the Lake
in the regions identified in figure 1. The sediment at sites 01 and
02 contained taconite tailings, while those at sites 03 and OJj
contained relatively small quantities of tailings. The locations
and details of collection are given in the report, "Stomach analysis
of fourhorn, Myoxocephalus quadricornis (Linnaeus), and slimy9 Cottus
cognatus Richardson, sculpins from four areas along the north shore
6f Lake Superior" by John Eaton, second cruise. Samples were
preserved by freezing and were sent to four laboratories for analysis.
This report summarizes the preliminary examination of the results of
the analysis of the sculpins.
Mercury in Sculpin Tissue
The arafyses of mercury in the sculpins were conducted by the
U, S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife Great Lake Fishery
Laboratory in Ann Arbor, Michigan. Total mercury was determined
by the combustion-amalgamation method of Willford and Hessellberg
(19T2)1. Composite samples from four of the sculpin trawls were
homogenized and combusted in a stream of Op for 3-5 min. in an induc-
tion furnace (Leco Model 52300). The released mercury vapor was
scrubbed, dried, and collected on a 2l*-gauge gold wire. The amalgam
was subsequently heated to vaporize the mercury, which was quanti-
tated with a Laboratory Data Control, Model 1235 Spectrophotometer.
-------
\ -. V.^V \),
Figure 1. Sampling Region
for Sculpin Collection
v '• '< '-x ?c-
•: , \ A !\ '• >0 ,
a- >. \ •
. '\\ : V^
\ V , "^J i • , -. i
\.vR r^rv^ J
• \M i , ^U>- •
\ * m Z . * v\
^\\ s \ x> -8
"', :• » \ « -\
V l ' > \
\ S-\ ' '• \ \
•v. • / \ \
v^
•„•
^
i
f
s
.
^
I
I
'*
H
f>
5 -
?*.
H
ivt
J
1
1
.
it
rf
']
•
f
V
i
i
x
''
* t
^ ;
— :
•f
'
• ,. <• , . v : •• -
\ • . v..:':i» ;----__r^7?ri. .. +.- ....
I • > ; : ' J" :^^ • t/ \\f •••'
0 »-• - i.'.! . .;. .-- r^'-tr^o
f v •' V ••' '• ••- \"S
1 * .\ ', <"\
; I . V '.
' \ ?
,^*^
,<-'"' '^
..'''.'
/ ..... i-v...-. • y -N
• »
I V
"> \
J^:
^ *
r ',
.ir
>'*
\
-------
Table 1 presents the results of mercury analyses on 1971 and
1972 Lake Superior sculpins by the Great Lakes Fishery Laboratory.
The composite samples from the Apostle Islands and Keveenaw region
Trere the same composites analyzed by Western N.Y. Muclear Research
Center as summarized in Table 2 and serve as check analyses. The
data from the two laboratories are in excellent agreement for the
sculpins from the Apostle Island and Keweenav Bay regions of Lake
Superior. The data in Table 1 also indicates that both the slimy
and the fourhorn sculpins from area 03 on the north shore (Figure l)
were significantly greater than those from the Apostle Island and
Keweenaw Bay areas of the Lake.
The results of the triplicate analyses for mercury are presented
in Table 3.
The concentration of mercury in slimy sculpins from areas 01
and 02 vere both 0.21 ug/gm, vhereas the slimy sculpins from areas
03 and Oh contained only 0.17 and 0.19 ug/gm respectively. However,
this apparent trend cannot be analyze"! conclusively, since the mean
length and mean weight of the samples from areas 03 and Ok vere
significantly less than those from areas 01 and 02, and the concentra-
tion of some trace metals such as mercury, are related to the age
or weight of the animal2. The results of the analysis of fourhorn
sculpins are more directly comparable on a length and weight basis
and the data indicate that the mercury concentration in the fish
from the three areas are not statistically different.
-------
Cd, Cu, Mn, Pb, and Zn in Sculpin Livers
Sculpins from the same 1972 trawls were sent to the EPA
National Field Investigation Center in Cincinnati, Ohio, where the
sculpin livers were removed and conposite samples prepared for analysis
of manganese, lead, copper, zinc, and cadmium.
Check samples were prepared at NWQL by selecting five yearling
brook trout from holding tanks and homogenizing the fish in a blender.
f
Duplicate samples were analyzed at NWQL and at the National Field
Investigation Center. Table k presents the results of the check
i
analysis, together with an analysis of NBS bovine liver for copper
and zinc. The data show the NWQL analyses of bovine liver agreed
well with the NBS certified analyses for zinc and copper- Further-
more, the variations between NWQL and NFIC for Zn, Cu, and Mn in the
five brook trout and the NBS bovine liver were less than 2Q%, and
the majority were less than 10%.
At NFIC, the sculpin liver samples were weighed in crucibles and
allowed to dry overnight at 103°C to determine the percentage of
1
moisture, after which they were placed in a muffle furnace to
ash at 1*00°C. The ashes were then dissolved in concentrated nitric
acid and diluted to 10 ml, keeping the acid concentration at about
1%. Analysis -was completed with a Perkin-Elmer ^03 Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometer. Table 5 presents the results of analyses of sculpin
livers for metals. The concentration of Pb in all sculpin livers
was less than the determinable limit and are not included in Table 5-
-------
The slimy sculpin livers were composited for each sampling
area. Although the concentrations of Cd and Cn vere slightly greater
in areas 03 and OU than in 01 and 02, the possibility of establishing
a trend is precluded by the lack of information regarding the mean
weights and the variability within the population. The concentrations
of Mn and Zn in all of the slimy sculpins were essentially equal,
although Mn appeared slightly higher and Zn lover in area 02.
The results of the analyses of livers from fourhorned sculpins
show that the concentrations of Cd, Cu, Mn, and Zn in the tissues from
the same size animals are essentially the same in the three areas.
There are no consistent trends regarding area or size and concentration
of the metals. Although none of the concentrations are noticeably
higher or lower than others, (i.e. , Zn and Mn in the <9«9 gm fourhorns
from area 02) there are insufficient data to rule out the possibility
that the observed deviations are not due to analytical variations.
Neutron Activation Analysis of Sculpins and Tailings
Additional samples of sculpins and sediments were sent to the
University of Wisconsin at Madison for metal analysis via neutron
activation. The samples were dissected in a covered work area by
analysts wearing surgical gowns, head covers, and gloves. The
samples were weighed wet, freeze-dried, weighed dry, and composites
placed in quartz irradiation tubes. The tailings samples were
transferred directly to the irradiation tube, freeze-dried and
sealed.
-------
The irradiated samples were digested in H SO. and HNO after
2 U 3
the appropriate carriers were added. The radioactive elements
freed from the sample during digestion and the carriers were
separated into the various groups by a routine chemical separation
scheme3. The concentrations of the metals determinable by this
technique in the Lake Superior sculpins are summarized in Table 6,
together with the estimate of standard deviation for each of the
analyses.
The data indicates the fourhorn sculpin muscle and liver
generally contain lesser concentrations of all of the metals than
do the slimy sculpins. Since the slimy sculpin is much smaller
than the fourhorn (mean length in this sample of 7 cm compared to
11.3 cm for fourhorn), a species selective mechanism for this
accumulation is suggested. To facilitate the examination of trends
between the two major sampling areas, Table 7 is presented to give
the ratio of the concentration of each metal from sites 01 and 02
to those from sites 03 and OU. An initial examination may suggest
that the concentrations.of Hg, Sb, Zn, and Co are greater in the
muscle of fourhorns and Cd, Sb, and Co are greater in the liver of
fourhorns captured from the areas covered with taconite tailings.
In contrast, the concentration of Ga, Sc, La and Sm in the livers
of slimy sculpins appear to be much lower in the fish captured in
!
areas 03 and Ok than those which contain greater quantities of tailings.
However, in comparing the ratios of concentrations, it must be
emphasized that the uncertainties in the analyses become significant.
-------
It is unlikely that the data can be interpreted adequately without
additional samples of the populations, as well as the sediments and
water from the respective regions.
Table 8 presents the results of the analysis of taconite tailings
via neutron activation. The data show that the tailings contain Cu,
As9 Zn, Co, La, Ce, and Nd at concentrations greater than 5 ug/gnu
A more detailed analysis of possible relationships between the
composition of trace metals in tailings .and in the sculpins is under-
way.
Analysis of Trace Organic Contaminants
The previous data report presented the preliminary results of
the analyses of sculpins for chlorobiphenyls and DDE. In subsequent
analyses for DDT, the GLC packed column was found unacceptable, due to
possible degradation in the injector. The samples are being reanalyzed
for PCBs and DDE to assure the measurements are accurate. In addition,
studies are underway to determine if the sculpins are contaminated
with the oils which have been found associated with taconite tailings
composite samples.
-------
7
Summary
This study was initiated to determine if measurable changes in
the concentrations of trace metals and organic residues occur in
sculpins which live in the area.s of Lake Superior that are covered
with taconite tailings. The work was undertaken with full realization
that the content of some metals such as mercury in fish may not be
determined by the concentration of the metal in the habitat2. Rather,
the observed residue may be the result of more subtle transport inter-
actions of the animal with the environment and food supply. Moreover,
whereas mercury concentrations within a population may be correlated
with size, the concentration of other metals, such as Fe, Cu, Mn and
Zn, appear to be regulated by species-specific physiological processes*.
it
Furthermore, Brungs., et^ al_. , found that there was no accumulation of
copper in the opercle, red blood cells, and blood plasma in fish exposed
to lethal and sublethal concentrations of copper. Increases in the
concentrations of copper in the liver and gill tissue were not observed
at low concentrations of copper until the fish were exposed to 27 ug/1
in water. Thus, the lack of residues does not preclude a stress on the animal.
The data have shown that discernible trends do not exist in the
concentrations of metals in sculpins along the north shore of Lake
Superior. The absence of any pronounced differences may be due to
insufficient sample size from the population, analytical variations
which are significant at the low concentrations encountered, uneluci-
datcd physiolocical processes alluded to above, similarities in the
-------
8
composition and availability of the metals in the two environments,
or a combination of these effects. Of particular interest is the fact
that, although trends are not apparent along the north shore, the data
presented in Tables 1-3 consistently shov that "both fourhorn and
slimy sculpins from the north shore contain approximately 1.5 to 2
times more mercury than do the sculpins from the Apostle Islands or
Keweenaw Bay area. It will be important to determine whether this
variation is a result of different geochemical environments in the
respective watersheds , or if the Apostle Islands and Keweenaw Bay
area are more representative of the natural Lake Superior environment
and the entire north shore region of Lake Superior has been contamina-
ted.
-------
Bibliography
1. Willford, W. A. and Hesselberg, R. J. "A Versatile Combustion-
Amalgamation Technique for* the Photometric Determination
of Mercury in Fish and Environmental Samples." Great
Lakes Fishery Laboratory, Ann Arbor, in press.
2. Barber, T. R., Vijayakumor, A. and Cross, F. A. (1972).
"Mercury Concentrations in Recent and Ninety-Year-Old
Benthopelagic Fish." Science, 178, 636-639.
3. Haskin, L. A., Henzler, T. E., Korda, R.J., Larsen, E.M.,
Anderson, M.R. and Jimenez, M.M. "Preliminary Report
on Analyses of Sculpin Tissues and Taconite Tailings"
Department of Chemistry, University of Wisconsin, Madison.
April 12, 1973.
h. Brungs, W. A., Leonard, E. N., and McKim, J. M. "Acute and Long-
Term Accumulation of Copper by the Brown Bullhead,
Ictalurus nebulosus (LeSueur). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada,
in press.
-------
Table 1. Mercury in 1971 and 1972 Lake Superior Sculping
Total Mercury (ng/gm wet)
Replicate A
Replicate B
Replicate C
Average
Standard Dev.
Slimy sculpin Fourhorn sculpin
.EE 03033
0.153
0.162
0.151
0.155
0.0033
Apostle
Island
0.112
0.114
0.121
0.116
0.0047
b
Keweenaw
Bay
0.106
0.113
0.115
0.111
0.0047
a
EE 0301-2
0.193
0.223
0.234
0.217
0.0212
collected fall 1972
collected fall 1971
Table 2. Concentration of Metals in Lake Superior Fish in 1971
Number of samples
Number of fish
Ave. length (mm)
Ave. weight (g)
Arsenic (ppm)
Chromium (ppm)
copper (ppm)
Mercury (ppm)
Slimy
Apostle
Island
1
50
73
6.0
0.28
0.48
3.10
0.11
sculpin
Keweenaw
Bay
1
131
58
3.0
0.27
0.48
4.32
0.11
Smelt
Walleye
Apostle Keweenaw Apostle
Island Bay Island
2
41
154
22
0.34
0.10
0.73
0.12
2
40
150
21
0.30
0.086
0.76
0.11
2
13
443
969
0.29
0.12
0.43
0.52
Analyses performed at the Great Lakes
Fishery Laboratory, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
-------
Table 3. Variation of Total Mercury in Sculpins with Sampling
Site in Lake Superior - 1972.
(Great Lakes Fishery Laboratory, Ann Arbor, Michigan)
Sampling
Site3
01
02
03
04
No. of
fish
13
15
30
15
Mean
Length (mm)
Slimy Sculpin
74 (10.3)
69 (13.3)
68 (8.4)
58 (9.5)
Mean
Wt (gm)
5.5(2.5)
4.4(3.1)
3.6(1.4)
2.4 (1.1)
Total Hg
(yg/gm wet)
0.21 (0.02)
0.21 (0.01)
0.17 (0.01)
0.19 (0.01)
Fourhorn Sculpin
02
03
04 •
3 See
b „ ,
30
40
25
Figure 1
103 (9.7)
•99 (16.5)
96 (18.4)
12.1 (4.0)
10.4 (5.0)
10.2 (5.7)
0.21 (0.03)
0.22 (0.02)
0.20 (0.01)
Mean of three analyses
-------
Table 4. Results of Comparisons Between Split Sample Analysis
(rag/kg, dry wt)l
Samples Zinc Copper Manganese
1
2
3
4
5
NSS
NFIC
82
69
63
63
64
110
NWQL
83
57
61
50
60
137
NFIC
11
6.3
7.0
9.1
8.7
160
KWQL
11
5.2
6.3
8.8
8.0
200
NPIC
4.4
3.2
7.2
3.5
5.0
8.5
NWQL
4.0
3.1
5.9
2.7
4.8
_
NFIC analyses for Pb were <10 and <5, for Cd they vere <1 and
<.5. NWQL Pb results w.ere 2.7-9.0 and Cd were 0.29-0.35.
NBS Bovine Liver: Certified Analysis^ NWQL Analysis
Copper 193 ± 10 ug/gm Copper 199.6 ug/gm
200.1
199.7
Zinc 130 ± 10 ug/gm Zinc 137.4
135.3
140.2
-------
Table 5. Variation of Cadmium, Copper, Manganese, and Zinc in
Sculpin Livers with Sampling Site in Lake Superior
(National Field Investigation Center, Cincinnati, Ohio)
Sculpin Sampling
Weight (Km) Site
•
<~7 01
<=7 02
<6.9 03
<=7 04
02
<9.9 03
04
02
10-14.9 03
04
02
15-19.9 03^
04
Concentration fue/em
Cd
0.5
0.8
1.0
1.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.5
0.4
0.6
0.4
0.6
Cu
Slimy Sculpin
0.5
0.8
1.2
0.6
Fourhorn Sculpin
0.5
1.7
1.3
1.8
3.4
1.0
1.2
3.4
1.4
Mn
1.7
2.2
1.9
1.6
0.05
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.7
1.0
0.9
0.7
0.8
- wet)
Zn
26
23
27
27
0.7
28
26 .
33
32
25
28
32
29
-------
Table 6. Concentration of Metals in ;-ake Superior Sculpin Tissues (yg/gm wet)
(University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Liver
Muscle
Slimy
Metal
Hg
Se
Cu
Cd
As
Sb
Zn
Go
Co
Sc
La
Sm
Na
Mn
Site/03-04
0,98
5.0
20.1
4.1*
1.3
<0.05
160
0.02
0.54
0.002
0.020
0.004
5920
7.4
01-02
0.
5.
14.
3.
0.
<0.
140
0.
0.
0.
0.
75
0
6
1
92
04
01 ;
67
0006
008
0.0014
5400
6.7
4-Horn Slimy
03-04
0.68
4.2
7.3-
0.55
1.4
0.004
95
0.003
0.10
0.0003
0.005
0.0005
3090
1.55
01- l
0.54
3.7
6.6
l.o
1.3
0.005
82
0.002
0.20
0.0003
0.002
0.0002
3330
1.51
03-04
0.93
9.8
4.9
0.12
0 .74
0.02
79
• 0.001
-
0.0006
0.013
0.0014
4960..
3.4
01-02
3.0
3.4
<0.25
0.52
0.01
59
0.003
-
0.0005
0.003
0.0005
3620
3.6
4-Horn
03-04
, 3.0
; '1.93 '
<0
-
-
32
<0
0
0
0
0
4750
2
.25 (
.007
.033
.0004
.0013
.00008
.2
01-02
T6T
2.9
2.0
<0.03
-
-
35
<0.001
0.058
0.0003
a
3.6
25
2.7
33
19
57
13
30
15
54
42
0. 00002!. 9 3
4420
1.6
1 .2
9.2
Values in last column represent 2 standard deviations for replicate analyses of NBS standard
bovine liver Those values are the Best estimates of analytical precision and correspond to
i 95% confidence level.
-------
Table 7. Ratios of Concentration of Metals tn. Composite. Tissue
of Sculpins from Sites 01-02 to those from Sttes 03-04.
(University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Hg
Se
Cu
Cd
As
Sb
Zn
Ga
Co
Sc
La
Stn
Na
Hn
Slimy
0.76
0.99
0.73
0.71
0,72
-
0.83
0.46
1.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.91
0.90
Liver
4-Horn
.79
.88
• 90
1.82
.88
1.25
.86
.43 •
,1.92
1.0
0.5
.45
1.08
.97
Slimy
2.14
0.31
C.69
-
0.71
0.72
0.74
1.8
-
0.8
0.20
0.4
0.73
1.06
Muscle
4-Horn
1.14
.95
1.03
- •
-
1.67
1.11
-
1.52
.71
-
.25
.93
.75
±20(%)
5-1
35
.3.8
54
27
81
18
184
21
76
59
117
1.7
13
Note: Uncertainties in ratios are based on replicate analyses of
NBS Standard Liver.
-------
Table 8. Concentrations (yg/gm) of Trace Elements Leached From
Reactor-Irradiated Taconite Tailings and USGS Standard
BCR-1.(University of Wisconsin, Madison)
Hg
Se
Cu
Cd
As
Sb
Zr»
Ga
Co
Sc
Hf
La
Ce
Nd
Sm
Eu
Tb
Ho
Yb
Lu
;kin
Leacna.'.e
Tacon i te
Tall rngs
0.033±.008
0.201.03
9-9±1.8
-
19±0.5
2.2±0.2
I8±l".2
2.4±.3
6.1±.5
0.53^.10
0.91i.09
12.3±-9
24±2
10.*j±.7
1.95*. 12
0.50±.04
0.26±.03
0.36±-03
0.62±.08
0.083±.005
et al., Geochim.
BCR-1
0.013
0.10
1*4.8
-
0.33
0.51
93
4.3
17.0
2.9
4.2
18.3
31
17.6
4.6
0.37
0.61
0.80
1.66
0.?.4
Cosmochim. Acta
BCR- 1 *
-
0.11
A. 6
l
-
0.6
100
25
36
3,2
5.2
24.
54
31
7.5
1.9
1.19
1.2
3.5
0.53
Suppl . 1 ,
A. A. Levinson, Ed., 1970, p. 1213.
NOTE: Uncertainties are two standard deviations based on counting
statistics, not replicate analyses.
-------
A Study of Western Lake Superior: Surface Sediments,
Interstitial Water and Exchange of Dissolved
Components Across the Water-Sediment Interface
Gary E. Glass, Ph.D.
April 1973
United States Environmental Protection Agency
National Water Quality Laboratory
Duluth, Minnesota 558dU
-------
CONTENTS
Page
Introduction 1
Description of the Study _2_
Methods and Equipment 1*
Results and Discussion 13
Summary 19_
Bibliography 21
Figures
la, b, c, Location of the Study Area, 3 pages
2, Profiles of Component Exchange Across Water-
Sediment Interface, 12 pages
3, X-ray Diffraction Patterns of Surface Sediments
I», Particle Size Distribution of Surface Sediments
Tables
I, -Water and Sediment Analysis, Cruise I.
II, Water Analyses, Cruise I.
Ill, Water and Sediment Analysis, Cruise II, 31 pages
IV, Water and Sediment Analysis, Lake Superior,
Cores Analyzed after two months, 12 pages
V, Comparison of Data, Cruise II, Area 1 vs Area II
-------
Introduction
During the summer of 1972, a three-part study vas conducted to
investigate the chemical composition of Lake Superior -water and to
determine the possible effects taconite tailings, discharged at the
rate of about 20 million tons annually, were having on the Lake
"bottom. A laboratory study1 conducted in 1970, showed that dissolution
of tailings did occur under lake conditions, and that at least l60,000
Ibs. of dissolved solids were being added each day to Lake Superior
by the Reserve Mining Company discharge at Silver Bay, Minnesota. Some
components of these dissolved solids vere shown to be silica, sodium,
potassium, calcium, magnesium, and manganese.
The values of parameters which describe the Lake environment where
tailings finally reside is one of the overall goals of this study. The
measurement of these parameters is difficult, since Lake Superior con-
tains about 1.25 x 10 liters of vater and is over 290 meters deep along
the North Shore2'3 and where the discharge occurs. In addition, the
Lake water is swept by currents southwest along the shore and mixed by
turbulance and upwelling1*" 12'14»1 5. The determination of where tailings
!
are'found in the lake has been the object of other studies1'13"16, with
additional data gathered by this study.
The chemical environment of aquatic sediments has been extensively
I
studied17 23. The exchange of components across the water-sediment inter-
face plays an important role in lake vater quality and is one of the more
-------
detailed aspects of this study. The role of sediments as a reservoir
for metals and nutrients has been studied in detail18 »21"31*, and is
the part of this study upon which future predictions of the fate of
sedimented material in Lake Superior could "be based. The weathering of
the silicate minerals which make up the bulk of the tailings has been
studied19'35"40, and is an essential part of the overall .question as to
their fate in Lake Superior.
Description of the Study
The study of Lake Superior vas designed vith several constraints3
the most important of which were: Five-week lead time for preparation,
limited supportive manpower, and a cruise time on the Lake limited to
ten days. In order to gain the maximum information about the Lake, the
t
ship time was divided into two parts. The first cruise, which took place
July 18 - 21 aboard the Telson Queen, was mainly exploratory in nature.
The motor ship Telson Queen, owned and captained by Alan M. Kennedy, Jr-,
is a 98-foot vessel, having a 22-foot beam and 9-foot draft, with-a
cruising speed of 10 knots and a 2,500-nautical-mile range. The pilot
house equipment included the following: a magnetic and gyro compass,
radar (U8-mile range), radios (AM, VHF-FM), automatic direction finder,
two fathometers and a sonar Seascanner^
Many different sampling devices and techniques were used to obtain
samples from the Lake and Lake bottom at the depths encountered, and
numerous experiments were planned with laboratory equipment aboard ship
to determine which types of measurements were feasible. Few were. The
measurements which were made aboard ship are given in Tables 1 and 2,
along with the analysis of samples obtained and analyzed at the National
-------
Water Quality Laboratory.
With the experience and kno-wtedge gained from Cruise I, a second
cruise was made on September 18 - 2U, 1972, in areas I and III shovn
in Figure 1,aboard the Telson Queen. The emphasis °^ this cruise was
the taking of larger numbers of samples, -using veil defined sampling
procedures and carefully maintaining consistency in sampling and
sample preparation, handling and storage. Fewer types of onboard
measurements were made so that tine would allow for consistency of
procedures and measurement. Analysis of samples vere performed mainly
at the 1TWQL, with additional parameters measured at the Pacific North-
west Environmental Research Laboratory. The results are given in
Table III, Stations 1-38.
The third part of this study consisted of taking undisturbed Lake
Superior water-sediment core samples to the laboratory and keeping them
at Lake conditions to determine what changes would take place if the
Lake currents (lateral and vertical movement of water) were stopped so
that more distinct concentration gradients might form over the sediments.
After about two months, the undisturbed samples were sectioned and
analyzed. The results are shown in Table IV and Figure 2 (Stations 1,
3, U, 5, 7, 17, 27, 29, 30, 31 and 33).
A mammouth amount of personal sacrifice was made in terms of time,
effort, and personal risk by the crew of the Telson Queen, especially
during the rough weather of the second cruise. The skill and knowledge
of Dr. John Poldoski, Dr. Oilman D. Veith and Mr- John Helvig deserve
chief credit for the success achieved.
-------
Equipment and Methods
The equipment and methods used for Cruise 1 and 2 and for
laboratory analyses are given below in an abbreviated form.
CRUISE I, July 18-22, 1972
Field Sampling Measurements .
A) Sampling
Samplers were dropped to within 3-10 m from the sediment,
stopped and allowed to stabilize, and dropped to the sediment. A
Phleger corer (3.8 cm dia. x 6l cm) with plastic liner tubes, was used
to obtain water and sediment samples. Water vas displaced from the core
liner into a polybottle as the sediment was extruded to the top of the
liner for sampling.
1. Core samples - Water from 7.5 cm above sediment surface was
used for dissolved oxygen, conductivity, E^ and pH measurements. Water
I
above the 10 cm level was immediately filtered (0.22y Millipore*^membrane),
(R)
using a Gelmane' stainless steal in-line filter connected to a 2-liter
polyethylene bottle, .pressurized with prepurified nitrogen. The top
7-5 cm .of sediment were extruded into a GelmanB/pressure filtration
funnel from which interstitial water was removed by nitrogen pressure
through a 0.22y filter.
2. Shipek dredge samples were taken for chemical analysis and
for measurements using electrodes which were inserted into a cross-
section of the sediment sample. A 7-5 cm-deep section was transferred
-------
to a pressure filtration funnel for extraction of interstitial water-
3. Ponar and Shipek dredge samples were taken for "bottom fauna
examination.
U. Bulk lake water samples were taken with a 30-liter Van Dorn
water sampler. These sample- were immediately connected to a flow-through
system where dissolved oxygen, conductivity,, pH and K measurements were
made. Water samples for laboratory analyses were subsequently collected
in "precleaned " polyethylene "bottles, which were rinsed twice with the
sample, and filled.
B) Field Measurements
1. Conductivity of bulk water was measured with a Model 18 - 28
Heathkit Impedance Bridge (1000 Hz) and a YSI cell, which was calibrated
before and after using standard KCL solutions. The conductivity of
sediment samples was measured, using a Radiometer conductivity meter
and a probe calibrated similarly.
2. For bulk water samples, measurements of pH were made with a
Corning Model 12 meter, equipped with a glass and calomel electrode
assembly which was routinely standardized with pH 6.86 and h.OI buffer.
Similarly, pH measurements of core and dredge samples were made with an
Orion ^01 meter, equipped with a Sargent miniature combination pH electrode.
3. Measurements of Eh for bulk water samples were made with a
platinum wire-calomel-electrode combination and a Corning Model 12 pH
meter. For sediment samples9 the Orion 1+01 meter-Pt wire-saturated-
calomcl-clectrode combination was used for sediments.
-------
U. Dissolved oxygen measurements of bulk vater samples vere
measured with a YSI Model 5^ meter equipped with a YSI probe. The
system was standardized using Vinkler titrations employing standard
phenylarsineoxide titrant (Hach Chemical), checked against primary
fP~}
standard potassium dichromate. Lake water from an all-plastic Teel—'
submersible pump system was used as the medium for standardization.
Oxygen measurements of core and dredge sediment samples were obtained
by inserting an oxygen-membrane electrode into the sample, waiting
until the meter reading had stabilized, and then further inserting the
electrode into the sample, before recording the peak meter reading.
5. General Shipboard Procedure. Bulk Lake vater field measure-
ments were made using the flow-through system previously described. For
core and dredge samples, dissolved oxygen was measured, first, followed
by conductivity, pH and Ew. Shipek, Ponar dredge and additional core
\
samples were taken for laboratory analysis. The filtration apparatus,
spatulas, etc., were rinsed before use with Lake water, from the all-
plastic submersible pumping system. ,
C) Laboratory Analysis
Analyses of samples were made for Mn, Cu,'Fe, SiQ~, Ca, Mg, Ka,
K,.and orthophosphate. Both filtered and unfiltered samples were
analyzed. General procedures and conditions are given in the Cruise II
description that follows.
-------
CRUISE II, September 18-2U, 1972
Field Sampling Measurements
A) Sampling
1. Core sample - A Benthos corer (6.3 cm dia. x 122 cm) was
used in "calm" seas to o"btain water and sediment samples. The check
valve was modified to "be kept open until closed vith a messenger.
During "rough" seas, the Phleger corer was used.
2. Water samples - Van Dorn and Niskin water samplers were
used to determine the bottom water profile. Four 2-liter and one 30-
liter samplers were mounted rigidly so that when triggered, would sample
the bottom water at fixed distances from the water sediment interface.
A "foot" mechanism was devised so that when the interface was contacted,
all samplers would close simultaneously. The sampler assembly was
lowered to ~1 meters above the sediment surface and allowed to stabilize
before slowly lowering to the sediment surface. The assembly was raised
~3 m .and lowered three times, to insure tripping the "foot" mechanism..
Experiments indicated that the mechanism would not trip during the free-
fall to the sediment surface.
The Benthos sampler was used to obtain water for analysis by
extruding the sediment and saving displaced overlying waters for
analysis.
3. Sediment samples - A Shipek dredge, in addition to the
Benthos or Phleger corers, vas used to obtain sediment samples.
*4. Ponar and Shipek samples were taken at some stations for
bottom fauna examination.
-------
5. Locations were determined by sight and radar and depths were
measured with a line-metering wheel and sonar.
B) Typical On-Station Procedures
1. Water (core) samples (3.8 cm or 6.3 cm diameter) - Measure-
ments on water above the sediment were made by placing probes (dissolved
oxygen, and temperature) at the top of the core tube and
extruding the sediment to make profile measurements.
2. Sediment (core) samples (3.8 cm or 6.3 cm diameter) - Samples
of sediment and water for laboratory analysis were collected in Whirl-
PaR^polyethylene containers. Water was transferred via FEP teflon-tub-
ing (rinsed with fresh Lake water) and sediment using a teflon-coated
spatula (Lake water rinsed). Core tubes were conditioned with fresh
.Lake water prior to use.
3. Core samples for laboratory analyses were kept undisturbed
at Lake temperature and transferred, packed 5n ice, to the laboratory
constant temperature room (h° C).
U. Shipek dredge samples were cut in half (teflon spatula),
depths measured before sectioning, and the central portion of samples
(that sediment not contacting dredge) was- collected and put in a marked
"Whirl-Pak" bag.
5. Van Dorn and Niskin Water Samplers provided samples as a
function of distance from the sediment surface. These, samples were
stored in precleaned polyethylene bottles. Precleaning was done by
storing doublj^vacuum-distilled HCLO^ (10"^) for at least three days
-------
"before rinsing, and vere stored full of de-ionized water until used. The
bottles vere then marked, rinsed twice with the sample before filling,
and kept on ice or refrigerated.
C) Instrumentation and Analysis
1. Dissolved Oxygen - A YSI D.O. meter (5U) and YSI dissolved
oxygen electrode vas employed. The system was routinely calibrated
•with a Winkler titration, using Lake water as the medium of standardiza-
tion.
2. The temperature was measured to ±0.3° C precision with each
oxygen measurement, using the thermistor on the dissolved oxygen
electrode.
D) Sample Manipulation
1 . Millipore O.ly membrane filters were rinsed using Lake water,
followed by de-ionized water- The last portion of the de-ionized water
rinse was kept and analyzed with the sample as a blank. Between each
sample, the plastic filter apparatus was thoroughly rinsed with de-ionized
water, and a new filter was used for each sample.
2 . Sediment centrifuge-filtration apparatus (Millipore^-v was
cleaned with a brush, rinsed with de-ionized water, and stored in dilute
double vacuum-distilled HCLCK until use, at which time it was rinsed
thoroughly and shaken dry. Homogenized sediment was added with a poly-
ethylene spatula. The apparatus was then centrifuged, which resulted
in compacting the sample and collection of interstitial water- Water
-------
10
which collected on top of the compacted sediment was decanted into a
conditioned polyethylene bottle, sediment taken put of the tube, and
the water added hack to the tube for centrifugation. A new filter was
used for each sample, following the above procedure for filter prepara-
tion.
3 . The sediment dilution-filtration technique .involved collect-
ing and homogenizing samples in a blanket of nitrogen in a polyethylene
bag (Whirl-Pale0') t subsampling for moisture determination, and adding
nitrogen-purged de-ionized water and filtering under a nitrogen atmos-
phere. The filter was prepared as described above and a sample of the
de-ionized water used for dilution was kept to serve as a "blank.
I*. Water samples were filtered using a Millipore*^plastic suction
filtration unit. Water to be analyzed for Ca, Mg, Na, K, Ye, Cu, Mn, and
SiO,,, were collected in conditioned polyethylene bottles and kept cold.
For phosphorus, the required sample was filtered Just prior to analysis.
E) Laboratory Analysis
1. Calcium and magnesium were determined by atomic absorption
spectroscopy (Perkin-Elmer, Model ';03, flame), each sample being diluted
with LaCl3 (0.18M), 1:U in 2 ml and Provials®. Cruise samples, spiked
samples, filter blanks, fresh Lake water, and standard solutions were
analyzed together.
2. Sodium and potassium were determined by atomic absorption
spectoscopy (Perkin-Elmer, Model 1*03, flame). Cruise samples, spiked
samples, filter blanks and fresh Lake water were aspirated directly.
3. Silica and phosphorous were determined by colorimetric
procedures49. Samples, spiked samples, and standard solutions in the
-------
11
range, P:1-UO micrograms/liter, Si; 0.2-1.6 rng/liter, were measured,
using a Gary lU spectrophotometer.
U . Copper, manganese and iron were determined "by atomic
spectroscopy (Perkin-Elmer, Model ^OS, HA.-2000 Atomizer, flameless) and
colorimetric procedures (Mn, Fe)1*1. Cruise samples, spiked samples,
filter blanks, standard solutions, and fresh Lake water were analyzed
together-
5. Conductance measurements vere made, using a Barnstead
Conductivity Bridge, Model PM-70CB and YSI conductance cell. Calibra-
tion was made with potassium chloride solution at the temperature of
the measurements, 18.0^0.1° C.
6. Dissolved oxygen measurements were made
using a YSI oxygen meter, Model 5U and oxygen electrode in a 51 ml
closed flow-through cell. Standardization of the electrode was made
using Winkler titrations during the course of the measurements.
7 . Sediment analysis-mineralogy consisted of weighing a portion
of a well-mixed core or dredge section, oxidising the sample with.
buffered hydrogen peroxide, separating the sample, "by centrifugation
into < and > 2p size fractions, and filtering an aliquot of each onto
(O
HA Millipore1*'membrane filters for X-ray diffraction analysis. Figure 3
shows typical X-ray patterns for sediments in Area I as a function of
sediment depth.
X-ray photographs were taken of some cores and core
sections. Tailings layered over Lake sediments are clearly discernible
and are more opaque than natural sediments.
-------
12
Suspended solids were determined by filtering the water
sample and weighing the filter. The filters were then mounted for
X-ray diffraction analysis. Details of the procedure are given "by
P. Cook"2-
8. Sediment Analyses. Organic carbon, hydrogen and nitrogen,
and total phosphorous.
Subsamples from the first two 2.5 cm core sections were
analyzed "by combustion to K^, COp, and EUo and gas chromatographed in
a closed loop system. A model 185 C, H and N Analyzer, Hewlett Packard,
was used1*3. Dry samples were analyzed and the results reported on a
gm/Kgm dry weight "basis.
Phosphorous was analyzed using a Technicorv^AutoanalyzerB^
During the analysis of the sixty-four samples, standards were run 36
times, and blanks 15 times. Samples were digested in sulfuric acid and
ammonium persulfate under one atmosphere of steam for 30 minutes'*3.
Inorganic carbon was measured by acidifying the sample with
10$ sulfuric acid and measuring the C02 liberated with an infrared cell.
Calcium carbonate was used for standardization. .Analysis showed that
i
inorganic carbon comprised less than 5$ of the values reported for
organic carbonl+3.
Sediment Analysis-Particle Volume was determined by particle size
analysis by G. Ditsworth, using a Coulter Counter. Figure U shows
sample results of the computer-analyzed data.
-------
13
Discussion and Results
Cruise I
The analysis of sediment showed taconite tailings present (as indi-
cated by cummingtonite and quartz) at all stations of Areas I and II (Fig.
l), both on the bottom and in the vater. Previously, no tailings had
been reported on the bottom as far north as Taconite Harbor (27 miles).
The parameters (conductance, oxygen, pH and E, ) measured show little
variation with depth, which indicates that the Lake was vertically mixed at
the time of sampling and that surface or sediment influences on chemical
composition would be expected to be distributed throughout the water
column.
Measurements on sediment samples shewed the pH, E, and dissolved
oxygen to be markedly reduced from bulk lake water values. Values indi-
cating anoxic and/or anaerobic conditions were common within the first
8 cm depth of sediment.
The concentrations of silica, calcium, magnesium, sodium,
potassium, copper, manganese and iron in the interstitial water of the
first 7.6 cm of core sediment were much greater than those in the bulk
lake water- The water immediately above the core sediment surface
reflected these increases and suggest transport of dissolved material
from the sediment into the bulk lake water. The high concentrations
of iron and manganese indicate the anoxic conditions of the sediment.
-------
Cruise II
On the basis of the data collected in Cruise I, and because of
similar water depths, watersheds, and shore geology, Area III was
chosen as the most likely site for an inlake comparison of Area I
with an area containing relatively small amounts of tailings. Only
small amounts were found in Aiea III compared to the major amounts found
at every station in Area I. More than 8 centimeters of tailings covered
the bottom at stations 1, 2, 6, 7, and 8. The results of the sediment
and water analysis are given in Table II, Stations 1-17 (Area I) and
Stations 2^-38 (Area III). The sampling and analysis of the field-
collected samples were conducted in the most consistent manner possible,
using the best available equipment and procedures. The preliminary
comparisons of data made to date show significant differences between
the two areas studied extensively during this cruise. The absolute
values obtained are operationally defined and may not represent lake
values existing at the time the sample was taken, due to unavoidable
changes during sample collection and manipulation. This is parti-
cularly true for iron, where the values are low dma to reaction with
oxygen followed by precipitation 18>27~411. The forms in which iron
precipitates has been studied in detail18 and ferric phosphate is known
to form. This reaction is very efficient in removing phosphoroust*5 and
causes these values to be very low where sediments containing high
concentrations of ferrous iron were collected. It is likely, also,
that values for manganese which was not separated from sediment
-------
15
contact in the presence of oxygen, are lover than actual lake values'*5.
Since both areas were sampled in identical fashion and the samples
obtained were treated using identical methods, relative comparisons of
the two areas can be made. The undisturbed lake water-sediment samples
which comprise the third part of this study, yield data more representa-
tive of lake conditions existing at the timesaiaptes for iron, phosphorous
and manganese were taken, because the possibility of oxidation was
eliminated to a greater extent than could be achieved for core samples
sectioned onboard the sample vessel.
The first comparison of data involves parameters grouped to combine
all stations where quantities of tailings vere found in the water or on
the lake bottom, with those stations where only traces of tailings were
found. The comparison becomes one of values for Area I (tailings) vs
Area III. The t-test for unpaired data was used in this first
statistical analysis. Table V lists the details of this result.
Significant differences (P=0.0l) were found for the chemical
composition of lake water above the sediments (bulk water) from 1-183
meters, comparing Areas I and III. Higher concentrations for potassium
(+10$), manganese (+UOO/J), suspended solids (+800$) and turbidity
(+500$), were found in Area I than in Area III. ,
The water in contact with the sediments (interstitial wat.er),
silica (+30$), magnesium (+50$), copper (+200$)s and particle size %
>2y were found to be significantly (P=0.0l) higher in Area I, compared
to Area III. Calcium and manganese are also found to be higher, but
with less confidence (P=0.05). Organic carbon and hydrogen, and
-------
16
reactive phosphate vere found to be higher in Area III. Total phosphor-
ous of the sediment was the same in both area?•
A detailed statistical and chemical evaluation of the data is
currently underway -
i
Laboratory Study of Lake Cores
The data for the water-sediment core samples which were taken on
Cruise II and kept undisturbed for two months, are given in Table IV
and are plotted in Figure 2 (Stations 1, 3, U, 5, 17, 27, 29, 30, 31
and 33).
The sediments which are high in taconite tailings are much more
dense and coarse than non-tailings lake sediments. In areas of higher
rates of tailings depositions where definite layers are formed, the
wet density of the sedimented tailings is 1.8-2.0 gms/cm3 compared to
• natural lake bottom areas where the density is 1.0-1.2 gms/cm3. The
same comparison shows lake sedimented tailings to be coarser (80-95$
greater than 2p diameter) compared to natural lake bottom sediments
(15-35$ greater than 2\i diameter).
The consumption of oxygen in the sediments as indicated by oxygen
profiles of interface water from samples collected at all stations,
appear similar. The diffusion1*6'1*7 and consumption'*8'1'9 of oxygen by
sediments has been recently studied. Combinations of chemical and
biochemical oxygen demand result in oxygen depletion in the sediments.
Since Area III sediments contain more organic material than Area I
sediments, one could conclude that greater chemical oxygen demand
from tailings gives approximately equivalent oxygen consumption in
?
i
both tailings and non-tailings areas.
-------
17
All water-sediment core samples studied shoved that the direction
of transport was from the sediment interstitial lake water to the bulk
lake water. Well defined profiles for measured parameters plotted in
Figure 2 (all stations) show striking differences "between interstitial and
interface bulk vater—that portion which contacts the water-sediment
interface.
Manganese exchange can be seen strikingly.in Figure 2. Ferrous
iron is not detected above the sediment vater interface, indicating the
«
first several millimeters are aerobic. All parameters measured showed
well defined profiles indicating leeching from lake sedimented materials
into interstitial and bulk lake water -
.Any material which xs deposited on the lake "bottom and is subse-
quently dissolved in the interstitial water is potentially available for
further chemical and biological interaction in the lake system50- The
rate and extent of transport across the water sediment interface directly
affects the concentration of the material in both the interstitial water
and the bulk lake water.
The preliminary statistical treatment of data obtained from
cruise II indicate that statistically significant differences existed in
the concentrations of potassium and ortho phosphate in the bulk water
at 0.3 meters and 30 meters, measured from the sediment in Area I and
Area III. Moreover, measurable gradients for the concentrations of
silica, potassium, manganese, copper, and oxygen, were observed at
several stations with metals increasing and oxygen decreasing near
the sediment.
-------
The absence of pronounced gradients at all stations vas due,
in part, to lake currents and vertical turbulence vhich effectively
mix the water near the sediment with the bulk water of the lake. In
addition, organisms such as algae are efficient at removing essential
nutrients from the watersl >5lf and would reduce the likelihood that
discernible gradients would form in the water column. Additional
calculations are in progress to more fully understand and model the
exchange rates and transport mechanisms.
-------
19
A study of western Lake Superior during the summer of 1972 has
demonstrated that lake sediments contribute dissolved silica, calcium,
magnesium, potassium, manganese and ortho phosphate to the overlying
lake water.
The surface sediments in the area or Silver Bay, Minnesota, were
found to be mainly composed of taconite tailings covering an area
greater than 110 square miles. This layer vas found to be more than 8 cm
thick 1-3 miles off shore at Beaver Bay and Split Rock sampling
stations.
The composition of lake water in the area of Silver Bay, Minnesota,
when compared to an area at Hovland, Minnesota (70 miles up current, NE),
showed higher concentrations of potassium (+10$), manganese (+kQQ%),
suspended solids (+800$), and turbidity (+500$). Suspended solids in the
Silver Bay area are mainly composed of taconite tailings.
Interstitial water of lake sediments is much higher in concentra-
tions of dissolved components. Higher concentrations of silica (+30$),
magnesium (+50$), and copper (+200$) were found to occur in taconite
tailings sediment compared to lake sediments.
Samples of lake water collected at different depths indicate the
lake was generally well mixed. Measurable concentration gradients of
silica, potassium, manganese, copper and oxygen were observed at
several sampling stations, with metals increasing and oxygen decreasing
close to the water-sediment interface.
-------
20
Any material vhich is deposited on the lake bottom and is subse-
quently dissolved in the interstitial water is available for further
chemical and biological interaction in the lake system. Lake currents
and turbulence effectively mix the bulk water, eliminating extensive
concentration gradients. Undisturbed lake water-sediment cores stored
for two months at lake conditions, showed distinct concentration
profiles of dissolved substances exchanging from higher concentrations
in the interstitial water to the interface bulk vater. Earlier studies
demonstrated that taconite tailings dissolved under lake conditions in
the laboratory. These findings have now been documented in Lake
Superior. Lake sedimented taconite tailings continue to contribute
dissolved components to the interstitial and bulk water of the Lake.
-------
21
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Effects of Taconite on Lake Superior 1970, National Water Quality Lab-
oratory, U.S. D.I.9 FWPCAj Proceedings - Conference in the Matter of
Pollution of Lake Superior and its Tributary Basin, U.S. D.I., FWPCA,
2nd Session Vol. 1, pp. 222-32U, April 29-30, 1970.
2. Lake Survey District, Corps of Engineers,. Dept. of the Army, Lake Supe-
rior Charts and Data.
3. Farrand, W. R. and Zumberge, J. H. , Lake Superior Bathymetric Chart,
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 1966.
U. Olson, T. A. and others. Lake Superior Studies. 1956 - 1962, School of
Public Health, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis. 1962.
5- Adams, C. E. , Summer Circulation in Western Lake Superior. Great Lakes
Research Center, U.S. Lake Survey Destrict, Detroit, Michigan and
Variations in the Physics-Chemical Properties of Lake Superior, Lake
Survey Center, NOS, NOAA, Detroit, Michigan. Proc. 15th Cont. Great
Lakes Research 1972. pp. 22D-??6.
6. Csanady, G. T. Dispersal of Foreign Matter by the Currents and Eddies of
the Great Lakes. Publ. No. 15, Great Lakes Res. Div., University of
Michigan, pp. 283-29*4. 1966.
7. Hughes, J. D. and J. P- Farrell, and E. C. Monahan. Drift Bottle study
of the Surface Currents of Lake Superior. Michigan Academician,
2_ (U): 25-31. 1970.
8. Terrell, Robert E. and Theodore Green. Investigations of the Surface
Velocity Structure of Lake Currents. Linmol. Oceanog. 17: 158-l60. 1972
-------
22
BIBLIOGRAPHY (Cont.)
9. Smith, Ned P. A Comparison of Computed and Measured Currents in Lake
Superior. Proceedings of the 13th conference on Great Lakes Research.
969-977. 1970.
10. Ploeg, J. Wave Climate Study - Lake Superior. Great Lakes Res. Div. Pub.
No. 15, Univ. of Mich. 1966.
11. Laidly, William T. Surface Currents of the Great Lakes. Corps of Engineers,
Detroit, Michigan. March 18, 19M.
12. Ragotzkii, Robert and Michael Bratnick. Infrared Temperature Patterns on
Lake Superior and Inferred Vertical Motions. Publ. Nol 13, Great Lakes
Res. Div., University of Michigan, pp. 3^9-357. 1965.
13. Haley, K. M., Proceedings of the Conference of Pollution of Lake Superior
and its tributary Basin, U.S. D.I., FWPCA, Vol. U, 1969.
I1*. Baumgartner, D. J., et al. , Investigation of Pollution in Western Lake
Superior Due to Discharge of Mine Tailings, EPA, Pacific Northwest
Environmental Research Lab., Corvallis, Oregon. 1971.
)
15. Baumgartner, D. J., et al., Watei- Clarity in Relation to Fine Particulate
Matter in Lake Superior. EPA, Pacific Northwest Environmental Research
Lab., Corvallis, Oregon. 1972.
i
16. Cook, P. M. Distribution of Taconite Tailings in Lake Superior and in
Public Water Supplies. U. S. EPA, National Water Quality Laboratory,
Duluth, Minnesota. 1973.
17- Hutchinson, G. E., A Treatise on Limnology. Voli 1 & II, J. Wiley & Sons,
New York, 1957-
18. Stumm, W. and Morgan, J., Aquatic Chemistry, Wiley -'Interscience, New
/
York. 1970.
-------
23
BIBLIOGRAPHY (Cont-. )
19. Gould, R. F. Editor, Equilibrium Concepts in Natural Water Systems,
Adv. Chem. Series, No. 67. Am. Chem. Society, Washington, DC
20. Riley, J. P. and Skirrow, G., Chemical Oceanography. Vol. 122. Academic
Press, New York. 1965-
21. Brooks, R. R. , Presley, B. J. , and Kaplan, I. R. Trace Elements in
the Interstitial Waters of Marine Sediments. Geochem. Cosmochim.
Acta, 32: 397-HlU. 1968.
22. Runnells, Donald D., Diagenesis, Chemical Sediments, and the Mixing of
Natural Waters. J. of Sedimentary Petrology 39(3): 1188-1201.
23. Hayes, F. R. , B. L. Reid and M. L. Cameron. Lake ¥ater.and Sediment II.
Oxidation-Reduction relations at the Mud-Water 'Interface. Limnol.
Oceanog..3: 308-317. 1958.
2k. Gorham, Eville. Observations on the Formation and Breakdown of the
Oxidized Microzone at the Mud Surface in lakes. Limnol. Oceanogr.
3: 291-298. 1958.
25. Piotrowicz, Stephen R. Trace Metal Enrichment in the Sea-Surface
»
Microlayer. Journal of Geophysical Research, 77(27): 52U3-5251*. 1972.
26. Krauskopf, Konrad B. Factors Controlling the Concentrations of 13 Rare
Metals in Sea-water. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, 9' 1-32B. 1956.
27. Krauskopf, Konrad B. Separation of Manganese from Iron in Sedimentary
Processes. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta 12: 6l-81*. 1957-
28. Hem, John D. Chemical Equilibria and Rates of Manganese Oxidation.
Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 1667-A; 1-6H. 1963.
29. Hem, John D., Deposition and Solution of Manganese Oxides. Geological
Survey Water-Supply Paper 1667-B. 1-1)2. 196)4.
-------
BIBLIOGRAPHY (Cont.)
!
30. Gorham, Eville, and Dalway J. Swaine. The Influence of Oxidizing and
Reducing Conditions Upon the Distribution of Some Elements in Lake
I
Sediments. Limnol. and Oceanogr-, 10: 268-279- 1965.
I •
31. Hayes, F. R. and J. E. Phillips. Lake Water and Sediment. Limnol. Oceanog.
3: U59->*75. 1958.
!
32. Gamerman, R. C. Aqueous Phosphate and Lake Sediment Interaction, Proc.
13th Conf. Great Lakes. Research. 673-682. 1970.
<
33. Parashiva Murthy, A. S. and Ferrell, Jr. R. E. Comparative Chemical
i
Composition of Sediment Interstitial Waters. Clays and Clay Minerals,
20: 317-321. 1972.
3l*. Rodin, E. Y. Behavior of Nonconservative Pollutants in Aqueous Environ-
ments. J. Water Poll. Contr. Fed., Ul: 1475-1+81. 1969.
35. Berner, R. A., Chemical Kinetic Models of Early Diagenesis., J. Geological
Education. October 1972. 267-272.
36. Krauskopf, Konrad B.^ Dissolution and Precipitation of Silica at Lov
Temperatures. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, 10: 1-26. 1956.
37. Morey, G. W. The Solubility of Quartz in Water in the Temperature Interval
from 25° to 300° C. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta 26: 1029-101*3.
1962.
38. Okamoto, Go. Properties of Silica in Water- Geochimica et Cosmochimica
Acta, 12: 123-132. 1957.
39. Goldich, Samuel S. A Study in Rock Weathering. J. Geol., U6: 17-58. 1938.
1*0. Huang, W. H. and Keller, W. D. Dissolution of Silicates in Organic Acids,
Am. Mineral. 55= '2076. 1970.
-------
25
BIBLIOGRAPHY (Cont.)
1*1. Standards Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 13 ed.,
Am. Public Health Assoc.9 Washington, D.C. 1971.
1*2. Cook, P. M., X-ray Diffraction Methods for the Study of the Distribution
/
of Taconite Tailings in Lake Superior Sediments, Water and Substrates.
EPA, NWQL, Duluth, Minnesota. 1973.
1*3. Krawczyk, D. F., Chief, Consolidated Laboratory Services., EPA, NERC,
Corvallis, Oregon, Analysis were preformed at NERC under the direction
of.
1*1*. Childs, C. W. and Alfsen, B'. E. and Christie, 0. H. J. on Relative Mobility
of Iron and Manganese in Sediment processes., Nature Phy. Sci., 2Ul:
119. 1973.
1*5. Hem, J. D. Increased Oxidation Rate of Manganese Ions in Contact with
Felspar Grains. U.S. Geol. Survey Prot. Paper 1*75-C, 216-217. 1963.
Denver, Colorado.
1*6. Bouldin, D. R. , Models for DescriDing the Diffusion of Oxygen and Other
Mobile Constituents Across the Mud-Water Interface. J. Biology 56:
77-87. 1968. ' '
U7. St. Denis, C. E. and Fell, C. J. D., Diffusivity of Oxygen in Water,
Can. J. Chem. Eng. 1*9: 885. 1971.
1*8. Howeler, R. H. , The Oxygen Status of Lake Sediments. J. Environ. Quality,
1:366-371. 1972.
1»9. McDonnell, A. J. and Hall, S. D. , Effect of Environmental Factors on
Benthal Oxygen Uptake. J. Water Poll. Control Fed., Hi: 353-363- 1969.
-------
26
BIBLIOGRAPHY (Cont.)
50. Lee, G. F., Factors Affecting the Transfer of Materials betveen Water
and Sediments. Lit. Rev. No. 1, Eutrophication Information Prog.
Water Resources Center, University of Wisconsin, Madison. 1970.
51. Schelske, C. L. and Stoerraer, E. F., Eutrophication, Silica Depletion,
and Predicted Changes in Algal Quality in Lake Michigan, Science
173: U23-U2U. 1971. and Phosphorus, Silica and Eutrophication of
Lake Michigan. Am. Soc. Limn. 2nd Ocean. Special Symp. on Nutrients
and Eutrophication, Vol. I. 157-171. 1972.
52. Watt, W. D. and Hayes, F. R., Tracer Study of the Phosphorous Cycle in
Sea Water. Limnol. 2nd Oceanogr. 8_: 276-285, 1963.
53. Bella, D. A. , Simulating the Effect of Sinking and Vertical Mixing on
Algal Population .Dynamics. J. Water- Poll. Control Fed. U2: ll»0-152.
1970.
51*. O'Brien, W. J. , Limiting Factors in Phytoplankton Algae: Their Meaning
and Measurement. Science 178: 6l6-6l7. 1972.
-------
<$> ,
FIGURE 1 a.
<$>
S
O
T
-01" °: f «
•••-••' : ^ -
o '•«*—%•
^xr i^u^j^«^. v
•^&>—-7 / « X" ""r" '^< •'•
>O?>**'* *y J'','V 2S Jll -r"""'";
"..^ " "
-*^--
,-»i
.. ' ^i—'•** »'
" «
-------
Crystal Bey
Baptism fiver
Palisade
Head
•
11
12
•
R
13
LAKE SUPERIOR
1972 Area I
8 tat loon
SilTer
Delta
I 'Beaver I.
'Pellet I.
• Beaver Bay
Point
•10
Minnesota , Wisconsin
Gooseberry
Reef
5000 Meters
Encampment 1.
3 Statute Miles
O
-------
•
35
35
37
38
Bip; Fey
Lake Superior
1912 Area III
Stations
Kovl and
30
•
31
32
33
Brule Fiver
26
•
27
•28
Ter.perance
River
Ttconlte
' Harbor
/ I'uf'nr 1,'tnf (V.v
5000 Ke
3 Jtnl.ut.1! nll'n
Superior
19T2 Area II
Stttloas
or.
-------
Figure 2. Profiles of Component Exchange Across the Water-Sediment
Interface of Cores Taken in Lake Superior. 12 pages.
-------
-------
V-
a
cfl
1*1 O
i"°
^-3S
d
C^Ca.
i i i i i i i i
to'
to'
/o*
so*
10*
-------
-------
2. SrtcA\Dv\ 5
-------
t,
•U srl GWV, Mn
a v ' ' \
S > u X
£
-* Jf
f £7
9
en
i
s "
h
<
^
P "
g
§ ^
ui n
& °
Z-IA
§
vS-3J
$-te
<
&-I3
&
\
A
'
/ 1
^^
A*%w
^> ^^
Cu POM ^x
\ I
- - - *&*•
; \i&xix- \
„ Suli^CrtV th*
II
-------
/L
-------
,1 .,1 l_l- l-Ll J J 1—> I I U
-------
-------
u>vv
-------
-------
-------
?&
•
u.
01
St
3Y
en
"
,3 a
-------
Figure 3. X-ray diffraction patterns of sediments from Station 7
Sediment
Depth
Size
0 -
2.5 -
5.0 -
7.5 -
2,5 cm
5.0 cm
7-5 cm
10 cm
<2u
<2u
<2p
<2p
Depth
Size
I 0 - 2.5 cm <2u
2.5 -
5.0 -
7.5 -
5.0 cm
7.5 cm
10 cm
<2y
<2M
<2y
-------
-------
PAWTKLE sue ANALYSIS
LAKE SuPtnOH STUDY JULY-OCTOSErt (872
CO
oo ^
CO
• 55-J
SIZE MALVSIS
LAKE surfieon sruor JUU-OCTCGCU 1972
W
I
PAATICLC VOLUME: • cuoic MICAONS
*)^Xl''iA^1^ i^JtiiAiio O A A S>
"• s -5 3 5 s s H g 3 e 3 |- 1 ? 2 | f |
** *
PMTlClt VOLUMC'CuOiC
1
«oJ
S ro-l
9>2E ANALYSIS
UKE SUPERlOD STUDY JULV-OCTOOCH I07J
SIZE ANALTSJS
LAKE SUPCaiM STUOr JULr-OCTOOCR 1972
•IS--1
J. i * *"i -. ;. i a A 4 A 4 4 A i " """T
3 3 n S £ 2 * 1 5 S I 5 2 | | 3
I^KHO-TO?
W/LUin'Kt
UILT\ 4f >e
OTlt nioiff^
ITAIWt
•VUUtATfVC AMI pwramTttl
VO^UVC MUCtUt »» PMTfCI4
V«.OUt
• KfrnmTtu
._-_._* 0
f rnr* tun rn
^ i ^ C i * * i % * * « * * ^ ^ o o v>
* b, s I s ; J s g s « g « § s j | f |
Figure
-------
Table I. Cruise I, July 18-21, 1972.
Water and Sediment Analysis
Station
location A B
N. Lat. 47°13.6' 47°10.9'
W. Lone. 91°17.4' 91°20.5'
Depth (M) 234 225
Sample location
relative to water-
sediment cl c3
interface (ccO
Specific ~i-9
conductivity", ;
, . i -4.4
(ymho/ca, 7 ,
18 C) -15.2
+2.5
-1.9
-3.8
PH -4.4
-7.6
-15.2'
+2.5
E'h -1.9
my, -3.8
saturated -4.4
Cl'.Ag -7.6
electrode -15.2
+2.5 12.4(12}
Dissolved -1.9 3.6
oxygen -3.8 <1
Bg/1 <*C) -4.4
-7.6
-15.2
+2.5 _ c3
Klnerology ^ -1.9 C,Q;98 C,Q;96
Z>2v -3.8
-4.4
-7.6
-15.2
C
47°09
91°16
290
cl
84
94
308
7.5
6.8
6.9
350
290
230
12.2(5)
6.3(5)
.8'
.6'
C3
74
106
195
6.9
7.0
6.7
190
-60
-60
8.3
<1
<1
C,Q;89
C.Q.ch.i
Q.ch.M
D
47°31
90°45
185
cl
94
188
197
222
7.5
7.3
7.0
7.1
275
220
120
12.5(5)
7(5)
4(5)
<1(5)
m;90
;36
.4'
.5'
c3
142
162
185
7.3
7.1
7.1
250
260
270
2.2
2.1
2.0
C,q,Ch;46
c,Q,Ch; 34
Q,Ch,H;29
E
47°26
.90°53
245'
cl
95
175
151
174
7.6
7.5
6.9
7.0
290
130
110
+5
_13.2(6Jt
6.2(8)
2.7(10
<1(10)
.6"
.4'
c3
205
205
179
6.9
7.3
6.9
180
120
-10
3.0
)
2.4
<1
C,Q;53
Ch.c,Q;29
Q,Ch,M;24,
F
47°28.3'
90°50.3'
200
c3
208
242
242
6.8
6.7
6.7
300
280
275
6.0
3.2
2.0
G
47'12
91°11
273
cl
93
108
162
193
7.
7.
7.
-
220
160
70
-105
12.
6.
2.
-------
Table II.
Cruioe I. July 18 - 21. 1972 Voter
Parameter
Station
Depth (M)
Saaple
Location
2
SiO? 2a
ag/1 I
Ca.
06/1
HS
mg/1
Da
E
og/1
Cu
vg/1
Mn
Fe
P8/1
Turbldlt/
Suspended
Solldsfe/1)
Minerals6
in E.S.
Specific
Conductancee
Oxygen
Kg/1
P-
V
2
2o
4
2
2a
3
4
2
2a
3
4
2
2a
3
4
2
2a
3
4
2
2a
3
4
2
3
2 0
2 1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
S&mp] e I/)cat Ions
1 27M t'low aur'-scc.
2 3-?M bhovc £cdlncnt.
A
234
2.5
2^6
15.9
14.3
64.3
2.9
3.1
11
1.2
3L.ii
0.50
l't>
3.2
1.2
8*5
25
0.7
20
2
1200
.6 o.
.1 1.
C.Q
80.8
82.2
13.2
13.2
(5.0)
_
2.HO
260
B
225
V
14.5
2.8
1.2
0.50
1.2
1.3
4
4 0.7
2 0.7
C.Q
80.7
81.1
13.2
(4.0)
13.2
7.7
7.7
298
290
C
2.b
u!s
15
2.9
2.9
3.2
3.2
1.2
1.2
1.3
l.T
O.50
0.50
0.72
0.84
11
•27
230
b
2400
0.5
0.3
c.«
80.7
81.3
13.2
13.2
(1.0)
7.8
7.8
297
290
C n cunnlngtonlte; Q=
a ° upblbole
D
185
2.4
2.5
16
13.3
13.2
16.7
14.3
2.9
3.1
3.2
2.7
0.92
0.92
1.0
2.7
0.92
0.41
0.52
1.3
1.4
1.2
13
13
1.0
0.6
7.9
210
12
30
2400
0.2
0.1
Q, Ch,
80.7
60.6
13. t>
(U.2)
13. 4
C..5)
7.8
6.0
300
299
quarts;
E
245
2)3
2.3
25
15.2
15.2
12.6
J5.7
2.7
2.8
2.8
3.8
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.1
0.46
0.48
0.48
0.81
1.6
1.3
2.9
1400
0.4
0.6
3.0
21
2
8
7
2400
0.2
0.1
a
60.4
80.5
13.1
13.0
(5.5)
7.8
8.0
269
282
V
200
-
-
-
:
_
-
-
-
0.5
0.3
Q.Ch.i
80.7
80.6
13.2
13.2-
(h.5)
7.7
7.9
292
288
O
273
36
14.5
15.5
13 .6
10.7
2.8
2.7
2.8
1.2
2.2
1.2
3.2
0.46
0.49
0.49
13
5-9
27
0.5
5.8
1500
4
59
22
5600
0.5
0.5
C.Q.
80.7
80.8
13.3
(4.2)
13.2
(4.5)
7.8
7.8
291
290
B
285
2.b
2.1)
2.3
n
11. .6
20.0
28.6
3.0
3.2
1.8
3.*
0.95
0.94
1.2
2.1
0.43
0.42
0.51
0.64
1.4
1.1
5.1
18
0.5
3.7
15
2000
3
17
74
hOOO
0.4
0.1
Q.Ch,
80.7
81.1
13.3
(fc.O)
13.3
(4.2)
7.8
7.8
298
293
I
255
2.3
2.3
2.1
25
lfc.5
1U.6
1«.3
21.4
2.7
2.7
2.6
6-5
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.5
•0.49
0.48
0.4.4
0.42
1.7
1.4
12
0.55
2700
5
35
1U
350
0.3
0.2
a C,Q
81.2
80.6
13.3
(U.O)
13.2
(lt.1.) _
7.8
7.9
298
295
Ch " chlorite
3 10-PG cm oU.y: 0"'lin»nt ,aHneh 2100A, JTU
4 0-7.C cm of Bedlracnt. e . . ,00 -
a,. .... . iialioa/cn, 18° C
TlnflKered '
bCtatlon Ap n. lAt. 47" 13.1*
V. l/5nE.,91° 37.6'
av, ve oaturated caloael electrode
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24. 1972
STA7IOS 1. Latitude N47*10.7' , longitude H91°22.0'
• Depth to Sediment 194 Meters.
WATER AKD SEDIMENT ANALYSIS
WATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centiaetera)
226
100
30
„
e
«•»,
Si02
og/1
2.5
2.6
k 2.6
Ca Hg Na
• Og/1 Dg/1 Bg/1
14.0
13.6
13.4 '2.7 1.1
K Cu
og/1 pg/1
0.43
0.37
0.37 1.1
Hn Fe PC
M$/l fg/1 vt
1.6
1.1 <
2.0 1.0 <
Oxygen Specific
i$~ dissolved conductance
P/l mg/1 (*C) umho/cm
18"C
:l 12.9 (6.1)1 82.8
12.8 (6.9)0
:1 12.8 (5. 2)"
1 12.8(5.7)v 81. 9f
Miner-
alogy
C, Q.£
ch
Tur-
bidity
JTU
3.4f
Susp.
solids
Bg/1
8./
-1.3 ci 20 10.2 3
c] 25 14.8 4
-3.8. ci 27 11.4 3
03 27 16.2 4
-6.3 cj 33 17.0 5
£3 27 17.8 5
SEDIMENT
Saaple location
relative to sediment
water Interface C H
(centimeters) gn/kg go/kg
-1,3 <1 <1
-3.8 <1 <1
-6.3
-8.9
.-11. 4
-14.0
.1 1.5
.6 1.5
.8 1.6
.8 1.7
.1 2.8
.8 2.2
N P
go/kg ng/kg
<1 0.096
<1 0.073
1.2 8.7
1.3 11
0.96 17
1.1 19
0.93 31
1.1 12
Particle Particle
size volune
X > 2|i V
96 676
95
96
94
62
60
2.7
211
301
606
1440
685
79 425
14 <25
103 <25
18.5 <25
155 <25
16 <2J . -
Cuaaingtonlte Quarts Aaphibole Chlorite Mica
•M- -M-
•H- ++•
•H- -M-
•H- «•
- -f
-
++ +*
•H- -H-
•H- -K
•f^ +t
-rt +f
•M- •**
C,Q,ch
C.O.ch
W | <4|brl
•C.Q.ch
Feldspar
Notes on sampling:
a: by puap> -240 cm below L. 1.5
yi 36
EI 30
Saople handling
alt storage in teflon
dti centrlfuga-filtrdtlOD
d2: dilution-filtration
oi: color (Fall)
Mineraiogy
•H-.Ci.caJor peak intensity
+,c: olnor paak Intensity
-! <.l chart division
<2p fraction lefc column
>2v fraction right coition
C - cun-.tungtonite
9 - quarts
ch - chlorite
H - mice
a - aophibolo
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 2 . Latitude N47'09.4' , JonBitudc H91°20.5' .
' Depth to Sedimant 276 Meters.
HATER AND SEDIMENT ANALYSIS
HATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
tote
a:
01,
ci:
cat
water Interface S102 Co Mg N4i
(centimeters) mg/1 ag/l mg/l mg/1
3050 c 2.6 12.6 2.7 1.2
226 d 2.7 13.2
100 a 3.2 13.2
30 o 2.7 13.0 2.8 1.2
-1.3. cl 25 9.4 1.1
0 25 13.6 1.4
-3.8 ci 22 1.7
C3 26 1.8
-6.3 ci 24
cs 32
SEDIMENT
Saople location
eslatlve to sediment
uaee? interface C B H P .
(centlTaetcra) Qn/lcg gra/kg gm/Icg tag/kg
-1.3 111 0.104
-3.8 111 0.080
-6.3
-8.S
-11. «
-14.0
a on oakling: • Sampler, depth to »a
by pun?, -240 c« below L. Bus-face Hlaklo Van Ooro
21 nasple tCTbtd b: 18,300 d: 226
3.8 ca 2v >> CuEmlngtoaito Quarcc Aaphibole Chlorite Mica Falflopar
93 420 -M- +* •«••*+
93 +«. 4+ ' ++ ++
90 ++•+*• +t +t
40 -•*•+<•«•
37 — + « . A*
38 •-.•«• «• «•
ter-sedlment interface (co) + Sample hand 1 too Hineralsgy
Benthoa all otorago in teflon -«-»C: iMjor pook intensity c - cuma^.nptoniKo
g: 61 -1: 28 p:'19 t: 7:4 at 34" dlt centrlluea-Ciltcetloa *0ci cloor pooli iatoaalty q _ quarts
hs 59 QI 27 qi IS ut 5.6 jri 36 dzt dilution-filnrstisa -i 3)i issceion rtel1' eolesa o . aoptvibola
-------
"Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 3, Latitude N47'07,3' • longitude W91«U.1'
• Depth to Sediment 285 Hetera.
HATER
WATER AND SEdHOT ANALYSIS
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface
(ceatlnetera)
3050 c
a, a:
a
30 k
27 •
-1.3 c»
c3
-3.8 el
c3
8102
.8/1
3.1
1
2.7
25
22
18
26
Ca
•mg/1
12.6
12.8
12.1
12.6
10.2
16.2
16.2
9.4
Kg
-8/1
2.6
2.7
2.4
3.7
4.3
2.S
Na
mg/1
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.4
2.2
1.5
K
mg/1
0.37
0.38
0.76
1.2
2.1
1.5
Cu
ng/1
1.3
•1.2
11
15
11
11
Hn
WS/1
0.3
0.3
2.4
3.2
5.6
5000
1400
Fe
MBA
2.0
1.3
56
23
9.0
140
Oxygen Specific
POj' dissolved conductance Miner-
US PA BS/1 <*C)
<1 12.8(5.5)C
<1 12.5(7.2)3
<1 12.6(7.0)^
<1 12.7(6.2)'
12.6(4.7)*
12.7(5.9)*
<: 12.8(4.1)°
12.6(4.8)*
42
<25
<2S
«25
linho/CB ilogy
18'C
75.2
82. 3a
83.2, C,Q,chf
81.7
C.Q.ch
C 0,ch
Tur- Susp .
toldity aollda
JTU mg/1
0.3 0.6
3.0* 5.6f
-
-6.3 ci
17.0 4.0
3.7
12
980
10
<25
SEDIMENT
Sample location
relative to sediment Particle Particle '
water interface
(centimeters)
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
C H H P site YOlrae
ga/kg go/kg go/kg ing/kg Z > 2 H v Cumnlngtonite Quarts Anphlbole Chlorite Mica Feldapat
1 <1 2 0.118 89 118 - +* +* -H- -H-
<1 <1 <1 0.064 87 -H- -H- -H- -H-
58 •«• * -H- t+
- + ++
Notes on sampling: Sampler, d
at by pimp, -240 CB below L. surface Klskin
bl,2l Mania turbid - - - bi 18,300
ell 3.8 CB dla. Phlegor cores ci 3,050
eat 6.) cm tit, lenthoa COIM It 70
eji Intpek dr«tg« ki 30
epth to we
Van Porn
d; 226
81 100
iter-sediment interface (cm) +
Benthoa
8s
hi
ii
Ji
61
59
57
38
1:
mi
m
ei
28
27
2)
21
p; 19
qi 15
vt 13
it 11
c;
Ul
VI
VI
7.4
5.6
3.8
t.S
XI
yi
81
34
36
30
Sample handling K
.all storage in teflon +
drt centrifuge-filtration
dil
oil
dilution-filtration
color (mi) <
*
Mineralogy
•H-,Ci major peak intensity
t,oi Dinar peak intenalty
=i
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 4 , Latitude K47"07.2' , longitude K91°16.6'
• Depth to Sediment 215 Meterfi.
WATER AMD SEDBfD? ANALYSIS
HATER
Sample location
relative to sedieent
cater Interface
(centimetcro)
3050
30
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3-
c
c3
C3
C3
S102
Bg/1
2.6
2.6
26
34
30
Ca
s.g/1
12.4
13.2
11.5
5.1
4.2
MS
Hg/1
2.7
3.2
2.3
1.1
1.2
Ha
eg/1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.3
K Cu
Qg/1 Jlg/1
0.39 1.2
0.40 .1.6
0-92 11
0 .80 14
0.86 6.2
Ha
Hg/1
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.4
2.6
Oxygen
Fa P0£~ dissolved
K8/1 Vg ?/l "8/1 <*c>
12.6(7.2)*
. '.y _ v' Cunningtonitei Quartz Aaphikola Chloric* Mica Foldapar
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
6 3 2 0.198 78 63 -H- 1* ++ ++
t <1 <1 0.054 51 + * ++ -w-
31 •+ + j « t »
36 » + **
+4
+4
Roteo oo saopllng: .
a: by pump, -240 ca below L. aurfa
bl,2: tuple turbid
en 3.8 cm dl». Phlegcr core*
czi 6.3 cm dla. Beatho* core*
en Ship** dredge
Sanpler,"depth to vater-aedinent interface (CB)*
Niakin Ten Porn Benthos
d: 226
b: 18.300
c> 3.050 et 100
fi 70
kl 30
g: 61' IT 28 p; 19 t: 7.« x: 34
hi 59 »i 27 41 IS u: 5.6 yi 36
1: 57 ni 23 rt 13 v: 3.* «i 30
Jl 38 ei 21 •! U «i 1.5
Snple handling'
all storage in teflon
dli centrifugo-filtrstion
dli dilution-filtration
oil color (Fell)
Mineralogy
-H-,C: aajor p_eak intensity
•;-,c; minor peak intensity
-I <1 chart division
<2|i fraction left calinm
>3v fraction right column
C. •• cummingtonito
Q - quartz
ch - chlorite
H - alca
• - Mphibola
-------
"Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 5 . Latitude N47*05.8' » Ion«ltu*e W91*14.6'
• Depth to Sediaent W3 Meters
WATER AND SEDIMENT ANALYSIS
HATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface SiOj Ca Mg Na
(centimeters) mg/1 .mg/1 tjg/1 mg/1
3050 c 2.6 11.8 1.2
226 d 12.8
100 e 12.8
30 k 2.6 12.6 2.7 1.1
bl 3.4 12.8 2.7- 1.2
27 • 2.3 12.0 2.7
3.8 v 6.2 11.6 2.6
-1.3 c2 32 8.5 1.9 1.3
-3.8 c2 20 11.9 2.8 2.2
-6.3 c2 20 16.1 3.6 3.0
SEDIMENT
Sample location
relative to sediment
water Interface C H N P
(centimeters) go/kg gn/kg gin/kg mg/kg
-1.3 22 8 4 0.220
-3.8 6 <1 <1 0.150
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
Oxygen Specific
K Cu Ma Fe Po£~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur-
mg/1 ug/1 ' ug/1 ug/1 yg P/l mg/i (*c) pnho/cm alogy bldlty
18'C JTU
0.37 1.4 <1 12.6(9.8)' 80.6 0.81
1.6 l.o 12.7(5.8) 83.1
12.7(5.0)
1.9 12.6(10.5)r c,Q, 2.7f
ch
0.42 1.2 2.0 2.1 3.5 12.6(5.7)
1.2 <.J 14
0.40 1.7 0.3 <1 81.1.
°.3* 1.4 <.l 9.0 65.7
1.0 5.0 3.8 '56 78 c Q
2.4 6.0 250 20 <25 Q Ch
H, a
3.0 7.5 550 30 <23 Q Ch
H, a
Particle Particle
>lte volune
Z > 2u u* Cunmlngtonlte Quarts Aaphibole Chlorite Mica Feldspar
40 20 + + -H- -H-
30 --****•
29 - - ++ +*
33 - - -H- ++
37
33 --+++*
Susp.
solids
mo/1
1.2
tote* on sampling: Sampler, depth to water-sediment interface (cm) * Sample handling Mineralogy
a: by puop. -240 ca below L. surfaca Nlskln Van Horn Benthos ai: sCorage in teflon -H-.C: major peak intensity g . rilpm
bl,J! sample turbid b: 18,300 d: 226 g: 61 -1: 28 p: 1,9 C; 7.4 xi M di: centrifuge-filtration *.c: nloor peak intensity Q. quartz"
ci: 3.8 cm di*. Phlegor cores c: 3,050 »i 100 hi 59 •: 27 41 IS u; 3.6 yl 36 d2t dilution-filtration -; <1 chart division ch _ chlorlto
ejt 6.3 cm dla. Banlhaa cores ft 70 i: 57 n: 23 ri 13 v: 3.8 si 30 sli color (Fell) <2|i fraction left column M - mien
CJ! Shlpck dredge k: 30 jl 38 O: 21 si 11 wi 1.5 >2n fraction right colutm « _ anphibola
-------
Table III
Cruise II, Septenber 18-24, 1972
STATION' 6 , Latitude N47°14.5' , longitude H91M6.8'.
• Depth to Sediment 215 Meters.
WATER
WATER AMD SJPDfEOT ANALYSIS
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centimeters)
3050
226
c
d
Si02
Dg/1
2.6
2.8
Ca
ng/1
12.6
13.2
Mg
mg/1
3.0
Ka
mg/1
1.1
EC
g/l Cg P/l m8'1 ' C^ W mho/cm
18'C
<1 1.0 13.0(4.9). 83.5
12.4(9.0)
1.7 <1 12.9(8.0) 82.3
Miner- Tur-
alogy bidlty
JTU
1.7
Susp.
solids
mg/1
5.4
100
30
2.8 12.4 0.42
2.6 13.0 2.7 1.2 0.42
1.1
3.5
T.I
1.0
13.0(7.8)
12.9(7.1) 83.5£
SEDIXEST
Sample location
relative to sediment Particle Particle
water interface C H N P size voluae
(centimeters) gm/kg go/kg go/kg mg/kg Z > 2-u v' Cummlngtonit* Quarts Aaphlbole Chlorite Klca
rh
?cidipar
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
Not** oo Mapllng: Sanpler, depth to vi
it py puaf>, -240 CB below L. aurfac* Hi akin Van Porn
bl.Ji laaple turbid bt 18,300 d: 226
Cll 3.8 CB dla, Phlegor core* ci 3,050 at 100
C2i 6.3 o dia. Benthoi cor** t I 70
C3i fhlpck dredga fcl 30
iter-sedlnent interface (CB) t
Bentho*
g: 61
h: 59
l! 57
Jl 38
1: 28
• i 27
ni 23
o: 21
p: 19
qi 15
r: 13
• I 11
t: 7.4
u: 5.6
vi 3,»
•i 1.5
xi 34
yi 36
II 30
Sample handling
*H storage in teflon
dt * centrtfuge-flltration
421 dllutiop-f iteration
ell color (Fall)
Hit
•H-,
•f,
<2j
>2|
Mineralogy
•H-,C: major peak intensity
t,c: minor peak intensity
-t <1 chart division
i fraction left coluon
i fraction right coluan
C - cuaniJngtppit*
Q - quart*
ch - chlorite
H - Blca
• - anphibola
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24. 1972
STAT10H 7, Utltuuo N47M3.4' , longitude Wl'
• Depth to Sediment 271 Meters.
HATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
WATER AND SEDQfEHI ANALYSIS
water interface SiOj
(centimeters) atg/1
Ca Kg Ha
.Bg/1 mg/1 mg/1
3050 e 2.6 12.4 3.1 1.1
100 e 2.6 13.6
30 k 2.6 12.6 2.7 1.2
-1.3 d 20 11.9 3.1 1.4
-3.8 cl 42 10,2 2.9 2.0
-6.3 0 32 12.7 3.4 2.8
SEDIMENT
Saaple location
relative to sediment
water interface C B H P
(eentlneters) gm/kg go/kg ("/kg ng/kg
lot*
a:
bl.
ci:
tit
C3l
-1.3 <1
-3.8 <1
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
<1 3 0.067
<1 <1 0.050
• on »«npllng: Sampler, depth to wa
by pua\p. -240 ca below L. surface Nlifcln Van Dora
2> sample turbid b: 18.300 d: 226
J.8 CB dla. Fhleger cores el 3.0SO •< 100
(.3 ca dia. Benthos cotes ft 70
Shlpek dredge kt 30
K Cu Mn Fe P0j~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur- Susp.
mg/1 ug/1 Mg/1 ug/1 yg P/l ng/l(*C) u mho/cm alogy bidity solids
18*C JTU og/1
0.44 1.2 0.2 <1 <1 13.0(5.0) 82.5 - 0.3 0.6
12.4(9.1)*
0.40 . 1.4 12.8(8.0) - C.Q.ff 1-9* 2.4*
0.47 3.4 2.4 1.5 <1 12.7(8.2) 79. 9f
1.6 10 1.2 12 <25 - - C. Q
1.1 21 24 330 <25 - - c 2|i v1 Cumaingtonite Quartt Aaphlbol* Chlorite Mica Feldspar
96 2074 -H- -M- ++ ++
95 +*++*+++
85 -f ++ -H- ++•
27 -H- -H-
29 ..+*«.
24 __«.++
ter-aedlment interface (CD) 1- Sample handling Mineralogy
Benthos «l: utorage in teflon ++.C: major peok intensity Q , cilTinlngror
g: 61 It 28 p: 19 t: 7.4 xi 14 dt: centrifuge-flltrecion +,ci oinor peak iDtensity q . qmrti
h: 59 mi 27 2f fraction right colunn c . utphlbol*
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 8. Latitude N47*11.9' . longitudeH91°12.9'
•Depth to Sediment 286 Meters.
HATER AMI S£DBfm ANALYSIS
HATER
Sample location
relative to sedicant
voter interface SiOj
(centimeters) ng/1
Ca Mg Na
rng/1 mg/1 og/1
3050 c 2.6 12.2 . 2.7 1.2
226 * 2.6 13.2
100 e 2.9 12.0
30 t>l 3.0 12.6 2.8 1.2
-1.3' cl 26 34.8 5.6 1.5
-3.8 cl 22 48. S 7.8 2.6
-6.3 «> 24 55.6 9.0 3.0
SEDIMEKT
Saaple location
relative to sediment
water interface C H C P
(centimeters) go/kg go/kg ga/kg ag/kg
'
-1.3 2u V9 Cuamlnatoaita Quarts Aophibolo Chiorico Kica ?oldsp«r
97 1284 -K- -H- «+ «-
93 4+ •«• ++ +4-
94 •«• -H- ++ -H-
94 «••«•++•«• d>
SO + -H- 4+ ++
65 * -«• -M- •«•
iter-sedlment Interface (CB) + Sample handling Mineralogy
Benthos alt storage in toflon -H-,C: major peak intensity c - cummingtonlta
gt 61 1: 28 p! 19 t! 7.4 x: 34 di: -centrlfuga-flltrotloa «-.et ninor peak intanelty -Q- quartz ' "
h! 59 n: 27 qt IS u« J.6 y« 36 42; dtlutlon-silwatioa -i <1 chart division ch - chlorite
it 57 nt 23 si 13 v: 3.8 >: 30 oil' color (Fell) <2(i froctton left colusa n- nica
^t 38 s: 21 «: 11 wi 1.5 >Jn fraction right colunn 0 _ saphibolo
-------
III
Cruise II, September 18-24. 1972
STATION 9 , Latitude N47*10.8' . longitude
• Depth to Sediment 212 Meters.
HATES AND SEPPJBJT ANALYSIS
WATER
Sample location
relative to sedioent
water interface SiOj C« Mg Na
(ceotlaeters) ag/1 .ag/1 ng/l mg/1
3050 c 2.9 12.4. 2.7 1.1
226 d 2.8 12.0
100 e 2.8 12.4 2.7 1.2
30 k 2.9 12.6 2.7 1.2
-1.3 cl 22 8.5 1.9 1.1
-3.8 cl 32 4.2 1.0 1.1
-6.3 cl 28 3.4 .76 1.3
SEDIMENT
Saaple location
relative to sediment
vater interface C H H P
(centimeters) go/kg go/kg ga/kg og/kg
-1.3 943 0.105
-3.8 21 5 2 0.054
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
— ,w — -r
X Cu Hn Ps to} dissolved conductance Miner- Tur- Susp.
ng/1 wg/1 |ig/l ug/1 tig P/l ng/i («c) pnho/cm «logy bidity solids
18*C JTU BiE)/l
0.47 1.0 2.8 <1 <1 12.7(4.9) 74.4 - 2-5 3.6
12.1(9.5)
6.40 . 1.3 12.6(9.0) 82.8 . _
0.44 1.3 2.4 <1 <1 12.6(8.5) - C'^> 2.8f 4.5f
ch
0.44 2.6 1.2 <1 <1 . 12.8(7.0) 81.7* -' .
°'" ?•» .8 34 <2S - - CQ
0.65 13 23 124 - - c Q
Ch M
0.56 5.6 6.8 320 182 - - Q Ch
M, a
•
Particl* Particle
Size VOlUBC
I > 2 p. v1 Cunmingtonite Quarts Anphlbole Chlorite Mica Feldspar
79 81 ++ ++ •«-*• •H-
32 + + -H- ++
29 - - ++ -H-
30 __+<•••-»•
31 - - ++
Dates on sampling: Sampler, depth to water-sediment interface (cm)+ Sample handling Mineralogy
• i by puap, -Z40 ca below L. aurfM* NiBktn Van Porn Benthos an storage In teflon -H-.C: oajor peak intensity e _ euuutiogtonito
bl,2: saaple turbid . . b: 18,300 d: 226 g: 61 1: 28 p: 19 t: 7.4 xt 34 dll centrifuge-filtration +.c: minor peak intensity Q- quarts
ct> 3.8 ca dia. Phleger cores c: 3.050 «i 100 h: 59 m: 27 v « "« 5.6 7> 36 dzt dilution-filtration -: t Shlpek dredge kt 30 j I 38 e: 21 81 11 w: 1.3 >2V traction right coluao a . omphibolo
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24. 1972
STATION 10. Latitude N47"09.6' • longitude H9i'09.6' •
•Depth to Sedieant 192 Meters.
HATER
HATER AND SEDDJEHT ANALYSIS
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centimeters)
226 d
100 e
30 bl, k
-1.3 Cl
-3.8 ci
-6.J ci
Si02
mg/1
2.7
3.8 .
31
44
36
Co Mg Na
og/1 Qg/1 mg/1
12.8
13.2
12.4 2.9 1.1
7.6 1.7 1.1
4.2 a 78 1.1
5.9 1.02 2.0
K Cu
mg/1 US/1
0.36
0.37
0.40 1.2
0.90 19
OJ71 12
1.2 16
Oxygen
Mn Fe PO£~ dissolved
Ug/1 Pg/1 Hg P/l mg/1 <«C)
12.i(8.2)n
12. 1(9. 4)8
<1 12.6(5.8)
*-2 I-1 8.8 12.6(6.2)
0.5 9 <25 . -
6.5 4.2 98
240 42 482
Specific
conductance
u mho /CD
18°C
82.7
-
81.4*
-
-
-
Miner-
alogy
-
C,Q.f
ch
-
C Q
c Q
Ch, •'
«. Ch
M, a.
Tur- Susp.
toidity solids
JTU me/1
-
3.2* 5.3f
-
Sample location
relative to sediment
vater Interface C H M
(centineters) gm/kg gm/kg gn/kg ng/kg X > 2y
Partitle Particle
P size volume
Cuamlngtonlte Quartz Anphibole Chlorite Mica
Feldspar
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
-11. a
-14.0
13 5 3 0.033 62 97 ++ -H- ++ ++
21 5 2 0.189 71 + i- -H. +^
37 ._++<+
'•totes on sailing: Sadler, depth to water-sediuent Interface (en) •«•
ai by p«p. -240 cm below L. surface Siskin Van Porn Benthos
bl,2: M«pl« turbid
ell 3.8 em dia. Phleger coral
cj: 6.3 0> die. Benthos core*
cj: 5hlp«k drvdge
g: 61 l! 28
hi 59 BI 27
It 57 m 23
Ji 38 01 21
pi 19
qt 15
ri 13
• i 11
t: 7.4
u: 5.6
vi 3.i
wi 1.5
36
30
Sample handling'
all storage in teflon
di: centrifuge-filtration
d2: dilution-filtration
•It color (Pell)
Mineralogy
*+,C: nnjor peak intensity
+,et minor peak intensity
-: <1 chart division
<2|i fraction lofc coluna
>2|i traction right coluao
C - eummlngtonity
Q - quarts
ch - chlorite
H - aica
• - oophibole _
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 11. Latitude N47*18.6' . longitude V91"ll.l'.
•Depth to Sediment 227 Meters.
WATER
Sample location
relative to sedlaent
WATER AM) S3)»JENI ANALYSIS
water interface
(centimeters)
SiOj Ca Mg Na K Cu Mn Fe P0£~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur-
•g/1 -«g/l ng/1 Bg/1 ag/1 ug/1 ug/1 ug/1 ng p/1 ag/1 (*C) uoho/cm alegy bldity
18'C JTU
18,300 * 2.6 13.2 0.35 «1 Jj^jj« 81.4
3'050 c 2.6 13.2 1.1 0.31 .1.3 <.l <1 <1 12.6(5.5) 82.3 - 0.15
"« d *•« 12-8 0.38 <.2 <1 12.8(8.2) 75.1
100 " 2.7 13.2 0.37 <1 12.7(8.1) - C,,.£ 0.58£
ch ' '
30 . b2, k 2-6 13.2 2.7 1.2 0.35 1.5 <.3 <1 <1 12.6(7.0) 81.7*
-1.3 c» 23 9.4 2.2 1.1 0.90 9.4 0.9 18 <25 - - C Q
-3.8 d 32 6.8 1.4 1.6 0.74 14 0.6 12 58 - - C Q
Ch M
-6.3 cl 25 5.1 0.89 1.6 0.70 4.6 1.6 65 100 - - Q, ch
SEDIMENT BI *
Sazple location
relative to sediment Particle Particle
water interface C H H P size volune
(centimeter! } go/kg go/kg go/kg mg/kg Z > 2u V1 Cumilngconlte Quartz Aaphibole Chloric* Mica Feldaper
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-a. 9
-11.4
-14.0
tote* on sampling!
• : by pmp, -240 cm below L
332 0.115 91 506 ++ «• -H- ++
4 <1 1 0.052 73 + -H- ++ *+•
57 --++++
47 - - -H- -H-
- - -H-. ++
42 --++++
Soapier, depth to water-sediment interface (en)* Sample handling Mineralogy
. turfaee Niakin Van Dorn Benthoc all storage in teflon +4,0: oajor peak Intensity
Susp.
solids
me/1
0<2b
0.2k
0.7£
C * cuma
els 3.8 cm di*. Phleg-r core*
C2i 6.3 c- dia. Bentho* core*
C5i Shlpck dredge
g: w TiZS p: 19 t: 7.4 x: 34 dr. centrifuge-filtration
ci 3J050 •: 100 hi 59 •: 27 q: 15 u: 5.6 y: 36 d2; dilution-filtration
(i
kl
70
30
li 57 n: 23 n 13 v: 3.1 si 30
j: 38 o: 21 a: 11 w: 1.5
•It color (Fell)
+,c: minor peak intensity Q .
-: <1 chart division ch . chlorite
<2v fraction left column n . elca
>2v fraction right column a . anphibole
-------
Table III
Cruise II. Septenber 18-24. 1972
STATION 12 , Latitude N47°16.9' • longitude H91°Q9.1<
Depth to Sediaect 267 Meters,
WATER
Sample location
relative to eedicant
MATES AND SZDWEJJT ANALYSIS
water Interface
(centimeters)
18,300 t
3,050 c
226 d
100 «
30 bl , k
-1.3 cl
-3.8 cl
-6.3 cl
SEDIMENT
Sasple location
relative to sedlneot
water Interface
(centineters)
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
Note* on sampling:
a I by DUMP, -240 CB below L,
Si02 Ca Mg Na K Cu Mn
ng/1 .mg/1 mg/1 mg/1 BS/1 W8/1 V&jl
2.7 13.6 1.2 0.33 1.3 0.1
2.6 13.2 1.1 0.34 -1.2 <.2
2.8 13.2 0.37
2.9 13.2 0.37
3.5 12.4 2.7 1.1 0.36 2.0 0.2
32 7.6 1.7 1.1 0.87 17 1.8
11.9 2.4 2.6 2.8 18 680
34 9.3 1.8 2.0 3.0 7.0 27
Pirtlcli Particle
C H H f alse volume
gn/kg gn/kg gn/kg ag/kg t > 2.u . V] Cummlnctonite
- 3 2 0.120 71 41 -H- -H-
24 5 2 0.240 41 + t
28 - -
31 - -
33 - -
33 - -
Saapler, depth to water-sediment Interface (cm) +
. surface Hlskln Van Dorn Benthos
Pe POj" dissolved conductance Miner- Tur- Susp.
ug/1 pg P/l ng/1 ("C) umho/cm alogy bidity solids
18" C JTU n8/l
<1 <1 12,8(6.5) 80.7 - -
12.3(9.2)
1.0 <1 12 N't. 9) 82.0 - 0.18. 0.3.
0.1Sb 0.2b
"l 12.6(7.2) 82-8 ' - "
38 o: 21 •: U wi 1.3 >2|i fraction right coluan . _ ««phibolo
-------
Ible III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 13, Latitude N47M5.8' • longitude «9l'Q7.4<.
Depth to Sediment 287 Meters.
HATER AND SEDIffENI ANALYSIS
HATER
Sample location
relative to sedloent
water interface SiOz
(centloeters) ng/1
18,300 b 2.5
3,050 c 2.6
226 d 2.6
100 * 2.6
30 bl, k 5.4
-1.3 ci 32
-3.8 d
-6.3 cl 44
SEDIMENT
Saaple location
relative to sediaent
water interface C
(centimeters) go/kg
-1.3 8
-3.8 23
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
totes on stapling:
a: by pusp, -240 cm belov L. aurfoc
bl.2: sample turbid
ci: 3-8 c» dia. Phleger cores
c2i 6.3 ea dia. Benthos cores
C3: Shlpek dredge
Ca Hg Na K
Bg/1 ng/1 mg/1 mg/1
12.8 1.1 0.35
12.8 1.1 0.36
12.8 0.42
14.4 0.38
11.2 2.4 1.1 0.40
11.0 2.2 1.3 l.A.
13.6 2.9 3.4
5.1 1.2 2.0 2.1
Particle
BMP size
gm/kg go/kg og/kg Z > 2 u
S - 0.110 77
5 3 0.280 43
30
34
32
Cu Mn Fa PO£~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur-
Hg/1 Vg/1 Wg/1 Ug P/l og/1 (*C) UDho/CB alogy bidity
18"C JTU
1.2 <.l <1 <1 12.9(7.5) 81.9
12.1(9.4)a
'l.2 0.4 <1 <1 13.0(8.6) 81.7 - 0.5 .
o.ir
<1 12.8(8.2) 84.6
<1 ' 12.9(5.7) - C,Q,£ 1.9f
ch
1.7 0.8 1.7 34 12.7(7.0) 82.3f
14 390 6 <25 ' - C, Q
10 530 19 <25 - - c, Q
Ch, M
8.0 70 32 <25 - - c , Q
' Ch, M
Particle
voluae
y> Cumoingtonite Quarts Aaphtbole Chlorite Mica Feldspar
87 -H- -H- -H- -H-
•»••»• -H- -H-
•f -f •+•*• +4-
- •«• 4+4+
- 4+4+
Sampler, depth to water-sediment interface (en) * Saaple handling Mineralogy
:• Niskin Van Dom Benthos ol! storage in teflon 4+,C: major peak intensity
b: 18,300 d: 226 g: .61
c: 3.050 e: 100 h: 59
It 70 i: 57
kl 30 d: 38
1: 28 p: 19 t! 7:4 «i 34 di: ccntrlfuoc-filtrotion +,c: minor peak incenolty
•: 27 4: 15 u: 5.6 yi 36 dsi dilution-filtration -: <1 chert division
n: 23 r: 13 v: 3.6 st 30 •>: color (Fell) <2v fraction left column
e: 21 s: 11 w: 1.5 >2w fraction right column
Susp.
solids
DC/1
0.7
0.2b
3.8£
C - cummlngtonltc
Q - quartz
ch - chlorite
M - mica
a - nmphibolo
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 14. Latitude N47'14.9' . longitude «91°05.6'.
•Depth to Sediment 212 Meters.
WATER AND SSDJUENS ANALYSIS
HATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
uater Interface SiOz
(centimeters) Bg/1
18,300 b 2.2
226 d
100 e
30 b2, b 2.5-
-1.3 ci 31
-3.8 ci 34
-6.3 ci 32
SEDIMENT
Sample location
relative to sediment
water Interface C
(centimeters) gm/k
-1.3 9
-3.8 20
-6.3
-0.9
•11.4
-14.0
Ca Kg Na
as/1 as7l ng/1
12.2 1.2
13.2
12.0
12.2 1.2
13.6 3.1 1.5
5.9 1.2 1.4
5.1 1.3 1.7
H H P
8 8n/fct5 so/kg Eg/kg
5 4 0.060
3 2 0.195
Rotee on soapllng: Soapier, depth to «
a: by pump, -240 ee bolow L. surface Klskln Van Pom
bl.j: ess$l« turbid bi 18,300 d: 226
ei: 3.~8 ca die. Phlegcr cores e: 3.050 at 100
C2i 6.3 ca dla. Benches cores 2l 70
cst Shipek dredge fcl 30
K Cu Hn Fe P0j~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur-
ns/1 ug/1 VJ5/1 vg/1 ng p/1 mg/i (°c) lioho/cB alogy tldity
18°C JTU
0-32 1.2 <.l <1 12.4(9.2) 81-° ~ °-15
12.0(10.2)°
0-«° 12.5(7.0) 76'° -
0.33 12.5(6.2) - C.Q, 2.8£
ch •
0.34 <1 0.9 <1 2ii . v3 CuoaingtonitG Quartz Anphibole Chlorlta Mica Feldspar
73 118 <-* -K- -H. 4+
36 •)• t «• «•
33 •>•(•++-«•
26 + -H. -M-
24 - - -M- «•
iter-sedlment interface (ca) * Sample handling Mineralogy
Benthos an storage in teflon -H-,C: major peak Intensity
g: 61 1: 28 pt 19 t; 7:4' it 34 di: centrifuge-filtration *,c: minor peak inconoity
hi 59 Bf 27 & fraction right colunn
Susp.
solids
ng/1
0.3
5.5£
C * cumolngtoc
Q - quarts
ch - chlorlto
M - Qlca
9 - aaphlbola
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATICS IS,. Latitude N47*13.7' , longitude W91'03.8'
Depth to Sediment 186 Meters.
WATER AKD SEDBtENT ANALYSIS
KATES
Sa=ple location
relative to sedlaent
water Interface
(centimeters)
3050
30
c
bl . k
1 "
Si02
s.g/1
2.3
5.4
Ca
ag/1
13.2
12.8
Mg Na
mg/1 mg/1
1.2
1.1
K Cu
ag/1 ug/1
0.36 1.3
0.41 .1.3
Kn
Ug/1
0.2
<.3
Fa POj"
Ug/1 ug P/l
<1 1.0
1.0 18
Oxygen
dissolved
mg/1 CO
12.8(4.9)
12.2(9.8)*
12.8(9.3)
13.0(8.2)'
12.9(8.0)
Specific
conductance
u mho /cm
18*C
82.1
80. 6£
Miner- Tur-
alogy bldity
JTU
0.27
C.Q.£ 1.5*
ch
Susp.
solids
/I
tog/1
0.3
2.9f
-1.3 cl 30
-3.8 cl 44
-6.3 cl 38
SEDIXENT
Saople location
relative Co sediment
water interface C
(centiaeters) gm/kg
-1.3 19
-3.8 22
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
6.8
3.4
6.8
U
go/kg
7
6
1.6
0.6
1.4
H
gm/kg
5
3
1.0
1.0
2.4
P
Dg/kg
0.082
0.160
0.74 14 l.J 23 63 - - C, Q
0.57 9.0 3.J 52 130 - - c, Q
Ch, M
1.6 12 35 32 166 - - Q, Ch,
H, a
Particle Particle
size volute
t > 1-]t Vs Cuaninstonite Quarts Anphibolo Chlorite Mica, Feldspar
58 45 -H- -H- ' -H-
29 + - ++
36 - - ++
31 - -
32 - -
33 - -
dote* on sampling:
a: by pasq>, -240 en belov L. surface
bl,j: Maple .turbid
ci: J.8 cm dla. Phleger corea
es: 6.3 c» dla. Benthoa eerea
C3I Skipek dredge
Sampler," depth to water-sediment Interface 1cm) *•
Siskin Van Porn Benthoa
bt 18.300 di 226
3.050
70
30
a: 100
g: 61
h: 59
1: 57
J: 38
1: 28
n: 27
n: 23
o: 21
p: 19
q: 15
c: 13
•: 11
ts 7.4
u: 5.6
V! 3.8
v: 1.5
y: 36
it 30
Sample handling
all storage in teflon
dj: centrifuge-filtration
d2: dilution-filtration
all color (Fell)
Mineralogy
-H-,C: major peak intensity
+,c: minor peak Intensity
-: <1 chart division
<2u fraction left column
>2v fraction right coluan
C - cummi.ngtonlte
Q - quarts
ch - chlorite
M - Blca
a - anphlbole
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24. 1972
STATION 17, Latitude N *7° 01..8', fortitude W 91° 07.
•Depth to Sediment 15T Meters.
HATES. AND SS>D|ESI AHALYSIS
HATER
Saaple location
relative to sediment
.5 11.5 1.2
27 n 2.7 12. ft 2.8
3.8 T 7.6 11.2 2.5
-1.3 cZ l»0 5.1 1.2 1.2
-3.8 cz 20 6.8 1.5 2.0
-6.3 cz 16 Ik. 8 3. It 1».3
SEDIMENT
Saapl* location
relative to sediment
mter Interface C H N F
•(centimeters) go/kg gm/kg gm/kg mg/kg
- 1.3 23 10 3 0.189
- 3.8 12 5 1 O.«10
- 6.3
- 8.9
-ll.U
-H.O
a on sampling: Sampler, depth to va
by pimp, -240 ca below L. surface Nlskln Van Dora
2: supl*. turbid b: 18,300 d:. 226.
3.3 ca dia. Phleger cores c: 3,050 e: 100
6.3 01 dia. Benthos cores ft 70
Shipek dredge hi 30
K Cu Mn Fe PO£~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur-
ng/1 vg/1 Vg/1 vg/1 Vg P/l ng/1 (°C) umho/cn alogy tidity
18°C JTU
0.3li 1.0 0-3 1.0 <1 12.4(3.2^82.6 - 0.22
<.2 1.0 12.7(lt<9) 82.1
12.6(5.0) - c.q,Ch£ 1.9*
m
a35 <1 <.2 <1 2.3 12.7(6.0) 82.0*
0."»7 2."» <.2 <1 12.5 Ct.2) 81.0 - ' "
0.37 1-9 <.l 15 12.1 (k-2) 67.0
0-77 5.5 «0 135 - - c, Q
t
1.6 9.0 UOO 100 75 - - c, 5
Ch, H
3.3 8.2 600 96 <25 - - Q. Ch
M. a
Particlo Particle
size volune
Z > 2u V CuanlnEtonlta Quartz Aaphlbola Chlorite Mica Feldspar
39 28 » + *+
39 - » **
31 - - *+
25 - -
25 - -
2U
iter-aedlnent Interface (cm) + . Sample handling Mineralogy
Benthos all storage in teflon -M-.C: major peak Intensity
g: 61 1: 28 p: 19 t: 7.4 x: 34 di: centrifuge-filtration -f.c: minor peak intensity
h: 59 n: 27 qt 15 u: S.6 y: 36 d2: dilution-filtration -: <1 chart division
1: 57 at 23 r: 13 v: 3.8 si 30 als color (Fell) <2w fraction left column
ji 38 o: 21 st 11 w: 1.5 >2|i fraction right column
Susp.
solids
mg/1
0.2
-
2.2*
-
-
-
C - cunmlngtonite
*Q -' quart's
ch - chlorite
H - mica
a - sophibole
-------
Table III
Cruise II, Septenber 18-24, 1972
STATION 2l» , Latitude H 1*7 • Ii7.2', longitude W 90 * Ok.8'.
•Depth to Sediment 128. Meters.
WATER
Sample location
relative to sedlaent
HATER AMD SECUREST ANALYSIS
water Interface SlOj Ca Mg Na
(centimeters) »g/l og/1 ag/1 mg/1
3050 c 2.7 12.8 2,7 1.2
226 d 13.2
100 e 13.2
30 B2,k 2.7 11. 4 1.1
-1-3 cj 22 5.1 1.2 1.1
-3.8 ei 21 5.1 1.0 1.6
-6.3 el 28 6.8 1.5 2.3
SEDIMENT
Saaple location
relative! to sediment
water interface C H H P
(centimeters) gm/kg gm/kg ga/kg ng/kg
- 1.3 26 6 5 0.078
- 3.8 4 l <1 0.210
-6.3
•6.9
-11. k
-Ik.o
Motes on Mapllng: Sanpler, depth to wi
at by PUBS. -240 c« balov L. surface Bisktn Van Oorn
K Cu Ma Fe P0j~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur- Susp.
Bg/1 vg/1 vg/1 Vg/1 Mg P/l «g/l (°C) vaho/co alogjr bidity solids
18*C JTU "8/1
0-31* 1.6 <.3 <1 <1 13.0(4.5) 82.7 - 0.10 0.3
13.0 (!>.9)a
<-2 1.0 13.0 (4.8) 82.7 - -
<-4 Q aid,1 ^ O'2*
B
0-32 <1 <.3 1.4 6.0 13.0(4.1) 8l.8£
0.65 9.0 o.5 6.0 70 - - c, 2u v* Cunmiagtonlt* Quarts Aopblbole Chloric* Mica Feldspar
61 10 » ++
67 *+
60
iter-sediaent Interface (coJ-T ' Saaple handling Mineralogy
Benthos all storage in teflon -H-.C: major peak intensity 5 _ cun
bl »"• eaWi«--turkid bt 18,300 di 226 6' 61 l! 28 pi W t: 7.4 *: 3* oir centrj.iuse-i».i««j.o
cli J.«ci di». Phlcger cores c: J.OSO a: 100 hi 59 m: 27 q: IS ui 5.6 yt 36 d2i dilution-filtration
c»i 6.3 cadia. B«ot!io» cor«s fl 70 i! 57 ni 23 ri 13 v: 3.« si 30 all color (Fall)
cji Sblpck drcdce kl 30 J' 38 o: 21 a: 11 v: 1.5
Q - quartz
-; <1 chart division cn _ chlorito
<2|i fraction left column K - aica
>2v fraction right column . . amphibolo
-------
7able III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 2% LatitudeN Vf" 145.6', longitude w 90° 03.8'.
•Pepth to Sediment 188 Meters.
WATER AND SEDWEST ANALYSIS
HATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
tracer interface S102 Ca Kg Ha
(ccntiaeeara) og/1 .rag/I me/1 ng/1
3050 c 2.6 11.5 1.2
226 a 3.0 13.2
100 e 16
30 fc 2.5 12.2 2.7 1.1
-1.3 cl 22 10.2 1.6
-3.6 ci 21 6.0 1.5 2.2
-6.3 ci 20 6.0 1.5 2.1
SEDIKEST
Sasple location
relative to oediaenC
water interface C H N P
(eentlaeters) gm/kg go/kg gm/kg ag/kg
" 1-3 38 2 5 0.020
' 3'8 2"» 6 2 0.130
- 6.3
-8.9
-11. fc
-H.O
fotes oo sampling: Soapier, depth to wi
a: by PUEP, -240 c* belov L. surface Hiskin Van Porn
bl.:: Maple turbid bi 18.300 d: 226
en 3.8 cm dia. Phlegm cores et 3,050 at 100
C2> *-3 «• dia. Bcothoo coree (< 70
csi Shipek dr«dgo ki 30
K Cu Mn Fa POj" dissolved conductance Miner- Tur-
Dg/1 US/1 Vg/1 ¥8/1 Vg PA m«H (°C) jinno/cai a logy bidlty
18°C JTO
0.36 1.2 Q.>4 1.8 <1 12.8 It. 2) 79.0
12.9 (5.5)a
<.2 1.2 82.3
«.3 - Q(«,Chf O.l42f
m
0.37 1.2 0.3 <1 1.2 12.8 (1).2) 81. 9f
1.6 7.0 1.2 10 <25 - - 0.,a,CH
M
2.3 6.0 400 35 Q.a.CH
M
2.2 6.2 110 7J <25 - - Q.a.CH
H
Particle Particle
slse volume
X > 2u u9 Cuomingtonlte Quarts Aaphlbola Chlorite Mice feldapar
31 *+
29 *••• 4
ater-sedioent interface (cm) + • Sanple handling Mineralogy
Benthos alt storage in teflon ++,C. major peak intensity
»• 61 li 28 p: 19 t: 7"i4 x: 34 dlsf centrifagt-flltratlon +.c: oinor peak iocensiiy
hi 59 n! 27 qt 15 u: 5.6 y: 36 di: dilution-filtration -: <1 chart diviaion
•1: S7 o: 23 r« 13 vt 3.« » 30 elt color (Fell) <2v fraction loft column
41 38 e: 21 s: 11 vi I.I >2n fraction sight coluon
Susp.
solids
08/1
.0.1
1.2f
.C.- cuai
Q - quai
ch - ch;
M - nici
a - ampl
-------
Kble III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 26 , LatitudeN li?" 1*3.9'. lonjritude W 90° 02.V
•Depth to Sediment 186 Meters.
WATER AND SEDWENI ANALYSIS
WATER
Sacple location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centimeters)
S102 Ca Kg Na
ng/1 mg/1 ag/1 mg/1
3050 c 2.6 13.6 2.8 1.2
226 a 11.6
57 1 2.7 12.8 2.8
30 bl.k 3.3 11.6 2.9 1.2
27 m 2.8 13.2 2.7
3.8 v 7.0 11.6 2.5
-1..3 C2 20 6.8 1.5 1.2
-3.8 c2 21 5.1 1.2 1.5
-6.3 C2 20 6.0 l.U 1.7
SEDIMENT
Sample location
relative to aedinent
water interface C H N P
(centimeters) gn/kg go/kg gn/kg ag/kg
- 1.3
- 3.8
- 6.3
- 8.9
-11.1.
-lk.0
totes on sampling:
a: by pump, -240 ca below
23 11 3 0.036
8 1 It 0.160
K Cu Mn F« P0j~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur-
ag/1 V8/1 Wg/1 Pg/1 Pg P/l n*/l (°C) Jimho/CB alogy bidity
18°C JTU
0.35 1.3 <.2 <1 <1 12.8 (li,9) 81.9 - 0.33
12.7 (6.2)a
<.2 <1 - —
0.33 "l.7 1.5 <1 - 83.1 Q,a,Ch£ 1.1£
f m
0.39 1.2 0.2 <1 5.1i 12.8 (U.6) 82. 2*
0.3k l.lt <.2 <1 - 82.2
0.35 2.3 *.l • - 75-9
0.63 3.6 1.6 22 78 - - Q.a.CH
H
0.58 1.5 6.5 5>> 105 - - Q.a.CH
M
0.67 2.0 1.0 17 ll*5 - - Q.a.CH
M
Particle Particle
else volume
X > 2u V* Cunning tonite Quarts Aaphibolo Chloric* Mica Feldspar
21 -M-
2U 0
33 «-f
Sampler, depth to water-sediment interface (ca) + Sample handling Mineralogy
L. surface Niskin Van Dorn Benthos all storage In teflon -H-.C: najor peak intensity
Susp.
solids
ne/1
0.2
3.*
C - cumi
. bl,2! saaple turbid • b: 10,300 d: 226 g: 61 1: 28 p! 19 t! 7.4 K: 34 di:"centrifuge-£iltrotion +,ci minor peok intensity Q.
ci! 3.8 c« di«. Phlegor cores c! 3,050 a: 100 h: 59 D: 27 q: 15 us 5.6 y: 36 d2: dilution-filtration -i <1 chart division ch - chlorite
c2i 6.3 cm dla. Benthos core! f i 70 1: 57 n: 23 r: 13 v: 3.6 si 30 elt color (Fell) <2u fraction left column K _ ^^
cjl Shlpek dredge kl 30 Ji 38 o: 21 •: 11 wi 1.5 >2u fraction right column a - anphibole
-------
Table III
Cruisa II, September 18-24. 1972
STATION 2T, LatitudeN ^1° It2.5'. longitude w 90° 01.
•Depth to Sediment 1T7 Meters.
WATER AMD SZDItfEOT ANALYSIS
HATER
Saople location
relative to sedlrant
water interface SiOj
(centimeters) og/1
Ca
ng/1
Hg Ha
rng/1 mg/1
3050 c 2-7 13.6 2.9 1.2
226 a 13.2
100 e 13.6
57 i 2.7 12.1. 2.8
30 bZ^ 2.8 12.6 3.0 1.1
27 m 2.4 13.2 8.8
3>8v 5.7 12.k 2.6
-1.3 cj 21 8.5 1.6 1.6
-3.8 cz 20 6.0 1.3 1.8
-6.3 cj SO 7.6 S.O 2.5
SED1XEST
Sample location
relative to seeioent
vater interface C H N P
(eentloeters) go/kg go/kg go/kg ng/kg
- 1.3 13
- 3.8 6
- 6.3
- 8.9
-11.*
-lk.0
9
3
1 0.038
1 O.lUO
"notes on sampling; Saapler, depth to wi
• : by p«-P, -240 em below L. auclac*. Hishin Van Porn
bl.Jl tuple turbid .. bt 18,300 dt 216
ci: 9.8 cadi*. Phlcger cores ci 3,090 at 100
cji 6.3 o di*. Benthos cores ft 70
eji Shipek dredge ki 30
K
05/1
0.35
0-33
0-33
0.3l<
0.78
a 90
Pat title
size
S > 2u
16
21-
21
Cu
Mg/1
Hn
Pg/1
1.2 0.2
0.2
0.3
1.1. oA
1.0 1.0
1.1 «.l
2.3 <.l
3.9 0.6
3.3 1.6
3.5 2.0
Particle
volusce
II * Cuamlng toot ts
10
iter-ssillnent interface
Benthos
h: 59
it 57
4: 38
1: 28 p: 19
n: 27 0,1 15
nt 23 r: 13
e: 21 •: 11
(a.)*
tt 7.4 vt
ul 5.6 yt
vt 3.8 s:
wi 1.3
Fe POj" dissolved conductance Miner- Tur-
ns/I wg P/l mg/1 (°c) pnho/cm alogy bidlty
18*C JTU
1.0 <1 12.8 (l».3) 82.7 - 0.2
12.6 (7.l)a
12.7 (5.7) 75.5
12.8 (5.5) - Q,«,CBf 2.o£
n.
80. ff
5.h 6.7 12.7 (5.2) 81.6
<1 - 82.2
11. "• - 73.9
9.0 62 Q.a.CH
M
SO 70
35 65
Quarts Anphlbole Chlorite Mice Feldspar
Sample handling Mineralogy
ski storage in teflon -H-,Cl major peak intensity
M dli centrifuge-filtration -9-,c: nlnor p3ak Intonslty
36 d2; dilution-flltratioa -: <1 chart division
30 ait color (Fell) <2u fraction left coluoa
>2n fraction rlQbt coluna
Susp.
solids
ng/1
0.3
8.2f
C - cuaolngtonite
Q - quartz
ch - chlorite
M - mica
a - aaphlbolc
-------
"Table III
Cruise II, Septeober 18-24, 1972
STATION 28, Latitude N 1»7° It0.9'. longitude w 90" 00.6'.
•Depth to Sediment 177 Meters.
WATER
Sacple location
relative to sediment
VATER AND SEDIMENT ANALYSIS
vater Interface S102 Ca Kg Ha
(centimeters) mg/1 .ng/1 mg/1 mg/1
3050 c 2.6 13.2 2.7 1.2
226 d 13.2
100 e 13.2
57 i 2.6 12.U 2.7
30 b2,k It. 8 13.2 2.8 1.1
27 a 2.6 12.8 2.8
3.8 v 5.0 12.8 2.7
-1.3 C2 26 7.6 1.5 1.1
-3.8 C2 35 8.5 1.8 1.6
-6.3 c* ik 7.6 1.7 1.6
SEDDiOT
Sample location
relative to sedinent
water interface CRN?
(centimeters)- gm/kg gm/kg gm/kg mg/lcg
- 1.3 33 10 3 0.096
- 3.8 29 11 3 0.160
- 6.3
-8.9
-ll.lt
'• -lli.O
Notes on sampling: Sampler, depth to
>• t>v Duun. -240 cm belov L. surface Nlakin Van Doi
X Cu Mn Fa P0j~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur- Susp.
mg/1 ug/1 pg/1 Vt/1 we P/l ng/1 (°C) unho/cm alogy bldity solids
18'C ™ m«/l
0.3>i 1.3 <.2 1.2 <1 12.8 C-.7) 82.1 0.18 0.3
12.8 (7.3)a
0.3 <1 12.8 (1.5) 82.7
<-3 12.9 (5.0) Q,a.Chf O.l8f O.lif
0.32 1.8 1.0 2u V* Cumaingtonite Quarts Aaphibela Chlorite Mica Feldspar
38 3l< +*
ItO **
31
water-sediinent interface (cm) *• Sample handling Mineralogy
ti Benthoe a»: storage in teflon -M-,C: major peak intensity Shipefc dredge
b: 1OOO d: 226 g: 61 1: 28 p: 19 t: 7.4 x, 34
c- 3 050 e: 100 h: 59 mi 27 q: IS u: S.6 j: 36 d2: dilution-filtration
I, 70 ii 57 n! 23 r: 13 v: 3.8 a: 30 all color (Fell)
h: 30 jt 38 o: 21 a: 11 v: 1.5
dii .centrifuge-filtration -t-.c: minor- peak intensity 2v fraction right column a - aaphlbolo
-------
Table III
dulse II, September 18-24, 1972
STATICS 29, Latitude Nk7° >i9.3'» longitude w 89° 57.8'.
•Depth to Sediment 111 Meters.
MATER ADD SEOEffHT ANALYSIS
HATER
Sanple location
relative to sediment
voter Interface SiOj Ca
(contimetero) ag/1 n
226 d 12
100 e 12
57 i 2.6 12
30 b2,k 2.9 12
. 27 B 2.7 12
3.8 v 6.6 12
-1.3. c2 18 10
-3.8 c2 16
-6.3 c2 20 lit
SEDIMENT
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface C
(centimeters) ga/kg
-1.3 7
-3.8 4
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
8/1 «
.0
.14
.8
.0
.0
.0
.2
.1
.14
H
gn/ks
4
3
Kg Ita
US/1 °S/1
2.7
2.7 1.1
2.7
2.5
2.2 1.5
3.k 3.2
2.9 2.6
N r
go/kg mg/kg
«1 0.037
<1 0.046
•
K
BS/1
0.140
0.33
0.3k
0.33
1.2
1.7
1.1
Pertlr.le
size
X > 2u
64
57
35
Cu Mn Fa
V8/1 Wg/1 1*8/1
0.2
"i.o <.2
1.1 <.2 <1
1.2 <.3
2.2 <4
5.6 7.8 510
9.0 6.2 170
1.6 29
•
Particle
volune
V Cunalngtonlte Quarts
10 -H-
PO£~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur- Susp.
pg P/l ae/l (°c) Wdho/cm a logy bidity solids
18°C JTU »g/l
<1 12.7 (14.8) 75.2
12.8 (5.2)a
12.8 (k.9)
<1 82.14 q,ch^if O.l8f O.l4f
3.5 12.7(li.8) 83- Of
<1 82.3
6.7 • 77-6
3° e.,a,CH
80
38
Anphibole Chloric* Mica Feldspar
•
Hotoo on Mnpling: Sampler," depth to"«ater-sedim«nt fntarfaca (en) +
at by punp, -240 en below L. surface Niakln Van Porn Benthos
bl,2:-MBpl* turbid • --
cli 3.8 co dla. Phleger corea
C2I 6.3 em dla. Benthos corea
C3I Eblpek dredgs
Sanple handling Mineralogy
ait otorage in teflon ++-.C: major peak intensity c _ cunnlngtonlte
b: 18,300 di 226 s1 '1 1' 28 pi 19 t! 7:« »: 34 2u fraction rlgbt coluan Q . amphibola
-------
table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 30, Latitude N l>6° l»7.8', longitudew 89° 56-7.'.
•Depth to Sedioent 227 Meters.
HATER AND SEDBJENI ANALYSIS
WATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centimeters)
Si02 Ca Kg Na
mg/1 .mg/1 mg/1 og/1
3050 c 12.5 1.2
a' 12.li Z-7 1.2
226 d 12. If
100 e 2.7 12.0
57 l 2.7 12.8 2.7
30 bl.lt b. 9 11.2 s.Ii 1.2
8T • 3.0 12.8 2.9
3.8 T 7.2 12.8 2.7
-1.3- cz 2>4 It. 3 0.9 1.7
-3.8 cz 2lt 7.6 1.5 1.6
-6.3 c2 20 6.0 l.lt 2.6
SEDIMENT
Sample location
relative to sediment
vater Interface C H K F
(eentineters) go /kg gn/kg ga/kg ng/kg
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
40 13 4 0.050
33 11 2 0.330
Oxygen Specific
K Cu Mn Fe P0£~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur-
og/1 ug/1 ug/1 ug/1 ug P/l eg/1 (°C) M mho/cm alogy bidlty
18*C JTIF
0.36 <.2 1.7 1.0 12.7 (h.i) 83.0 6.17
e.3"i 1.5 <.l 1-2 <1 12.9 (5.9)
<1 12.7 (k.3) 86. U
12.7 d.5)
0,31 1.3 <.3 <1 82.8 Q,B,Chf 15f
a.
0.55 2.0 0.2 <1 3.1 12.6 (k.3) 82.l|
0.33 l.» 0.2 <1
0.31 2.3 «.l H '8.6
l.lt It.O 76 590 Q.a.ch
M
1.5 3.9 9 <25 Q.a.CH
M
l.k ' 3.0 150 81 <25 Q.a.CH
H
Particle Particle
size YOlune
it > 2p V Cuzsilngtonlta Quart! Aaphibola Chlorite Mica Feldspar
36 35 1+
42 ft
33 4+
kites on sampling: Sampler, depth to water-sediment Interface (ca) 4- Sample handling Mineralogy
a: by pump, -240 cm below L. surface Hi skin Van Dorn Benthos ai: storage in teflon -H-.C: major peak intensity
Susp.
solids
og/1
35f
C * ctnnm
b 1,2=.sample turbid - b: 18,300 d: .226 gi 61 1: 28 p: 19 t: 7:4 xi 34
el! 3.8 CB dia. Phleger cores c: 3.0SO •: 100 h: 59 B: 27 2p fraction right coltam „ - aopnlbele
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 31, Latitude N Ii7° &6.31. longitude w 990 55,5..
•Depth ta Sediment 200. (Meters)
WATER AND SEDIMENT. ANALYSIS
HATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
water Interface
(centimeters)
3050 c
al
226 d
57 i
30 bl.k
27 Q
3.8 »
S102 Ca Kg Na
mg/1 mg/1 me/1 mg/1
2.6 12. li 3.3 1.2
2.6 12.0 2.8 1.2
12.lt
2.8 • 12:8 2.8
3.2 12.8 -2.8 1.1
2.6 11.2 2.6
7.0 12.lt 2.6
-i.3ci alt 6.8 1.6 1.1
-3.8 cz 29 5.9 1.6 1.7
-6.3 cl 12 lit. I 2.8 2.5
SEDIMENT
i Sample location
relative to sediment
uater Interface C H N P
(centimeters) go/kg gm/kg gm/kg mg/kg
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
-14.0
lotes on sampling:
a: by punp, -240 ca below L
33 11 3 0.370
27 13 Z 0.210
.
Oxygen Specific
K Cu Mn Fe Po£~ dissolved conductance Miner- Tur- Susp.
mg/1 yg/1 ug/1 yg/1 yg P/l mg/i (°c) uoho/cn alogy oidity solids
18"C JTU ng/1
0.35 l.k <.2 1.2 <1 12.9(4.9) 82.4 0.11 0.1
0.33 .l.lt <.l <1 12.9(5.9)a
12.8(5.1) 80.9
0.33 l.lt <.2 <1 12.8(5.1)° 82.3 Q,a,Ch£ 1.5* 2.ll£
O.W 1.2 0.2 <1 7.5 12.8(5.0) 82.&f
0.3"t 0.9 0.3 <1 82.2
0.35 8.7 <.l 12 81.8
0-67 5.l< 1.0 17 63 Q.a.CH
H
0.87 2.5 5 75 Q,a,CH
. M
2.2 5.0 3.6 29 <25 Q.a.CH
H
Particle Particle
size voluse
X > 2t> v3 Cuoaingconlts Quarts Anpnibole Chlorite Mica Feldspar
36 X) t+
40 ++
32 44-
Sampler, depth to water-sediment Interface (em) + Sample handling Mineralogy
. surface Nlakin Van Dorn Benthos all storage In teflon -H-.C: major peak intensity p. _ ,„„„
bl.z: auple turbid bi 18,300 di 226 g: 61 1: 28 p: 19 ts 7.4 K! 34 d): centrifuge-filtratioo -t-rc: ainor peak Inteoalty Q _ quartz
C»J 3.8 ca dla. Fhlegar cores c: 3,050 •> 100 hJ 5» a: 27 qi 15 ui 5.6 yi 36 d2: dilution-filtration -: <1 chart division ch . chlorite
C2i 6.3 ca til*, oeocoos cores f: 70 i: 57 n: 23 rs 13 vi 3.8 it 30 ell color (Fell) <2w fraction left column M .
cl: Shlpok dredge ks 30 j: 38 o: 21 s: 11 wi 1.5
>2y fraction right column
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 16-24, 1972
STATION 32, Latitude H It?" lik.fii longitude W 89° 5>».6'.
Depth to Sedioent 19k Meters.
WATER AND SEDDJEHT ANALYSIS
HATER
Sample location
relative, to sediment
water interface SiOj
(centineters) ag/1
3050
226
30
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
c Z.k
a) 2.l>
i 2.7
b2. k 3.1
cl 22
ei 28
Cl 21
Ca
Dg/1
12.8
13.2
16.0
12. fc
5.1
5.5
1>.2
Mg
Bg/1
2.7
2.8
2.9
1.2
1.1
0-9
Na
ng/1
1.1
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.6
2.1.
K
ag/1
0.33
0.3".
0-38
O.TO
0.73
0.70
Cu
Vg/1
l-.lt
1.6
.
1.2
5.1.
2.9
2.0
Mn Fe PO?"
Vg/1 ug/1 vg P/l
<1 <1
«.2 i.o 2u fraction right column
C - cummingtonita
0. - quartz
ch - chlorite
M - mica
a - amphibole
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 33,. Latitude II 1*7°. 43.2', 7oneitudeW 89° 53.3.'
Depth to Sedisant 171 Metera.
HATER AND SEDIMENT ANALYSIS
HATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
Specific
water interface S102 Ca Hg Da K Cu Hn Fe PO^" dissolved conductance Miner- Tur- Susp.
(centimeters) ng/1 tug/1 mg/1 ng/1 tag/l us/1 Wg/1 Vg/1 Pg P/l og/1 (*C) umho/cn alogy bidity solids
18°C JTU mg/1
3050 c Z.k 11.3
ol 2.1i 12.6
226 d 1E.8
100 e 12.8
1.1 0.32 l.k 0.3 1.0 <1 12.9(4.9) 82. k 0.15 0.1
1.2 1.1 OJ» <1 <1 12.6(7.6)
<1 12.8(6.4) 75.2
12.8(6.2) Q,o.Chf O.Tcf 2.6*
30 b2, k U.O 13.2 3.0 1.2
-1.3 c2 23 7.6 1.6 1.6
-3.8 c2 20
-6.3 c2 21
6.0
l.fc 1.8
4.2 1.1 1.8
0.1(8
0.8l
O.TO
0.72
2. It
3.6
2.1
2.6
!».!.
0.6
0.7
2.5
15
50
22p
6.
102
100
95
SEDIMENT
Sanple location
relative to sediment
vacer interface C H N
(centimeters) gn/kg gm/kg gn/kg og/kg t > 2
Particle Particle
P size volume
Cuoalngtoalte
12.9(6.0) 81.T
Amphlbola Cblorlto
tUc«
Q.a.CH
M
Q.a.CH
M
Feldspar
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
-11. «
-14.0
12 10 1 0.069 IS 11
16 11 1 0.180 26
27
•H.
•H-
Notea on Mapllng: Sampler, depth to mter-aedlment Interface (CB) *•
at by puv, -240 c» below L. surface Nlsktn Van Pern Benthoa
bl.2l MamU turbid bl 18,300 d: 226 gi 61 i: 28 pj 1.9 t: 7.4 X! 34
CH 3.8 c» dia. Phlegcr cores ci 3,050 a: 100 hi 39 as 27 q: II u: 3.6 v: 36 d2: dilution-filtration
ezi 6.3 cm dla. Bentho* coraa li 70 1: 57 n: 23 r: 13 v: 3.« 11 30 ell color (Fell)
C3I Shlpek dredge kt 30 Jt 38 o: 21 •: 11 vi 1.3
Sanple handling Mineralogy
an storage in teflon -H-,C! major peak Intensity c - cumalngtonite
di: centrifuge-filtration t,ci minor peak Intensity n 1 quarts
-I <1 chart division ch - chlorite
<2)i fraction left coluam M - Oica
>2li fraction right column ,
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 3k,.Latitude II k7°.51.7' longitudew 89° 51.0'.
Depth to Sediment 9» Meters.
HATER AKD SEDIMENT ANALYSIS
WATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
water Interface
(centimeters)
3050
30
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
c
b2
C2
C2
C2
Si02
mg/1
2.7
, k2.6
18
18
20
Ca Mg
mg/1 ng/1
12.5
11.9
12.8 2.2
10.2 2.2
10.2 2.2
Na
ng/1
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.8
2.k
I
ng/1
0.3k
0.3k
0.85
1.0
1.1
Cu
Ug/1
1.6
•0.9
7.1
2.2
l.k
Hn
Ug/1
<.2
<.2
1.6
l.k
0.9
F« POj"
Ug/1 Ug P/l
<1 <1
<1 3.6
3k 30
37 58
35 25
Oxygen Specific
dissolved conductance Miner- Tur-
mg/1 CO unho/en alogy bldity
18"C JTU
12.7(6.0) 82.8
12.7(6.2)*
12.7(6.1)" ,
12.8(6.2)' Q,a,CHr 0.32r
12.7(6.4)* m
Q.a.CH
M
Susp.
solids
mg/1
0.2
0.7f
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface C
Particle Particle
size volume
(centimeters) go/kg gm/kg go/kg eg/kg X > 2u V3 Cumalnetonite 2v fraction right column a - amphibole
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATICS 35, Latitude H Ii7° 19.91 Ion?ltis4e W 89° U9.6'.
Depth to Sediment 2^8 Meters.
WATER AKD SEDIHESI ANALYSIS
WATER
Sample location
relative tc sediment
vatei Interface SiOj Ca Mg Xa
(centimeters) mg/1 mg/1 mg/1 ag/1
3050 c 2.6 12.3 1.2
226 d 12.8
100 e 12.8 2.7
57 1
30 bi, k 7.8 9.8 S.I 1.3
27 m fc.1 12.0 2.6
3.8 v 6.3 10.8 .2.3
-1.3 c* 30 7.2 l.li l.U
-3.8 C2 5.1 1-2 1-5
-6.3 ez 20 5.1 1.3 8.0
SEDIHEXT
Sample location
relative to sedlnent
vater Interface C H S P
(centimeters) gm/kg gm/kg go/kg ng/kg
-1.3 36 11 3 0.096
-3-8 35 11 4 0.058
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
Oxygen Specific
K Cu Kn Fe POiJ" dissolved conductance Miner- Tur- Susp.
ng/1 yg/1 vg/1 Kg/1 vg P/l "S'1 (°c) unho/co alogy biflity eollds
18*C JTU mS/l
0.33 1.2 0.2 <1 12.8(5.3) 80.5 O.ll 0.1
12.7(6.4)"
1.1 12.8(5.2) T5.7
12.7(5.9) Qf 20*
0.6S 13 22 12.7(5.4) 75. 9f
O.llO 1.8 <.2 <1 ' 79.2
O.Ll 2.1 «.2 13 71.0
1.6 h."! 120 36 <25 Q,a.CH
\t
2.1 It. 2 120 270 26
2.2 U.o 1>3 29 <25
Parttcle Particle
size volume
Z > 2u . V9 Cimniogtoniu Quart* Aaphibola Chlorite Mica Feldspar
*1 152 «•
37 ' .
35
Hotes on sanpllng: Sampler, depth to water-sediment Interface (cm)* Sample handling Hineraiogy
. bl.Xi •ample turbid bt 18,300 At 226 g: 61 1: 28 pi 19 t: 7.4 x: 34 dti centrifuge-filtration +,c: minor peak intensity Q_
en 3.8 cm di«. Phleger core* c: 3,050 •: 100 h: 59 •: 27 <\: 15 u; 5.6 y: 36 dz: dilution-filtration -: <1 chart division ch - chlorita
clt i.3 o dla. Bcothoi cor«» (; 70 1: 57 n: 23 r: 13 v: 3.8 ci 30 e>i color (Fell) <2p fraction left column M - mica
cat Shlpefc dredge ki 30 j: 38 e: 21 •: U vi 1.3 >2|i fraction right column a - aophlbole
-------
Cruise II. Ser.;e=ber 18-24, 1972
STATION !r, :.ati:ude t> *>1° W.3', foneitude w 89" It8.
Iiepth to Sediment 188 Meters.
HATER AXD SZDEiEST ANALYSIS
Sample location
relative to sediment
«a:er interface
(centimeters)
• 3050
30
1.3
-3.3
-6.3
c
01, k
Cl
ci
=1
Si02
mg/1
2.6
2.1
3b
19
17
Ca
mg/1
12.6
11.8
7.6
13.6
13.6
Kg
mg/1
2.6
1.6
2.5
2.6
Na
mg/1
1.2
1.2
1-3
2.0
2.7
K
mg/1
0.35
0.1.2
0.76
2. It
3."
Cu
ug/l
1.5
-1.6
12
16
13
Kn
us/1
C.2
*.l
1.9
-.7
Fe POj
pg/1 ug P/l
1.5 <1
29
17 9'">
17 i)0
no <25
Oxygen
dissolved
ng/1 (°C)
12.9(5.3)
12.6(7.0)*
12.7(5.6)°
12.8(6.5)*
12.7(5.2)"
Specific
conductance Miner- TUT- Susp.
y mho/cm alogy bldity solids
18°c JTU ng/1
82.8 O.lo O.i-
82'.9f Q.a.Ch1" 0.57f 1.7f
IT.
Q.a.Cu
M
Q.a.CH
M
SZDIX2.T
Sample location
relative to sedioent
v;:cr i-:crface C
Particle particle
size volur.e
vco-:lr.etcrs) gn/kg g^/kg gm/kg ng/kg Z > :V M3 Cuanin;;tcnite O^iartz Amphibole Chlorite Mica
Feldspar
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14.0
40
7
13
0.105
0.034
45
35
32
37
"Notes on sampling:
a: by pump, -2-iO cm below L. surface
bl,2: sample turbid
cl: 3.8 cm dia. Phleger cores
c:: 6.3 en dia. Benthos cores
c3: Shipek dredge
Sampler, depth to wac^er-sediment interface (cm)
Nlakln
b: 18,300
c: 3,050
f: 70
k: 30
Van Porn
d: 226
e: 100
Benthos
g: 61
h: 59
1: 57
J: 38
1: 28
m: 27
n: 23
o: 21
p:-19
,: 15
r: 13
a: 11
t: 7.4
u: 5.6
v: 3.8
w: 1.5
x: '34
y: 36
s: 30
Sample handling
ai: storage in teflon
djt centrifuge-filtration
d2: dilution-filtration
el: color (Fell)
Mineralogy
++,C: major peak intensity
+,c: ninor peak Intensity
-: <1 chart division
<2v fraction left column
>2y fraction right column
C - cumraingtonite
Q - quartz
ch - chlorite
M - nica
a - amphiboie
-------
Tatle
Cruise II, Septenber 18-24. 1972
STATION T% Latitudes 117" 1.6.8t, longitude W 8°° 1»7.
Depth to Sediment 19? Meters.
WATE5
BVSH /.IB SEDIMENT AHALTSXS
Sazple location
relative to sediment
water interface SiOj
(centineters) Bg/1
Ca
mg/1
Mg
mg/1
Na
mg/1
K
Bg/1
Cu
vg/1
Mn
Vg/1
fe
Mg/1
POj"
Wg P/l
Oxygen
dissolved
ng/1 (°C)
Specific
conductance
li oho/cm
18"C
Miner- Tur- Suop.
alogy bldlty solids
.3050 c 2.6 12.lt
226
100
30
-1.3
-3.6
-6.3
sronim
Sample location
relative to sediment
vater interface
(centimeters)
c
d
e
b2j
ci
2.6
1.2
0.37
1.0
3.0
18
15
12. b
6.8
13.6
85.1
2.7
l.b
2.5
k.3
1.2
1.2
2.1
3.9
0.38
O.Tb
2.1.
li.b
1.0
15
16
17
<.2
O.I.
1.1
5.9
<1
11
23
70
6.7
130
<25
12.8(4.8)a
12.8(5.6)
12.8(4.8)
12.9(4.9)
0.16
0.2
81.3
Q,a,CH
M
Q,a,CK
H
Q.a.CK
M
gn/kg go/kg go/kg mg/kg I > 2 i
Particle Particle
size voluse
Cunning ton! t«_ ,(}uart» Anphibole Chlorite
Mica
Feldspar
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
-11.4
-14. 0
34
10
11
1
0.180
0.053
36
37
31
40
Notes on sampling:
at by punp, -240 cm below L. surface
bl,2: sample turbid
cli 3.8 ca dia. Phlegel cons
C2: 6.3 cm ilia. Benthos corei
cji Shipek dredge
Sampler, depth to vater-sedinent interface (cm) •*•
Siskin Van Porn Benthos
b: 18,300 d: 226 g: 61 1: 28 pj 19 c: 7;4
c: 3,050 a: 100 h: 59 »! 27 .6
fi 70 1: 57 n: 23
k: 30 j: 38 o: 21
r! 13
•: 11
V! 3.8
v: 1.5
x: 34-
y: 36
s: 30
Sample handling
all storage in teflon
di: centrifuge-filtration
d2: dilution-filtration
el: color (Fell)
Mineralogy
•H-.C
oajor peak intensity
minor peak intensity
<1 chart division
<2M fraction left column
>2M fracclon right columo
5 _ cummlngtonlte
• Q -
-------
Table III
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 38,. Latitude B U70.li5.3t, longitude W 89" 16.3'.
Depth to Sediment 189 Neters.
VATER
WATER AND SEDIMENT ANALYSIS
Sample location
relative to
sediment
(centimeters)
3050
226
100
30
c
d
e
bl. k
SiO?
mg/l
2.8
3.8
2.7
It. 8
mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l ug/1
11-9 1.1 0.33 1.3
12.0
12. k
13.2 2.7 1.2 0-38 1.6
Oxygen
Kn Fa PO£ dissolved
Ug/1 Wg/1 pg P/l "8/1 (°C)
<.i 1.5 <1 12.8(4.8)*
'..1 12.7(6.4)*
1.2 12.8(4.8)
12.9(5.2)
<.2 1.1 13 • 12.7(6.0)
Specific
conductance Mlner-
Utr.ho/cm alogy
18'C
81.7
82.1
82'. 0
Q,a,CiiE
m
82.5f
Tur-
bidity
JTU
0.13
,f
t.O
Suap.
soiies
Bg/i
0.2
3.3£
Notes on sampling;
a; by punp, -240 co below L. surface
bli2t sample turbtd.-
cl! 3.8 ca dla. Ptileger cores
CJl 6.3 cm dt«. Benthos cores
C3! Shlpek dredge
Sanplef, depth to wafer-aedimfint interface (cm) •*•
Niskln Van Horn Benthos
b: .18,300 d: 226 g: 61 1: 28 p; 19 t:
c; 3,030 e: 100 h; 59 m: 27 q: IS u:
{; 70 1: 57 n: 23
Hi 30 41 38 o: 21
p: 19
,! 15
n 13
s: 11
7.4
5.6
v: 3.8
u: l.S
x: 34
y: 36
it 30
Sanple handling
alt storage in teflon
dj: centrifuge-filtration
d2: dilution-nitration
ell color (Fell)
Mlneralegy
t+,C: major peak intensity
t,c: minor peak tntenaity
-: <1 chart division
<2u fraction left column
>2p fraction right column
C - cummlngtonite
Q - quarT"i
ch - chlorite
M - mica
a - amphlbola
-------
TaUc IV
Cruise II, Scptec&er 18-24, 1932
STATICS 1, Latitude Nl)7° 10.7'. Longitude W91° 22.0'.
Depth to SedinenC 19") peters,
HATER AKD SEPBffSI AMAUTSiS
(core aged 72 days)
WATER
Sar.ple location
relative to sedioant
water interface
(eentisetaro)
57 i
19 p
11 s
3.8 v
-1.3 dl
a*
-3.8 dl
d2
-6.3 Ql
a:
-8.9 ai
Si02
as/1
2.6
3.5
It. 9
6.6
2U
31
30
16
31
62
aii
62
Ca
BS/1
11,2
13.2
12.8
16.0
11.. U
29^6
21.6
36.1
22,1
3T.7
12.8
1.2.7
Kg
Bg/1
2.6
3.0
3.0
3.9
1..1
6.6
6.6
ll.l.
6.1
11.6
3.5
11.2
Na
ng/1
1,0
1.0
1.2
1.1
£.1
2.T
2. It
3.7
3.8
U.I
3.9
t.5
K
ns/1
0.1.2
0.52
0.65
0.62
1.8
2.1
1.3
2.0
1.5
1.6
1.7
Cu
Pg/1
1.2
1.2
1.9
1.2
2.3
8.6
U
11
25
11
3.5
13
Mil
ll.O
30
I8o
380
2".
2600
1800
1.800
1600
5200
1100
5000
Fe
US/1
1.1
120el
280el
_ J
730el
23 i
66ooel
por
U8 P/l
2v gai/ca^ %
Cumingtonito Quarts Aopbltole Chlorite
Mica
Feldspar
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3 '
-8.9
96
96
9k
93
2.1 •
1.9
1.8
1.8
37 ** +•*•• •*•+ *+
35 f+ +**+++
K ** ** *+ ++
Lo •*•+ +-»• ++ ++ + +
Notes on saxpling:
a: by pump, -240 cm below L. surface
bi,2: sample turbid
ci: 3.8 CQ dla. Phleger cores
cz: 6.3 cm dia. Benthos cores
cj: Shipek dredge
ipler, depth to water-sedinent interface (cm) +
Niskin Van Dorn
18,300
3,050
70
30
d: 226
e: 100
g: 61
h: 59
i: 57
Ji 38
1:
m:
n:
o:
28
27
23
21
Benthos
p: 19
q: 15
r: 13
s: 11
t;
u:
v:
v:
7.4
5.6
3.8
1.5
x:
y=
z:
34
36
30
Sample handling
ai :
dl:
d2:
el:
storage in teflon
centrifuge-filtration
dilution-filtration
color (Fell)
Mineralogy
-H-,Ci major peak intensity
•t-.c; oinor peak Intensity
-: <1 chart division
<2p fraction left column
>2v fraction right coluoa
C - cummingtonice
q - quart I
ch - chlorite
M - mica
a - amphibole
-------
Table IV
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION' 3, Latitude Nli7° 07.3' • Longitude H91° 18.1'.
Depth to Sediment 285 meters.
HATER AND SEDWENT ANALYSIS
(core aged 72 days)
WATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface SlOj
(centimeters) mg/1
57 i 3.8
19 p 26
d2 1,3
Ca Mg Na K
• mg/1 mg/1 Bg/1 mg/1
12.14 3.7 1.2 0.4411
12.0 3.fc 1.1 0.148
15.6 3.9 1.2 0.50
15.6 !t.l 1.1 0.55
23.6 5.6 1.9 1.2
29.9 7.5 2.7 1.8
13.8 3.0 2.0 1.9
23.1 5.!t 2.8 2.2
3. It 0.7 1.6 1.3
19.8 «.8 3.2
3.0 0.7 1.6 l.l,
ll.li 3.6 3.2
SEDIMEHT
Sanple location
relative to sediment Particle Density-
water interface size v**o Moisture
(centimeters) f >2u ga/cm3 %
tot
a:
bt
cl
C2
rl
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3 '
-8.9
ea on sampling:
by pump, -240 cm below L. surfi
,2: sample turbid
: 3.8 cm dla. Phleger cores
: 6.3 cm dia. Benthos cores
> Shipek dredge
88 1.9 . 145
80 .1.14 59
91* 1.2 78
35. 1.3 76
Cu
lig/1
1.3
1.7
1.7
12
17
It. 3
Hi
3.14
10
2.8
Hn
Pg/1
6.8
130
300
6UO
3200
3600
2ltOO
5500
360
3500
210
1900
CUBDlngtonlte Quart t
** «
-M. .
* *
Sampler, depth to water-sediment interface
ica Nlskln Van Dorn Benthos
b: 18,300 d: 226 g: 61
c: 3,050 e: 100 h: 59
f: 70 i: 57
k: 30 1: 38
1: 28' p: 1,9
m: 27 q: 15
n: 23 t: 13
o: 21 •: 11
,4. ** *«
.» ** «
. »t t*
(«>) +
t: 7.4 x:
ui 5.6 yi
v: 3.8 z:
w: 1.5
Fe P0t?~ dissolved conductance
Wg/1 Pg P/l mg/1 y mho/cm Mineralogy
3.2 10. 5j 92. Oh
10.3
<1 2.6 10.3° 93.6°
2.0 J.59 100. (f
3.3 1.5 8.3* 112. 6U
6.8"
25 C. Q
60el 101 Ch, M
<25 C, Q
10,000CI 2000 Ch, M
'l60 <25 c, Q, Ch
8600el 770 H,
5.0 <25 c, 5, Ch
5200el It80 M,
Amphlbole Chlorite Mica, Felddp&T
*
Sample handling Mineralogy
ai: storage in teflon ++,C: major peak intensity
3? di: centrifuge-filtration +,c: minor peak intensity
36 d2: dilution-filtration -: <1 chart division
30 el: color (?ell) «2|i fraction left column
>2v fraction right column
C- - cununingtor
Q - quartz
ch - chlorite
M - mica
a - amphibole
-------
Table IV
< -uise ii, September 18-24, 1972
STATION !>, Latitude Nl»7° 07.2', Longitude W91° 16.6'.
Depth to Sediment 215 meters.
KAIfS
HATER ACT SEDIMENT ANALYSI3
(core aged 65 days)
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centimeters)
50 c2
19 p
11 a
3.8 v
S102 Ca
mg/1 mg/1
3.1 11.8
k.O 12.8
6.1 12. k
7.1 1M
Kg
og/1
3.5
3.1»
3.7
Na
ng/1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1,1
K
mg/1
0.1.3
0.1.7
0.50
Cu
wg/1
1.1
1.1
1.7
Mn
Kg/1
3.0
8.7
170
200
Oxygen
Fe P0^~ dissolved
Mg/1 ug P/l ag/1
1.3 9.6
1.0 1.1 9-6"
*1 o p^
1.3 2p fraction right column
C - cummlngtcnite
Q - quart'z
ch - chlorite
M - nlca
a - amphibole
-------
Table IV
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATIC:; 5, Latitude Kt7° 05.8' , Longitude V 91° lit.6'.
' Depth to Sedl&enC 183 peters.
WATER AKD SEDinE-NT ANALYSIS
(core aged 65 days)
WATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
Oxygen Specific
water interface S102
(centimeters) mg/1
57 xi 3.3
19 p li.li
11 B 6.8
3.8 „ 8.3
-1.3 dl 3U
d2 lil
-3.8 dl 23
d2 M
-6.3 dl 20
d2 1.3
-8.9 dl 2k
d2 1.7
SEODffiXT
Sacple location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centimeters)
' -1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
Ca
12.0
11.6
ll>. 8
13.6
8.7
2k. k
19.1
22.1.
21.3
19.7
12.8
17.8
Particle
size
50
37
32
32
Kg Na
mg/1 mg/1
li.O 1.2
3.8 1.2
k.3 1.2
•k.O 1.2
2.0 1.6
5.5 2.6
li.O 2.3
k.7 3.3
k.k 2.5
k.l 3.3
2.6 2.1i
lt.1 3.7
Density
vet
SB/cm3
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
K Cu
mg/1 pg/1
0.1.6 1.2
0.1.5 . 1.5
O.k8 1.3
0.52 l.k
0.9 8.3
l.k k.3
2.0 li.O
2.0 1.7
2.5 2.6
1.9 1.9
1.8 3.2
2.0 2.1
Kn
vg/l
6.3
18
160
290
6.3
1700
1700
3700
1500
1800
590
1600
Moisture
f Cuxmiogtonlte Quarts
77 +
76
79
77
totes oo sampling: Sampler, depth to water-sediment Interface
a: h» pump. -240 cm below L. surface Niskin Van Dorn Benthos
»' ++ +*
+ ++ ++
- ++ *+
++ -f*
(cm)*
Fe POj dissolved conductance
Pg/1 ug P/l mg/1 ymho/cn Mineralogy
18* C
3.6 9.5J 95."»y
0.8 3.7 9.3n 96.9°
6.8 9.2'
2.9 16 8.0* lo6.1iu
ei <25 c. Q
90 Ch, M
e. 78 Q, Ch
<70 110 M, c
' 20 . <25 Q, Ch
2300 lliOO N, a,
31., <25 Q, Ch
ItlOO 1300 M, a,
Aopoibole Chlorite Mica Feldspar
+ +
*+
**
Sample handling Mineralogy
an storage In teflon •H-.C: major peak. intensity Q _ cum
bl,2: saaple turbid b: 18,300 d: 226 g: 61 "1: 28" pi 19 t: 7.4 xi '34
ci: 3.8 en dia. Phleger cores c: 3.050 e: 100 h: 59 m: 27 o,: 15 u: 5.6 yl 36
C2: 6.3 en dia. Benthos cores f: 70 1: 57 n: 23 r; 13 v: 3,8 <: 30
C3: Shlpek dredge k: 30 j: 38 o: 21 t: 11 v: 1.5
dl; centrifuge-filtration +,c: minor peak intensity q _ quartz
d2: dilution-filtration -: <1 chart division Ch _ chlorite
el: color (Fell) <2y fraction left column n _ oica
>2p fraction right column a _ amphibole
-------
Table
dulse II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION 7 , Latitude 111)7° 13. V . Longitude W91° 15.1'.
Depth to Sediment 271 meters.
BATER
WATER ASD SEDIKENI ANALYSIS
(core aged 66 days)
Sample location
relative to sediment
vater Interface S102
(centimeters) Bg/1
-
57 i 2.
19 p 3.
11 8 5.
3.8 v 6.
9
8
0
8
Co
. Bg/1
10.8
12.14
144.0
1U.8
Mg
Bg/1
2.
2.
3.
3.
6
9
3
9
Na
Bg/1
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
K Cu Hn
ag/1 ug/1 ng/1
0
0
0
0
.M <1 0.14
.53 1.1 lU
.60 <1 110
.70 1.2 21.0
Oxygen . Specific
Fe POj" dissolved conductance
|4g/l Vg P/l ng/1 uoho/CB Mineralogy
<1 9.
9.
0.9 <1 9.
1.1, 9,
1.14 7.
IB'C
9* T9.7h
9J
n o
I"1
7* 103.6r'
6.5
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
dl
d5
d2
dl
d2
42
30
39
31.
59
38
25
57
15.5
38.6
S8.8
3"..7
13.9
29.1
9.6
214.6
lt.0
9-7
6.7
8.2
2.9
6.5
2.1
5.7
2.0
3.0
3.14
3.6
2.9
6.6
41.9
2.2
2.8
2.2
2.5
2.8
2.6
2.8
12
12
7.7
4.. 2
9.3
8.14
3600
14500
8100
2000
5900
620
3100
<80el
too61
12,000el
7500el
<25
<39
<25
110
<25
2100
25
1100
SEDIMENT
Sanple location
relative to sediment Particle Density
vater interface also w»» Moisture
(centlueteri) t >2|i gn/ca3 %
C, Q
C. Q
C, 0
Ch, M
e. 0
Ch, M,
CuBningtonlta Quarti Anphibola Chlorite Mica
Falispor
• -1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
96
914
66
.35
' 2.0 •
1.9
1.1.
1.2
33 *+ -M-. ++ -M-
32 ++ ++ +* *+
63 + +*•»•+++ * +
72 - + -H- ++ +t ft
'Motes on sa'apUng; SkmpiVr, depth to water-aediient "interface (CB) +
M ? .Zi.-turbS belW L' "Urta" k. TO ^SHlr ., 61 I. 28 pTff't, 7:4 x, 34
cl! 3.rcn dia. Phleser core. c: 3.050 e: 100 h: 59 m: 27 q: 15 u: 5.6 y: 36
C2: 6.3 cm dia. Benthoa core. f: 70 It 57 n: 23 r: 13 v: 3.8 «: 30
C3: Shlpek dredge k: 30 1:38 o:Jl a: 11 w: 1.5
Sample handling
at: storage in teflon
dii centrifuge-filtration
d2: dilution-filtration
cl: color (Fell)
Mineralogy
-H-.C: major peak intensity
+,c: ainor peak intensity
-: <1 chart division
<2u fraction left column
>2w fraction right column
C - cummingtonlte
Q - quart.:
ch - chlorite
M - mica
a - amphibole
-------
Title IV
Irutse II, Sepicnber 18-24, 1972
STATION 17, Latitude t;l<7° OU.81 • Longitude w91° 07.li'
Depth to Sedinenc 157 meters.
WATER AND SEDin£.'.7 ANALYSIS
(core a^ed 65 days)
WATER
HHC171?
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centimeters)
19 p
11 s
S102
Bg/1
5.9
6.9
Ca
•mg/1
11.2.
Hg Na
mg/1 mg/1
5.1. 1.2
K
Dg/1
O.U3
Cu
Vg/1
1.1
Hn
Vg/1
33
Fe
Vg/1
0.9
P0j~
Vg P/l
9.2
9.9
Oxygen Specific
dissolved conductance
mg/1 u mho /cm
18°C
Mineralogy
3.8
lk.0 U.8 1.2 0.1.8
1.6
296
2.8
-1.3 dl
d2
-3.8 dt
d2
-6.3 dl
C2
26
26
26
1.2
18
1.7
SEDIMENT
Sample location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centimeters)
• -1.3
-3.8
-5.3 •
-8.9
12.3
18.6
8.1
16.8
25.0
23.1.
Particle
size
39.
37
2.6 1.8
t.l 2.2
1.6 2.1
3.8 2.8
k.8 2.9
5.1 3.1
Density
vet
6B/C03
1.1.
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.2
2.0
1.6
3.7
1.5
Moisture
*
81
77
76'
11 700 95
2.7 2500 69
7.3 31.0 150
21.00 21.00
7.5 1500 <25
1.6 2800 6600 22CO
Cummlngtonlte Quartz Amphlbole Chlorite Mica Feldspar
* -f. -M- *+ ++
***** *+ ++
M,
M,
Ch
Ch
Ch
Notes on sampling:
a: by punp, -240 cm below L. surface
bl,J: sample turbid
ci: 3.8 cm dla. Phleger cores
cz: £.3 co dla. Benthoo corea
c]i Shlpek dcedge
Sampler, depth to water-sediment interface (cm)
Nlsktn
b: 18,300
c: 3,050
f: 70
k; 30
Van Porn
d: 226
e: 100
Benthos
g: 61
h: 59
1: 57
4: 38
1: 28
m: 27
n: 23
e: 21
p: 19 c: 7.4
q: 13 u: S.6
r: 13 v: 3.8
01 11 wi 1.5
XI 34
yt 36
a: 30
Sample handling
ai: storage in teflon
di: centrifuge-filtration
d2: dilution-filtration
el: color (Fell)
Mineralogy
•f+,C; major peak intensity
+,c: minor peak Intensity
-I <1 chart division
<2\i fraction left column
>2p fraction right column
C - cumnlngtonice
Q - quart!
ch - chlorite
M - mica
a - amphibole
-------
Table IV
Cruise II, September 18-24, 1972
STATION ir, Latitude nl>7° o!t.8'» Longitude W91° 07.
Depth to Sediment 157 meters.
WATER AM) SEPPJEW ANALYSIS
(core a^ed 65 days)
WATER
KH01713
Saiple location
relative to sedimant
water interface SiOj Ca Kg Ha K
(centimeters) mg/1 rag/1 mg/1 mg/1 mg/1
«ot
a:
bl
cl
C2
C3
57 xl k.
27
19 1*.
11 6.
3.8 8.
-1.3 dl 38
dj 33
-3.8 a, sit
d2 W
-6.3 a, 33
dz 56
-8.9 dl 25
(12 52
SEDJMEIJT
(Janpla location
relative to sediment
vater interface
(centimeters)
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
6 10.
8
3 11.
8 12.
8.
23.
17.
25.
9.
22.
8.
19.
8 3.9 1.2
3.5 1.1
6 3.7 1.1
8 3.6 1.2
9 1.9 1.6
2 5. It 2.6
9 3.6 2.!t
5 5.3 3.1
6 2.0 2.1
9 5.2 3.1
0 1.6 3.5
7 5.0 3.3
Particla Density
size vrt Molt
% '>2p (5n/cm^ ?
39
31.
32
32
1.3 83
1.1 79
1.2 79
1.3 77
0.39
O.ltl
O.lili
O.Ui
1.1
a. 5
S.'i
i. >
1.7
1.6
s.o
1.5
itUTQ
!
Cu Mn
ug/1 Vg/1
1.2 3. It
.
1.0 16
•+•
+ - +•+• 4-
- 4-f -:-4-
- 4-f 4-
eo on sampling: Sampler, depth to water-sediment interface (cm) <•
by puap, -240 era belou L. surface NisUin Van Dorn Benthos
,2: oonple turbid - b:
: 3.8 co dia. Phleger corea c:
; 6.3 en dia. Benthos cores ft
: Shipck dredge k:
18,300 d: 226 g:
3,050 Q: 100 h:
70 i:
30 j:
61 1:
59 m:
57 n:
38 a:
28 p: 19 t: 7.4 K:
27 q: 15 u: 5.6 y:
23 r: 13 v: 3.8 a:
21 e: 11 w: 1.5
Fs PO^' dissolved conductance
pg/1 tig P/l ng/1 y oho/cm Mineralogy
18°C
1.2 10. 8J
10.ltz
0.8 <1 10.2"
1.2 9. 9* 95. 2r
1.9 9.3* 99. lu
„, 100 C.'Q, en
80el 72 «.
,1 *>* a, ch
.520el HO M, a
, <25 Q, Ch
2300el 880 M, a
,1 <25 0. Ch
2500e' 1200 K, &.
Asphibolo Chlorite Mica Feldspar
f *+ +*
»• 4-* 4-fr
t -M- ++
»• •» 4-4-
Sample handling Mineralogy
ai! storage in teflon -H-.C: major peak intensity c _ cumningcoi
34 dl: centrifuge-filtration +,c: minor peak intensity • Q _ quar-£s
36 d2: dilution-filtration -: <1 chart diwiaion ch _ chlorite
30 all color (Fell) <2v fraction left column M _ mica
>2u fraction right column o _ amphibolc
-------
Tab!- IV
Cruise II, S^pter.bcr 18-24, 1972
STATION2', Latitude 1*7° te.5' . Longitude W90°01.5'.
' Depth to Sediment 177 meters.
WATER
WATER AND SEDOffiNX ANALYSIS
(core a«et.8
3.8 v 7.5
-1.3 dl 23
d2 21
-3.8 dl 27
d2 1.3
-6.3 d! 26
d2 1.6
-8.9 dl 36
d2 Itl
Ca
• mg/1
10.8
20.8
11..0
18.8
Itl. 9
52.5
1.0.2
65.5
38.2
63.0
1.3.8
60.3
SEDIMENT
Sample location
relative to sediment Particle
vater interface size
(centimeters) % >2u
-1.3
-3.e
-6.3
-8.9
13
8.0
5.5
6.0
Mg Na
mg/1 mg/1
2.8 1.0
3.1 1.0
3.3 l.lt
It. 2 1.3
7.2 Z.\
10.1 3.5
7.1. 2.9
13.1 It.fl
7.2 3.8
13.0 5. It
8.5 5.1
12. It 6.1
K
mg/1
O.ltl
O.lt2
0.50
0.53
2.2
2.3
2.1
1 T
1.9
3.0
2.9
Density
vat Moisture
pa/cm3 %
1.0 '
1.3
1.2
l.lt
79
58
58
55
Cu
Wg/1
l.lt
1.2
1.8
1.2
6.1
It. 6
2.7
3.2
it. 6
It. 6
5.0
5.9
CuaoiDgtonlta
_ —
-
-
Mn
ltg/1
0.3
<.2
«.2
7.0
0.7
9.7
1.2
21
1.8
13
2.7
It.l
Quartz
t+ t<
+* «
+*.*
Notes on sampling: Sampler, depth to water-sediment interface (cm) +
a: by pump, -240 cm belou L. eurface Nlakin Van Dorn Benthos
bl,2: sample turbid
ci: 3.8 cm dia. Phleger cores
C2: 6.3 CD dia. Benthos cores
C3: Shlpek dredge
b: 18
c: 3
f:
k:
,300 d: 226
,050 e: 100
70
30
g: 6-1 1:
h: 59 m:
i: 57 n:
i: 38 o:
28 p: 19 t:
27 q: 15 u:
23 r: 13 v:
21 a: 11 w:
7.4 a:
5.6 y:
3.8 z:
1.5
Fe P0£ dissolved conductance
Wg/1 pg P/l mg/1 u mho/cm Mineralogy
18*C
<1 9.7* 92. 8h
9.7
1.0 <1 9.5" 90.1°
1.7 9.5q 101. lr
1.9 6.6 8.2* lltl.8u
. 68 Q, Ch, M
<60 120 a
. 62 Q, Ch, M
<80 ll)0 a
, 63 Q, Ch, M
<70e 170 a
, 93 Q, Ch, M
<70 180 a
Aophltole Cnlorito Mica Fsldnpap
h ++ ++
,
,
• Sample handling Mineralogy
81! storage in teflon ++.C: major peak intensity c . cumaingtonite
34 dl: centrifuge-filtration +,c: minor peak intensity g _ quartz"
36 d2: dilution-filtration -: <1 chart division c), _ chlorita
30 el: color (Fell) <2v fraction left column M . mica
>2|i fraction right column a - amphlbole
-------
Cruise II, September 18-24. 1972
STATION' :\ Latitude nli70 U9.3S Longitude w69° 57-8'.
Depth to Sedineat ill meters.
WATBt AM) SEDLHEOT ANALYSIS
(core DfiedTw days)
WATER
Sample location
relative to sediment
Hater interface
(centimeters)
57 i
19 p
11 s
3.8 v
-1-3 dl
-3.8 dl
42
-6.3 ai
-8.9 dl
Setple location
relative to sediment
vater interface
(centimeters)
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
Notes on sampling:
a: by pump, -240 co below L. i
big 2: sample turbid
ci: 3.8 ca dla, Phleger cores
cz: 6.3 cm dla. Benthos cores
C3: Shlpett dredge
S102 Ca Mg Na
Bg/1 . Bg/1 Qg/1 Dg/1
3.2 9.6 2.6 1.1
3.9 10.lt 2.8 1.0
lt.lt 11.2 ' 2.9 1.1
6.7 13.6 3.5 1.2
18 IS. 9 2.5 1.6
22 21.1 5-1 2.6
20 15.6 3.0 ?.l
36 32.3 7.3 It. 3
22 21.2 U.l 5.1
36 311.0 8.0 It. 5
32 30. U 6.0 9.0
35 27. U 6.8 5.8
Particle Density
size v«t
' >2y rai/cni
6l l.k
57 1.5
66 1.8
63 2.0
K
mg/1
0.1.0
O.l>2
0..5
0.51
1.1
1.5
1..1
2.3
1.8
2.0
2.6
S.6
Moisture
59
36
"35
36
Cu Kn
Pg/1 Vg/1
«.->
1.0 1.8
1.2 <,5
1.3 95
U.o 0.7
3.6 330
l.lt 1.1
2.7 51"
3.8 1,8
2. It 28
5.0 3.1
2.7 9.6
Cu&miogtoaite Quart!
+ -4-t- *
- *» t
- +* *
Samplert depth to water-sediment interface (cm) +
surface Niskin Van Dorn Benthos
b: 18,300 d: 226
c: 3,050 e: 100
f: 70
k: 30
g; 61
h: 59
i: 57
j: 38
1: 28 p: 19 t: 7.4 x:
n; 27 q: 15 u: 5.6 y:
n: 23 r: 13 v: 3.8 x:
e: 21 s: 11 v: 1.5
Oxygen
Fa P03~ dissolved
MS/1 Mg ?/l Bg/1
<1 9.0^
1-0 <1 9.1n
1.0 Bj'1
t;£
120el 39
el 38
TO'" S
<70el 2y fraction right coluzm a _ ar»phtbolr>.
-------
Table IV
Cruise II, September 18-24. 1972
STATIOX 30, Latitude HU6° U7.81 , Longitude W89° 56.7'.
~ ' Depth to Sediment 227 meters.
WATER
WATER AND SEDBfENT ANALYSIS
(core aged 68 days)
Sacple location
relative to sediment
vater Interface SiOz
(centimeter*) ag/1
57 l >%«.0
19 p 5.0
11 s 6.9
3.8 v 11
-1.3 dl 8k
d2 kit
-3.8 ai 2>4
d2 52
-6.3 di 36
d2 61
Ca
10. Q
13.1
Ik. 3
12.6
11.3
25.3
5.k
22.1
k.7
15.8
-8.9 dl 8k 3.0
d2 57 18.1
EEDDffiBT
Sample location
relative to sediment Particle
vater Interface size
(centimeters) {°>2ti
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
Uo
35
37
3k
Hotel on sampling: Sa>
a: by poop, -240 en below L. surface
bl,2: Mnvple turbid - b:
ci: 3.8 c» dla. Phleger cores c:
cz: 6.3 en dla. Benthos cores f :
es: Ehlpek dredge k:
Hg Na
mg/1 mg/1
2.8 1.0
2.7 1.0
3.0 1.2
3.2 1.2
8.3 1.8
6.1 2.1(
1.1 2.2
5.6 2.8
1.0 1.7
k.O 3.1
0.6 1.7
k.6 3.k
Density
"•S
gn/cm3
1.2 '
1.1
1.2
1.2
K
mg/1
0.1(0
O.ttS
O.U5
0.51
1.9
1.8
2.1
2.0
1.7
2.0
l.k
2.6
Moisture
j
85
83
81
79
Cu Mn
fg/1 Wg/1
1.0 O.I*
<1 100
1.0 670
2.2 2300
8.6 2000
1>.9 8000
2.9 3liO
3.1 3300
1.80
2.9 1900
Oxygen
Fe fO^~ dissolved
ug/1 yg P/l mg/1
"1 10.28
9.8J
1.0 <1 9-7n
2|i fraction right column a _ amphlbole
-------
Table IV
"ruise II, September 18-24, 1972
IATION 31. Latitude 1)1)7° W.31 . Longitude tf89°55.6'.
' Depth to Sediment 200 ueters.
HATER
WATER AND SEDIUBil ANALYSIS
(core aged 67 days)
Saciple location
relative to sediment
water interface
(centimeters)
57 i
19 p
11 8
3.8 v
Si02
ng/1
3.5
It. 7
6.1
7.0
Ca
Eg/1
10.0
10.2
11.6
13.7
Kg
mg/1
2.8
2.8
' 3.0
2,8
Na
Dg/1
1.2
1.1
1.0
1.1
K
og/1
O.l<3
O.U
0.1<3
O.ltS
Cu
US/1
.'1.0
1.1
1.9
1.2
Ha
ug/1
O.I)
1.1
6.2
37
Fe POr
pg/i n P/l
5-6
5.8
6.8
31 9.0
Oxygen
dissolved
mg/1
9.7s
9.5n
9.2*
8.1,*
Specific
conductance
u mho/cm Mineralogy
18'C
85.1h
86.0°
88. 6r
91.1a
-1.3 dl 21*
d2 28
-3.8 ai 22
d2 39
-6.3 dl 20
dz 39
-8.9 dl 2k
EESIKSST
Sample location
relative to sediment
vater interface
(centimeters)
-1.3
-3.8
-6.3
-8.9
13.2
15.lt
16.7
20.0
13.8
17.8
11.1
15.7
Particle
size
32
ItO
30
31
2.7
3.7
3.1
It. 9
2.8
It. 2
1.7
3.0
2.3
2.8
2.5
2. It 3.7
t.3 3.6
Density
vat
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.6 1.6 1.6
1.5 3.6 52 <70*' 31
1.6 2.0 lit 31
1.6 2.0 88 --ft)el 72
2.2 2. It 101 <25
1.8 2.5 300 930e 5?0
2.3 6. It 190 100 <25
1.6 2.1 630 2500 980
Moisture
% CusBaingtonite Quartz tophlbole Chlorite Mica Feldspar
62 ** t+ ++ *+
86 - . +* »* ** »»
76 - ** ++ ++ ++•
76 - - *+ +* ++ **
Q, -h, M
a
Q, Ch, M
Q, Ch, M
Q, Ch, M
Rotes oo sampling:
Q: by pump, -240 en below L. Bur fee a
bl,2: cample turbid
ci: 3.8 ea dia. Phleger cores
cz: 6.3 ca dia. BonShoa coree
C3: Sblpek dredge
Sampler, depth to water-sediment interface (cm)+
Nlskln
b: 18,300
c: 3.050
f: 70
ki 30
Van
d:
e:
Dorn
226
100
Benthos
g:
h:
i:
i'-
61
59
57
38
1:
m:
n:
o:
2t>
27
23
21
P =
1-
r:
a:
19
15
13
11
t:
u:
v:
w:
7.4
5.6
3.8
1.5
x: 34
y: 36
z: 30
Sample handling
ai: storage in teflon
dl! centrifuge-filtration
2p fraction righc column
C - cummingtonita
Q - quarti
ch - chlorite
H - mica
a - omphibole
-------
Table IV
Cruise II. September 18-24, 1972
STATION 33, Latitude trt7° Ii3.2' , Longitude W89° 53.3'.
Depth to Sediment 171 meters.
HATER
WATER AND SSJEtEXT ANALYSIS
(core aged 68 days)
Sample location
relative to sediment
water Interface
(cenciaeterg)
57 i
19 P
11
3.8
Si02
Bg/1
3.1
3.9
k.6
7.0
Ca
- Bg/1
10.14
10.0
IS.li
15.2
Mg
mg/1
2.8
2.8
3.1
J..2
Ha
og/1
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.2
K
Bg/1
0.39
O.M
0.147
0.53
Cu
ug/1
1.0
«
1.0
1.2
Mn
Ug/1
0.7
O.k
0.5
1.8
Oxygen
Fe P0|~ dissolved
Mg/1 ug P/l mg/1
<1 9.78
9.!»J
<1 9."."
1.1 g.O9
1.9 14.0 8. It*
Specific
conductance
u mho /cm Mineralogy
86.1"
87.3°
90. lr
108. Ou
Hotes on sampling:
a: by pump, -240 ca below L. surface
bl,2: eaople turbid..
ci: 3.8 cm di«. Fhleger cores
cz: 6.3 ca dia. Benthos cores
C3i Shipek dredge
Sampler, depth to water-sediment Interface (cm)
Ntakln Van Porn Benthos
. b: 18,300 d: 226 g: 61
c: 3,050 e: 100 h: 59
f: 70 i: 57
k: 30 J: 38 o: 21 a:
1: 28
n: 27
n: 23
o: 21
p: 19
,: 15
r: 13
11
t: 7:4
u: S.6
v: 3.8
w: 1.5
Sample handling
al: storage in teflon
di: centrifuge-filtration
d2: dilution-filtration
el: color (Fell)
Hlneralogy
++,C: major peak Intensity
+,c: minor peak Intensity
-: <1 chart division
<2u fraction left column
>2p fraction right column
C - cummingtonito
Q — quarts
eh - chlorite
H - mica
& - anphibole
-------
Table V
Comparison of Data Cruise II, Area I vs Area II
Parameter Sample Location Area I Area II t-Statistic Pegs.Freedom
Potassium +1.0 to +183 m
mg/1
Manganese +1.0 to +183 m
Pg/1
Silica +1.3 to -6.3 cm
mg/1
Copper -1.3 to -6.3 cm
U'g/1
Manganese -1.3 to -6.3 cm
Calcium -1.3 to -6.3 cm
mg/1
Magnesium -1.3 to -6.3 cm
mg/1
Phosphate -1.3 cm
(reactive)
Carbon -1.3 to -3.8
gm/kgm
Hydrogen -1.3 to -3.8
gm/kgm
Phosphate -1.3 to -3.8
(total)
mg/kgm
Turbidity 30.m
JTU
Suspended
Solids 30m
mg/1
Mean
0.38
0.98
29-1
12
320
13-1
2.67
23
9-3
3.0
0.12
0.85
1.63
S.D. Mean S.D.
0.037 0.35 0.021
1.15 <-5 0
7.1*3 21.5 ^.70
5.U 5.8 k.3
QbO 19 kO
12.5 8. It It. 2
1.75 1-75 0.70
33 68 36
1
9.2 22 12
3.0 8.3 U.I
0.08 0.12 0.08
0.81 0.15 0.03
1.72 0.19 0.08
3.514
It. 28
5.UU
5-92
2.18
2.32
3.15
3.31
U. 36
5.63
0.22
2.96
3.00
50
It2
79
83
77
85
83
23
56
• 56
56
23
24
-------
Effect of taconite tailings upon Lake Superior
periphyton under controlled conditions
Steven F. Hedtke
United States Environmental Protection Agency
National Water Quality Laboratory
Duluth, Minnesota 55804
-------
Introduction
One of the major concerns over the discharge of taconite tailings
into Lake Superior is the biological activity of those tailings. Several
studies have been undertaken to test the effect of taconite tailings
on phytoplankton. Using algal counts as a measure of productivity,
Andrew and Glass (1970) and Miller (1970) found taconite tailings
stimulatory to algal growth. McGee (1970) also found an increase in
14
chlorophyll and C uptake with the addition of tailings.
As part of the present taconite investigation, Arthur et al. (1973)
have performed an in situ study attempting to determine the effect of
taconite tailings discharge on the growth and attachment of periphyton
on artificial substrates. These substrates consisted of nylon fish
nets and glass slides suspended at various locations over a 83 mile
reach of Lake Superior. To determine if variations in growth recorded
in the lake are due to taconite tailings, a laboratory study simulating
lake conditions was set up. In this study the only variable was the
concentration of tailings. Any growth due to tailings could therefore
be determined.
-------
Methods
Physical conditions
Four insulated fiberglass tanks, with a three foot diameter and
a depth of k8 cm, -were established in a constant temperature room and
filled with 200 liters of lake vater obtained at Grand Marais, Minne-
sota. Since Grand Marais is 5*» lake statute miles north of the
V
Reserve Mining discharge point, it was felt that this water would be
relatively free of taconite tailings and serve as a good control source
of dilution water. Static conditions were maintained with no agitation
or water disturbance allowed. Water temperatures were kept at 13° C
i 1.5- To simulate the light intensity frequently found at 20 feet
lake depth, the tanks were incubated at 300 foot candles at the water
surface with a combination of Durotest Optimum FS and wide-spectrum Gro-
lux bulbs. This illumination was chosen after reviewing the Lake Superior
data of Olson and Odlaug (1972). The measurements in the laboratory were
made at the water's surface with a Photovolt photometer. The lights were
automatically controlled to a 16 hour daylight photoperiod.
Experimental conditions
Taconite tailings of less than 5 M size were obtained from Dr- Gary
Glass of the National Water Quality Laboratory and placed in the tanks
at concentrations of 5 mg/liter, 3 mg/liter, 1 mg/liter, and 0 ing/liter.
After the addition of tailings, the water was stirred for two minutes
Mention of trade names does not constitute endorsement by the
Environmental Protection Agency.
-------
PART ONE
Static Systems
1972 Experimentation
-------
and allowed to settle for 2U hours. In order to duplicate Arthur's
study, the same materials were used and treatments given to the sub-
strates and frames. Therefore, at this time, four 5 x 20 cm steril-
ized nets of 3/l6 inch mesh Ace type oval nylon vere suspended at a
depth of 19 cm in each tank by means of two 15 x 18 x 20 cm frames
(Figure l). These frames consisted of a rectangle constructed from
3/H inch, 20 gauge, galvanized strap steel standing on four legs
made of 1/U inch threaded galvanized rod. To remove any associated
toxicity of the galvanized metal each assembled frame was coated with
polyester fiberglass resin and soaked in lake water for five days.
Two nets were attached to each frame by means of nev wooden snap-type
clothespins.
Since the test tanks were slightly sloped at the bottom, large
plate glass sheets were placed on the bottom of the tanks to provide
a level support for the frames.
Any toxicity of the polyester painted frames was tested with
Daphnia. Three five gallon aquaria were filled with lake water and
allowed to sit overnight for adjustment to a room temperature of 21° C.
Ten Daphnia were placed in each tank with two of the tanks containing
two frames and the third as a control. Results of this test are indi-
cated in Table 1. Since there was only a 20$ mortality in only one of the
test tanks at the end of a 30 hour period, no apparent toxicity was
attributed to the frames.
Sample period
Two tests were run in the laboratory, a two-week and a four-week. In
the latter test, the tanks were cleaned, nev water and tailings added and
-------
«*
HcA
-------
Table 1
Toxicity of Substrate Frames to Daphnia
Time (hours)
Total Dead
0
0.5
1.0
1.75
5-0
7-0
2U.O
28.0
TOTAL
% TOTAL
Control
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
£
0
0
N Tank 1
(Two frames)
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
2_
2
20
Tank 2
(Two frames)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0_
0
0
-------
eight nets placed in each tank. Samples were then taken at the end of
two weeks and four weeks. In both tests the nets were removed and
processed "by the same methods and personnel as in the lake study (Arthur
et al., 1973)• Diel chlorophyll periodicity has been noted by Glooschenko
et_ al^. (1972). Therefore, nets and water samples were removed at the
same time of day in each test.
At the end of the second test»growths of- periphyton were observed
,• on the glass sheets which had been placed on the bottom of the test tanks.
rThese glass sheets were removed and four l» x 16 cm scrappings were taken
:with a razor blade. From each tank two scrappings were analyzed for
chlorophyll and two for total algal cell counts.
Sample analysis
The following analyses were run on the nets: chlorophyll, ash free
weight, total algal cell counts, and taconite tailings. The three biomass
determinations are recognized as standard measurements for the determina-
tion of algal growth and were performed by Dr. Wayland Swain of the Univer-
sity of Minnesota, Duluth.
Total counts and ash free weights were determined as stated in
Arthur et_ al. (1973).
Due to the low concentrations of chlorophyll found on the nets, three
analytical procedures were tried. The three instruments used were a Beck-
man DK-2A Ratio Recording Spectrophotometer, a Gary lit Spectrophotometer,
and an Aminco Spectrophotofluorimeter- For the technique utilizing the
Beckman DK-2A refer to Arthur et_ al. (1973).
Analyses were run on the Gary lU Spectrophotometer utilizing one of
two slide-wires; either in the zero to 0.1 and 0.1 to 0.2 range, or zero
-------
8
to 1 and 1 to 2 range. The use of the more sensitive slide-vire in
this instrument effected a ten-fold increase in sensitivity over the
use of the DK-2A Spectrophotometer. In all cases, spectrophotometric
curves were plotted against the ninety per cent aceton reference. The
cuvette cells utilized in the Gary lU Spectrophotometer had a two
centimeter light path. The spectra of each sample was routinely scanned
downward from 750 millimicrons (7500 Angstrom units) to kjQ millimicrons
(U700 Angstrom units). Scanning was accomplished at the rate of 10
Angstrom units per second, a rate sufficiently slow to insure that the
pen response was independent of scanning time. Analyses were made
initially, and then acidified according to Standard Methods procedures
for the determination of phaeophytin pigments (American Public Health
Association et^ al. , 1971).
Samples were then transferred to a five milliliter cuvette and
analyzed on an Aminco Spectrophotofluorimeter. An excitation wave
length of U30 millimicrons ,(1*300 Angstrom units) vas utilized and the
spectrum scanned from approximately ??0 millimicrons to 800 milli-
microns. Maximum photofluorescent responses for chlorophyll were noted,
and the sample was then acidified and rescanned over the same spectrum
to determine the conversion of pigments to phaeophytin. These data
determinations were plotted against a reference base line of ninety
per cent spectrophotometric grade acetone.
Calculations of the chlorophyll concentrations were made using
three methods as indicated in Standard Methods (American Public Health
Association et^ a^. , 1971): the trichromatic method, the unacidified
peak height, and the determination of chlorophyll in the pres-
ence of phaeophytin. Comparisons of the three methods were made by
-------
using linear regression analysis and determining correlation coeffi-
cients. The three methods all had a significant correlation-at the
95$ level of significance. It vas decided to use the peak height
method as a matter of convenience.
Using the chlorophyll data from both this study and that of the
lake study, a comparison of the values obtained by the Gary lh and
the Aminco Spectrophotofluorimeter were made. A significant correla-
tion at the 95$ level of significance was found. Values obtained
with the Gary 1^* are reported and used for analysis when available.
In each test sub-surface water samples were taken initially and
upon termination and analyzed for standard chemical measurements as
well as several metal and elemental parameters. Samples were taken
by syphoning with Tygon tubing into lake water-washed polyethylene
bottles. Samples were preserved and analyzed as stated in the report
of Biesinger, McKim, and Hohn (1973).
Tailings measurements, for water were performed by and according
to the methods of Andrew (1973)' Tailings deposited on nets and slides
were analyzed by Dr. Philip Cook according to the methods de-
scribed in his 1973 methods report.
-------
10
Results and Discussion
Physical - Chemical
Tailings
Tailings analyses are reported in Tables 2, 4, 5, and 6. It is
noted that a large difference exists between the amount of tailings
added and that determined through analysis. This is largely a
result of the settling of tailings particles. This settling was
visually complete by the end of two weeks. In most cases the
quantity of tailings measured in the water at the time of suspension
of the nets was less than half of that added. This quantity then
decreased with time. It was, therefore, decided that for comparison
to the biological parameters the nominal amount of tailings added
would be used. These numbers do not, however, represent the actual
amount of tailings exposed to the periphyton but rather a relative
quantity.
The tailings analyses on the nets and slides show increasing
t
tailings deposition with increasing tailings added. There is no
apparent difference between the amount of tailings on the nets
at two and four weeks indicating that the tailings had settled
out by the end of two weeks. The greater amount of tailings on
the plate scrapings substantiate that the tailings had settled
to the bottom.
Water Chemistry
Although complete chemical analyses were not performed for
both tests, it appears that there was little variation in the
chemical parameters between the test, tanks. Results are listed
-------
11
in Tables 3 and 7. Of the changes between initial and final
measurements, the largest was in zinc concentration. The large
increase may indicate some leaching from the test frames.
Concentrations of 0.3 mg/liter were reached at the end of two
weeks. Williams and Mount (1965) found that zinc concentrations
of 1.0 mg/liter resulted in a decrease in the number . of dominant
species of periphyton on glass slides in outdoor canals. This
may have occurred in Test One.
Some contamination due to a lack of acid-washing for the sample
bottles may have interfered with the metals analyses.
Biological
Chlorophyll
Chlorophyll concentrations are reported in Tables 2, 4, 5,
arid 6 and Figures 2, 3, A, 5, and 6. Although absolute values
varied with each test. It was noted that in each case the amount
of chlorophyll was greater in the highest tailings concentration
than that in the control.
Although replicate nets were not sampled, an attempt to
.analyze the chlorophyll results statistically was made utilizing
an estimate of variance in analysis from the replicate slide
scrapings. Error was assumed to be a percentage rather than
absolute and the statistical analysis performed with the natural
logarithm of the concentration rather than the concentration itself.
A Student's t test was performed where z = Di -Do and
""^
** T' Mxl ~ X2' • In Test Two the chlorophyll concentrations
at two weeks were measured using fluoriraetry rather than absorbancc.
-------
12
Therefore, the absolute numbers in this test cannot "be directly
compared to those.in the other test. However, they may still
be used in the statistical analysis. This method of analyses
indicates a significant (p = 0.05) increase in chlorophyll in
all tests at the highest tailings level as compared to the control.
The chlorophyll analyses indicated the possibility of algal
stimulation. Hovever, due to the lack of duplication of nets
and the settling of the tailings, additional studies correcting
these problems are required for futher verification.
Ash free weight (organic weight)
Ash free weights are reported in Tables 2, 1», 5» and 6 and
Figures 2, 3, h, 5, and 8. No duplicate analyses were run with
ash free weights and no estimate of error was obtained. There
does not, however appear to be a definite relationship between
change in ash free weight and tailing added.
Algal counts
Algal counts are listed in Tables 2, U, 5» and 6.and Figures
2, 3, H, 5, and 7. No statistically significant relationship
*
between cell counts and tailings added was found.
Diversity
Diversity indices (Tables 2 and U,. Figures 2 and 3) were
calculated according to the. index discussed by Vilhxn (1970).
i "•
The equation is as follows}'
d = £(ni/n) Iog2 (Vn).
No significant relationship was found betveen diversity and tailings
added (p >0.05). Species distributions are listed in Tables 8, 9,
10, and 11. :
-------
13
Conclusions
In conclusion, no definite relationship vas found between
tailings concentration and algal cell counts or ash free weight.
A statistical relationship between chlorophyll and tailings was
found. However, the problems of a high zinc concentration, the
lack of replicate samples, and the settling of tailings due to a
lack of circulation necessitates additional study.
-------
PART TWO
Circulating Systems
1973 Experimentation
-------
Due to the previously mentioned problems associated with the static
i
algal bioassays, additional bioassays are presently underway. The first
of two duplicate tests has been run although complete results and
analysis not,yet available. The methods and equipment for these studies
are the same as indicated in Part One with the exceptions as noted below
and pertaining at this time only to the first test of Part. Two.
Physical Conditions
Fresh water samples were obtained and maintained at a temperature
of 11.U° C +1.0. The light intensity was maintained at 200 foot
candles *_ 20 .at the water surface. The water within the tanks was inter-
nally circulated with the use of a glass air pump.
Experimental Conditions
Taconite tailings effluent-sized to contain only particles of less
than 2P size were placed in the tanks at concentrations of
100 mg/1, 25 mg/1, 5 mg/1, arid 0 mg/1. The water with tailings was then
allowed to stand, with mixing, for hQ hours. At this time glass frames
were placed in the tanks and twelve 5 hy 20 cm slides were positioned
on them. The frames consist of glass strips glued together to form a
platform 18 by 50 cm standing 31 cm off the bottom. ' This allows the
slides to be suspended U cm below the water surface. The frames were
soaked in tap water for one week and the slides were soaked in a 10$
solution of nitric acid and autoclaved prior to use.
-------
15
Due to evaporative losses, it was necessary to maintain the
water level by the addition of .4ad.onized-distilled water. This
* **
water was analyzed for and found to contain no measureable
chlorophyll.
Sample Period
Two five-week tests are planned at the present time. The
first of these has been completed although all analyses have
not been performed. Replicate samples were taken weekly starting
with two weeks after the introduction of the slides. Two slides
were pooled for each replicate in the two week sample. Upon
removal from the tanks, the slides were scraped Ihto a vial with
a razor blade and rinsed with approximately 5 ml of 90% acetone.
•/?<
.The total volume of acetone was determined upon analysis. At the
termination of the test, two slides were removed from each tank, for
a differential algal count.
Sample Analysis
The following analyses have been or will be performed on the
slides: chlorophyll, inorganic solids, tailings,
and,on some samples, algal cell counts.
Chlorophyll analyses were performed with a Gary 14 Spectro-
photometer. After removal of theperiphyton from the slide, the
sample was sonified with a Heat Systems Co. Sonifier Cell Disruptor
at 50 watts for 10 seconds, allowed to steep refrigerated in
the dark for 24 hours, and centrifuged at 500 gravities for
30 minutes. Analyses were made with the zero to 0.1 range
slide-wire, a one centimeter cuvette and plotted against a 90%
-------
16
acetone reference. Chlorophyll concentrations were calculated using
peak height.
Tailings and total inorganic solids vill be performed "by Dr. Cook
of NWQL according to the methods of his 1973 report.
Algal counts will be performed by Dr. Robert Nelson of the Univer-
sity of Wisconsin - Eau Claire as described in the report of Arthur,
et al. (1973).
Turbidity measurements were made daily with a Hach 2100 A Turbidi-
meter for each tank as a measure of the tailings settling rate. In
addition, dissolved oxygen, pH, alkalinity, and hardness were measured
several times during the test.
-------
18
Table 9: Chlorophyll Analysis for Part Two, Test One
Weeks
Nominal Chlorophyll/slide
Cone. Tailings , (mg/1 x 10*^)
mg/1 2 3 I* 5
0 1.96 - 2.U1 3.22 - 3.62 3.91* - 3.91* U.13 - 6.03
5 3.06 - 3.08 5.36 - 6.23 9.65 T 9.65 12.36 - 12.39
25 2.1*8* 6.93 - 7.51* 11.26 - 12.22 20.96 - 21.22
100 i.8l - 1.83 17.63 - 20.3U 20.96 - 21.55 20.96*
*0nly one measurement made
-------
References . ' .'• . '. !••; "": • 19
American Public Health Association. 1971. Standard Methods for the
• t
Examination of Water and Waste Water. American Public Health
' t_ * .
. • Assoc.., Washington, D.C. 8714 pp. •*.'..
Andrew, R. W. 1973. Analysis of tailings and solids in sediments and
waters of Lake Superior. National Water Quality Laboratory Report.
Andrew, R. W. and G. Glass. 1970. Effect of'taconite tailings on algal
, . growth. National V/ater Quality Laboratory Report.
Arthur, J. A., D. A. .Benoit, D. T. Olson, V. R. Mattson, and W. R. Swain.
[ 1973. Periphyton growth on artificial substrates in Lake Superior.
National Water Quality'Laboratory Report. '
Biesinger, K. E., J0 M. McKim, and M. H. Hohn. 1973. The effect of
• »
' taconite tailings on productivity in Lake Superior as measured in
• . ' *
large polyethylene bags. National Water Quality Laboratory Report.
Cook, P. M.. 1973. X-Ray diffraction methods for the study'of the distri-
• bution of taconite tailings in Lake Superior, Sediments, Water, and
% "
Substrates. NWQL Report-in preparation.
Clooschenko, W. A..-H. Curl, Jr., end L. F. Small. 1972. Die! periodicity •
of chlorophyll a concentration in Oregon coastal waters. J.. Fish.
Res. Bd. Canada 29: 1253-1259-
McGee, R. 1970. Stimulation of algae growth by taconite tailings. •
1 .
National Water Quality Laboratory Report.
Miller, W. E. 1970. U. S. Government Memorandum to Director, Pacific
Northwest Water Laboratory.
Olson, T. A. and T. 0. Odlaug. 1972. Lake Superior periphyton in
. i
relation to water quality. Water Pollution Control Research
: Series, 18050 DBM.
Wilhm, J. 1970. Range of diversity index in benthic macroinvertebrate
populations. J. Water Poll. Cont. Fed. te(5): Part 2. R221-R22L.
Williams, L., and D. I. Mount. 1965. Influence of zinc on pcriphytic
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The author vishes to thank Waylain Swain c.;' the University of
Minnesota, Duluth for the chlorophyll analysis, Robert Nelson of
University of Wisconsin. Eau Claire for the algal cell counts, and
Robert Andrew and Phillip Cook of NVQL for the tailings analysis
for this report.
-------
^
©V
oc
,\Nn*V
i*i
T
dhoiL
\
eT
«*r <** ;
*
-•-T"
.O.L:.
... 332
if3 .
,. IS8 .} /OO
. * t
•j&~"l\H
!b..rvO.'
5>iui.fiii'
.U.)
.401
L*1- " 1
r;u
r. .ua.V
1
i'-s.-=i-.ii«T.-s-j:55=3r zz
£&-U«&~
Vvl- -
•- • ——•—.- | ••- •% I •
ML
-MSL
J.I3
.0)
r .as
•A._.
J).?..
I.S.
•t .ar
,.«_« cta.c__
IS.
Ao!J...
'0:7
Ou.rsx.-k
/!)_.._
. _Ta\\in
Oi-.Q.H.
jvnrL_
%iW}
ill*.5.14.2.2 ,I_M_
* . • i
L..}
...rrC;
. a. ? . i_
""Nil -V1
-|_. Ill*, i -,.-. /I*** . _
..1
u
i.y
2.0
..i.s
-------
((\\\
"f tii U
-
• -
- —
.
-
1
.
- -
- •
— . —
•
Diisol
pti (ui
VWdn
All&Jif
K.. ..
Ho/ .
lol. £.1
r-,.1/*
ttn <>
ClL (/<
f\0 t/A
H-J (jL
Irt t/Lt
Co (/u
Onto
T610A
.Nrfvtf
4- -
"USA (as
1*4. (a-.
i/n!
,/n...
»M-
9 " "
L M
b li
(\\UVh.l
1\\\ Vi
.V^-LIX .
Tft C i\*\
— —
\
—
— .-.•.
ij> l
..tt.V..
..41,
_ 1.0
2.1 .
2.2.
1.7.5
,2v,t
X.Ool
...W ...
2.U1U',
Q.A
.2.1
£2L
oA
OAU
Ib
1.0
l.D
.UL.4
.bit
.2i
.Wt
. 0.1
...ttt.
_..
v_
-
\
UxrtiM
\A. .
D.1
...lift
1.0
2..T. .
1.1
s\
L
.o\
01
luw.cs
0.1
0.1
I.I .
n
10 ..
U
l.S
2.0
.OW
. .Cat
O.i
.-. .31
\ —
.
_£
\ttrtmi
. IC.1 -
.13
1.5-
HI
1.0
\,\ .
.102.
..q .
. .1.0
Hft.o
^.DOI .
. ,2k ..
.01
....coi .
0.5L
.114
tU»tt
.1.4 .
ii -
•JS .
MS
0.1 .
.lit.
as. .
LI* ..
i.t .
Zo
II
i'.o .
.0.5 .
U .
.DOl.
.Ot
...W
.M* -
- •
,-.
4
lh'.ria\
..ID.U.
...Hi'
o.q .
1.0 .
...i.i
. 14
.. t.o
. &.0
. .005...
...Hi.;
2LIOUKX
ql|
1.4
_.•»*«_
0.1.'.'.
..i.i..
1.1 ._
UD ....
3.0
.001
.Dal
.2b .
...Oil
0,1
-
•
"T
-- -
—
i
i
\
i i
"
" "
...
_ . _ ..
...
i
i . .
i
'
i
i
i
i
'j
i
; t
!
I
1
i
m. \.
.31
•»
;4
: i
;i
-------
-------
-JCUasc^)
\!
L_ . «Kd_
I"
r
.:.r.
__.,.; L..
13
_.'_": kii:cu
"1
L-..M
rvs
.U)
.J.ft „
_
_,,,„,_ -™,__. -.._.-.
i Tfi
olVUSCi
....tiflTER^j/tV-
^im^iAa
o,•»:_..
t,2s:
1.1". 2-1 ...
..a* |i.as-
J !\E.TV(^
_1H.«._
o.;-d.s
-IT
Vlrf<-*H
_OLffl_
iV..T*ieiiu^ro\. .« ._-_T4*\inti < . .
_K
Jf ! nfr....Q-
' Yo • fiS "i 1.4
,56
.— ._,. It .. ~ »
-------
. . _ .._....
0
•
'
_
1
.
3
.
•••
- — "'"'••••••
-v
_._.
'
4 G%\
b ' IK
C. i™
d W
•
L "•
TcisA Ul\»
."US!
*
»,m
r o f^-sU
^-..Ju
.* • j .
*
:.r .
:,«'
:r.
wr
CA\tt- > 1
_.
.
1
CWo(«(\v,\\
dO (No
ttVkAU
v
.OV ««(
l».o
le.l
is
rt.S
IM.t
V ^t\
»
ws
tvs
INS
-
•»\«*v
•
•
__
'
tou^\%
& ftCffti
'
.
1
1
I.I
t 6.JS
1.3
or I
k "f€.*j
....
•
.
~
1.S
'0.1S-
a'*
a.H
1.1
I6.JS
,c\^
. . T4»\WW4
Xw.^v
0.1-O.S
O.J-0.8
«. 1.1
..
'»•
(\f*l
f»rt>
__
..^.
•-
. . .i \ '
*-..- - iv\iV ecrar 1 :
^ '
•
..111-.
— -
1
1 ' (
i i
"*\. "£•«• . *»\ •' T».\in^v ^.M<
(£*i> i (««5^ ^~i
":• 3.S. 1 ' o 3.
5.S • J 0 3<
j !
I
I •
'i ^ _i . .i..0'." . . . M
1 i
__j T r"^ f."
j.i. 1 i.y j.s
„..._..; ...._....._...
j | j
1 ! ;
( -^
r i
i i
. . j .j
i ;
.1
: i
i i
. i i
g I
1 ! ; "
. . i
t«
•i i r
-------
Q\'l.t\\V'V\t^
A \
o
uUo~~
(Ju
NtL
">Ju——
ttn U/,7l\_
*J
C.U, l/tj$/U..
ho UsM.
Co i/J/n..
*?. .
art \ov\-\ K\
HU
o.S.
MS
. lb.7...
l.i
. \.o .
Z&.o
.Out
D.D1
.oiA
.0115
U._
...Si
lU
..1,5
u
ai.
..u...
H.1
.11..
Ab...
..So.
_. 4i .
3.o.
_.Hl_.
._ l.2._.
_..SI_..
I.I
no.o
Oo
1.1
rt.o
-------
\«. V«A t
:niS^T -a=r^:
eeAcv;
.V^.TJ'.F>,VI _
ttoL* ~"~
«>Vt>
.rzrrrL-.:
s ~i
! "I
f ... .
______ JTac^lacA
i —--
59
3
•" f it—
»u%f>lf4.Va.
..__Mac*».
jOiVtc
jjCcriff^MU
.w.«.-^rt
rr-«
V^riVxewim
P
'll^ fO
.1-
$•7*0.
7.W.
2S70
SJ130
1.8
1970
..q. naao
.5" .?/?»
JGIO
: I •-•-—"
r
i i
l 31-rtO
3.S i 2IS50
...1.1-
2.1.
au." i
.0.?..! f(,io
];
O.S f 4/e
1.0 ll-iJO
_____ ._
.
3. t :
-------
(Vomiwftu _Tmu)0 . ro
tl 10.0
T==
U) O.S
W 1.4
(M S-l
3Vc"
J) IU
1?) '4.1
S/C..C.OO
l.OMd.3 iV.
\i) I.4..
\J) 3J-.J
Lfl 5I.H_}C»70,aO
.
til, 000
Jj.l j
(
o.r
H.JJO
0) o.r.J (,<;
W 6.1 ._|.
0) i8 I
i.X_'! ?il.
060
1....
- 1
__ I
...?.?.
-------
H«vAM«A» T0<"
i 11'''--jp1-'-'-'.' :''}"' ;-''-'.-^.,:TL,! - i:
M
iiHlilHiiliisiniiiliiit
-------
eWXi/bCS \Cf U
-------
-------
fife
GUftE. 5 '• 'B.voNcnvg aA $fcvWw_-&<-Jr«V_T«o.,J^eJlO££.>M._T
r^^uitiLtrjriL-unnjcJtT^ ::;..:-::;p:.):j.:y^...:. ::i.;:.t::.:pi:i. ..::.^:u;[i:r::::.::r::^::f
l^ff^^pi^TK^fe^lUXtiJrH ^^^i^^ril^^^nowViiii^ifli^iiJ;':™^
tru-:--,";: ::::£;:::!-^.t!j.:::;::::;;: :;:;iui: ::;:!:::Ju..:;.:.;:— ::::i:;^;i>.:i i:.:;.::: ;:;:l;r::
-------
"
-------
Ipflpiii
hi :::: ::::t:::: .::::•:;:::::
*'!• ii::liud:iiltiu: u^IliiiiL
-------
^^\w^\^\K~*\:~^t\:*K?
:.; r;::: r: l: p:: t:: . >:; j r:j: j ft;:
" ~"~
-------